(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Sing aloud : a superior collection of sacred songs suitable for all religious work and worship"

THE J. M. HENSON MUSIC CO. 

214 Capitol Ave., S. E. 
ATLANTA, GEORGIA 



Sing It and Tell It. 




E-^i-i^U-r-J-- =t 



3£=N=g 



^ 1 1 : — -_, 1 «|_ 




Rev, Andrew Jenkins. 



I 4 3 ' 

« — w — « — 



1. "lis a won - der - ful joy to be a - ble to sing Of the 

2. 'Tis a won - der - ful joy just to be sat - is - fled, Just to 

3. There's a song in my heart and I'll sing it each day, Since my 



§s 



^p= 



pr=±£= zgzzfczt: 



pz= 



4> 1* 



rr 



*c=*c 



b-r [7 



b b 



I b b 




glo - ry of Christ my Re-deem- er and King, I will sing it and tell it where- 
trust and o-bey and in Je - sus a-bide;Tho' the tempest may rage and the 
King in His love rolled my bur-dens a- way; Not a cloud in the sky not a 



@p?Ti/ ' i ' 4 = 



33E 



b^- 1 - 



^ 



m 



m 



& 



4L4 



f^M ^d 



^=*t 



p 



E lA lA 



*^«r 



tr 



ev - er I go That oth - ers this won - der - ful Sav - ior may know. 
bil-Iows may roll, Hal - le - lu - jab the Sav - ior is keep - ing my soul. 
care on my soul I will sing on my way to the cit - y of gold. 



m p b * g zjs 



m 



-^--g.fr-ir t 



% 



p§ 



v=& 



£ 



£=* 



Refrain. 




Sing it, tell it, wher - ev-er you go, Sur* it, tell it that others may know; 




^^ 




Je - sus is a - ble to save from all sin, Sing it a-loud to the children of men. 




k-k-H» 



I 



£^=£:£4=£**=*=* 



_' — -k L J^ ^i-^-L ^-L - UL : 



nttztzz^q*: 



Bev. Andrew Jenkins, owner. 



SING ALOUD 



A Superior 


Collection of Sacred Songs Suitable 


/If. 

sQ 


for all 


Religious Work and 


Worship. 




By 






J. M. Henson 




(of 






Byron L. Whitworth 


W. C. Tinsley 


R. W. Barnett 




J. W. Askew 


L. D. Morris 


C. C. Maples 


o\1- 


John M. Dye 


W. Floyd Taylor 


Curtis Taylor 


J. T. McKibben 


Earl B. Casey 


Jas. C. Moore 


Emory S. Peck 


J. E. Marsh 


C. W. Welsh 


}OM 


D. Ward Milam 


G. J. Spivey 


W. K. Wimberley 


Fred L. Swilling 


J. O. Townsend 


C. C. Alexander 


It 5 


Eld. A. B. Robinson 


Harvey A. Lewis 


G. A. Phillips 


Eanse A. Whitworth 


Fred Rich 


W. F. Crumley 


John Taylor 


Paul W. Cochran 


Jos. E. Edwards 




Rev. A. Jenkins 


Henry L. Thompson 


W. S. Darden 




W. L. Matheson 


Nettie Floyd 


J. C. Cronie 




J. J. Hulsey 


W. R. Spillers 


Rev. J. Owen Long 


Rev. G. T. Byrd 


Carl W. Long 


Rogers Long 






Price 40c per copy, $400 per doz., $12.00 for 50 
For special prices in larger orders, write us 



Published by 

THE J. M. HENSON MUSIC CO. 

214 Capitol Ave., S. E. ATLANTA, GA. 

C. C. MAPLES MUSIC CO. 
Knoxville, Tenn. 

Copyright 1944, hy J. M. Henson 



JAMES ROWE. 



Praise the Lord Evermore. 

J. M. Heoaan, owner. By per. 

-I _ 



J. M. HEN80N. 



m 



i 5E_ 



&-£-*{*- 



•V^ « 1 -^-^ "^"f-^ "^ •"? ' KT-7-K7 



1. Oh, ye her- aids of light to the children of night, Praise the Lord 

2. Helping oth - ers to win per-fect freedom from sin, 

3. He is wor-thy of praise, for He bless-es our days, Praise.the Lord 




ev - er - more; Giv - ing com-fort and cheer to the need- y ones here, 

Help-ing souls to re-joice in the love of our choice,. 
ev - er-more; Till the whole world shall ring with the praises we sing, 




more, Oh, ex - alt and a - dore, .... Till we meet Him a- 

more and more, Oh, ez-alt and adore, and adore, 

«* J , ^— F ' F ■ .* 




Dove To a - bide in His love ; Praise the Lord ey - er - more.U , ¥ 

Praise the Lord ev-ermore, ev-er-more. 







i u 



v — v- 



^S^LlBZWSM. 



I 



tP^^^ U^-^ 



1 



No. 1 



JAias »ow» 



Christ Reigns Forever 

Copyright, 1944, in "Sine Aloud" 
Owned by J. M. Hensos, 



jr. m. ■maov 




1. Cbri»- tians.be true to Him; ling prals-es new to Him; Tell why from GIotj- 

2. Dai«ly He bless-ea u, cheers and ca-reei* es as, Safe here to keep as 

3. Oi • ward to Wo - ryland; ling thro' the st«*ry land, Glad-ly the Soa of 







land He came;-Christ the Tie-to -ri- as, Je-sastheglo-ri-u8, 

U Hit aim; He will de-fend His own, dai-ly at-tend His own, He reigns fer- 
God pro-claim; Cares He is light-en- iag, ways He is bright-en-ing, 

1 t/ i> f ^ ^ * 

ey-er bless His name. He reigns blessHisname! 

For-ev- er, and ev-er, 

j>g' r kPiL-,1-. uPT i ! £■<■'* *-* ■ 



1S^ 



rh w r V~ » « ! r -> 1 1 ' I ^ r4 K— E-Eg-E-l-i 

■-r- ir fa — ■ - - m — « ■ ^ t- j 1 (-*l — I l -r- j g 1 1— -&-=— '— -m—, 



Hlspow'r ii the same 

Hispew-er, andgle-ry, 



,_- — , — -A-&- A-A-tm- r m — A 

HHi -b-^ l-s— ^-< — l- — a— ' — m <* I * I •-= ^r 

jgg: M^H ^g -^ 1 ,E:: ^^ 



Christ the vic-to - ri- ous, 

A A—A-bm- 



tnrD 



r— |r 



^-r-r- j— 



hh — «* — ia— a- 
nTTT u r 






f " 



Je-sus the glo-ri-oas, He reigns, blessHisname. 

Our great Je • ho-vak reigns, 




Wh8H9th9 6iglsflSleii£)Wide I . tf 

fe**k 




-tvolfi tStihti* IfctT ffflf^BmPMimq'&fc'ffl&t em* ad .anfiil-ihdQ . { 
en qfcifttf «i»<I«ll0 (»m« e to#BM^fi^tS. w fe^<*%*¥> ^iggj^de^n thi 




lolgo 



• B W Affile W Wh0fcei«^-lk«flibflf^VlMlil(P-t'9au9 <»H bnsf 

rfagWi&WtfrliigtottBltflfifo Whetftbfcgattt swing wid 
a^SArtfe'lift tfolWF vaHhut^fiii ejdgfie^O ; miefo-oiq bod 




light our iouIs is a -"flora • ffagl Oh, the joy, the blissf^- we ihal 
nev - er to be night 



^^^=£=£=fc=t 



-! — U— ^- E j j 1 — \r =$B 



^=Pf^& z rTf\fjfl 



see Bit face,' When the gates swing wide, in the morn • ing. 



jf= -»- •-- --- i - : ^ Z at 3£ £ ---* -_ 



No. 3 



Let Us Tell Of His Love 

Copryrieht 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned bt thb Authobs. 

-I- 



Pact. W, Oochias 



:gftjp=z=fl=J — E-^==:zz£=:£pjz^:£=3==j=^p£=P=3g= 

1. Let as tell of the love of oar Sav-iour a • bove, Let as go to the 

2. Let as tell how He died oar trans-gressions to hide, Let as hold high His 

3. Rich re- ward waits for you, wiata for all who are true, So a ■ way in the 




\~1 _ 

lost and sad; Let us bid them come in from the path-way of sin, 

ban • ner true; Man - y wait for the news who the Sav-ior would cheose, 

Mas-ter's name; He will give ns a crown when life's son go - eth down, 



- * — -mt — g~r a 



-■— S— i 1 — 



fa=t 



t=t 






^|zite=fct3^te=fc=fc=p==j 



b fc" I 



Refrain 




That they all may be free and glad. 
Go and tell what His love will do. 
For to save as He free - Iy came. 

i p r 




trtr I t D ; n 

Let u teU of His 

Let as free-ly tell 



■j-l-r r"! 



{^_LJ> ,^ 



I I 'A 



=£=£ 



■•-•-4-— h~ h— •-•-C^hsr-*-*- Hr- 



love, 

of His saving love 



To the souls who are now a-itray; Bid them all 



trtrtrtrr- 



cid.u bid them all 







look a - bove, Till they all find the II v • ing way, 

look to God a - bove, living way. 



urn 



99 



*=a 



, — B — = — A—* — i*-r* — 1 — 



&=*: 



*=PE 



— ITT 












II 



No. 4 Could You Not Watch One Hour? 



C. W. L. 



Copyright 1944 in "Sing Aloud* 

Carl W Long 
owned by J. M. HENSON Har. by Mary F. Goddard 



ta= q ~nE 



SSE3 



* 



=t==t 



« 



:=fct 






=r^9*T* i *-o* 



1. While Je - bus prayed in the gar - den, That we from 

2. I hear Him say lov • ing Fa - ther, I wonld this 

3. There while He prayed in geth • sem - a - ne, Vie - fry was 






4=£: 



-t: 






f 









5: i* : -s<_s 

>in might be kept; He left His dis - ei - pies to watch for 

cap pass me by; He knew that the hoar was ful - ly 

won o'er the grave; He said lov - ing Fa - ther Thy will not 

_A — A — A— r A m A— r-A a 

\r~ ir" 1 " 



>^ 9— I 1 1 1— A--P-A — i*— [—A A A— }-• 



-Swr-rr 



.j — i. 



i — r 

^ Refrain 



Him, But they failed — they slnm-bered slept. 

come, When up - on the cross He mnst die, Could you not watch one 
mine, and His life He thrn free - ly gave. 
5 — -A A A- r -A A- r -£ g g- A^Ai c Ai— A — A-f-A — A--, 

"^1 fr — tT - ^ — ! — P^ — r " 1 — Fa^-F*— A— A-i-p—AH 



tr 



rer-'t:- 



r- 



•r 



— P*- — •♦- ♦ 



v-~iM 



-m, 



jg; t %^i- t 3---3--3? t :3--*--3^W t Sv t: *-- l!L - a!! - :, 



hoar? 



I hear the dear Sav - ior say. Could you not 



:t: 



-(7 — r 



.4- 



fH-. — -Jj J 

g_ZTg5 : ^__ u_^ ^—u-^^ 

watch one hour, While I went a - lone to pray? 

»-r-S — « 



i---d-+e -ra4-J; « — ■ ■— — 7d 1 — I — i— I — i- 



While 
A_ r .a?_7.Ai._i 



went 
.A- 



-A2; 



g^ ^^r^R sTjE^t^zzz^zzrtz — r~t^ g FIT S 

► . w r |7 [7 *• 




No. 5 There's a Wonderful Day 

Chas. D. Lewis Ownad by Askew and Henson 



:::£r:£±2S=aQ=^==£=fc: 



1. W. A*kew 



1. There's a won-der-ful day that is not far a-way, When our sor-rows will 

2. There's a won-der-ful time and a. won-der-ful clime .There where loved ones each 

3. If yoa are not pre-pared when that day is de-clared, how sad it will 

4. 0, dear sin-ner, pre-pare,0 take heed andbe-ware, Pray get read -y to 

-«r -A- -A.- -A- -<A>- -afe- -A- -A.- -^- -A- "A" "A 






_^_._4_ 






=fc= 



r-^RpH — ^D"" * — D"~~* ~~ f~ - c -~— s-—— J 

all be o'er; We'll all be at rest, sin can -not mo - lest, 

oth - er meet; With io more good-byes, no more tear-dimmed eyes, 

be for thee; The plea yon may spurn may ne? - er re - tarn, 

meet thy God; The time is to • lay, make no de - lay, 



:=£=: 






iF*=zfc~fr:z=a=r:A"p 



_S=_4LJ b-J— L~4 



Fink Refeadj 



C—t—r 







■ I— . .- 4 — ■! - — t — 4 ' — — — ■ •- t 



0, won-der-ful day, 



I I \/ \ f I 



.0 won-der-fnl day, 



The ran-somed on Heaven's shore. 
Our joys there will be c ma-plete. 
They'll end in e - ter - ni - ty. 
Too late when you're 'neath the sod. 

^Efcfe=EE£=t==t=5ir-=--3iE :rEzizi=r-=E£g = ^ = ^E£3 

— r-zt ^r — z=t ^* : rVt-tr - ^ 

D.S.-O won-der-ful day come on. 



l- r -K ^— i— r-* 1 — ' ^-d— »Sd: a 



bright glo - ri-ous day, ... We're long-ing to seath» <»»»»-» 

brisht fli^-- ~w«j , thy dawn; 



^s^ 



i£ 



:iza 




*S 



s -^— 4 



-i — 
J— i. 



I} 2 — | 1| 1 (—— ♦— (•>- L P — ♦— ■*> ♦-♦•l--3_ # l_4| — ^_, 

•T U\ U i i h- i I. i -fi I 



i < y i y I i i if i y i 

Thy glo - ri-ous light dis-pers-es the night 

glo - ri-ous light the long dreary night, 

p>i*— r^=z£zrs:zpi!!!=p: 



No. 6 When My Soul Wings It's Way Across 



J. M. H. 



Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud. 

OWNED BY J. M. HENION 



J. M. Hen eon 



UtL. 



1. I shall not fear the val - ley that li - eth a-head,Tho' the bil-lows my 

2. Fil-grim days will be o-ver,andmy armor laid down, Things of earth all be 

3. I shall not have to qaes-tion jnst when it will be, For my Lord has a - 



farfcrra i— fr ^: . i iMqcrig: :£ 



e^a^^=*=t=fe4p|: 



i/ v v 



&=$ 



:fefcta 



frail bark may toss; 1 shall see all the blsss-ed old prophets God led, 
eount-ed as dross; I shall go to' my man-sion, my robe and my crown, 
toned for my loss; He will call me, come high-er,— His face I shall see, 



d£= 




# ... j> 



fcrfz::*: 



Fink Refrain 



i^l 



■A^ — A- 



BE^E3EE^E?EE 



=* 



■it* — ♦- 



-*?j*- 



"ir- r 



When my sonl wings it's way a - cross. When I go to that 

-Ufa' 



fc*=Ets=E$K=3t==gz:it:= 
,Efat=S=±±==tz=Ez== 




cit - y be - yond the blue sky, 1 snan lu^% _ y o fl .^« Bin -er there 

• -A- -A- -j*s- -A- -A.- 1 -A- -A- -A- -dr 5 - 







._„ ft-J*™- 



D.'S. 




L D— £ 



r-trtr 



nev - er to die; I'll for- get all earth's sor-rows.for-getall the loss, 

fee.' 



*_g-l fc _g_(*-.-ifc-^._*_i^-_jg-__g!_-£-, 1- ..1— _ g-^z:-, 



? ■ ff ' U '^.f 



No. 7, Jesus Rolled All My Sins Away. 



G.T.B. 




Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud". 
Owned by Rev. G. T, Byrd. 



Rav. G. T. Byrd 



=t 



*=&±t=* 



:=j: 



£=* 



E^ 



=t 



1. Je-sns sought for me 

2. I had man - y sins 

3. Je - sns heard my cry 

4. I am walk-ing now 
„i« — _ — _ 



f-2—tM=zX=z 



on the moun-tain bare, For I'd wan-dered 
that were hin-d'ringme, 0- ver which I'd 
and He saved my soul, And He turned my 

in the light of God, And His word I 
-k^_i— r ^ — i — £ ^t_^e_ r( e — p. — 




far a - stray; And He blessed my soul with His pres-ence sweet, When He 

weep and pray; Bat at last the Sav-ionr came down in pow'r, And He 

night to day; And the glo - ry fell on my wait-ing heart, As He 

will o - bey; For He cleansed my heart from all in - born sin, Je-sns 



, • jpt. 




:d£-, t=zfc 



Rkfhaih 



£=fc 






i 



^ 



■&$■ 



Sito* 



rolled all my sins a-way. Boiled a-way rolled a- way 

Boiled a-way, rolled a-way. 



X 



mm 



z^*^ 



fct=fcz*: 



P-P 






t=«=t= 



I V 



*4-a-qp— »—«—*— ^-c^-^qez c t — g= G ■ . 



Je-sus rolled all my sins a - way; Boiled a- way, (Boiled a-way) 



-m^-P- 



»- 4*. 






:t_J5- M 



=£=£ 



■»— 



r 



jn—7?—P— 



^— !a-_|sz3»: 



&=£=*= 



- sus rolled 



Boiled a - way Je - sus rolled all my sins a - way. 

Boiled my sins a - way, 



H 



:£=£: 



*-#*■ 



-b : i. ■ ! 



ii 



No. 8 

J.O.L. 



& ft E E . 



Blessed Home 

Copyright. 1044. in "Sin* lloni" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



-#^z^t:gzfe: 



&m 



J. Owen Long 



^ 



&=*=* 






1. Then it • home it shall be mine, It'e glitt'ring 

2. He bore it all, my lead of guilt, Up - on tht 

B, let bo proTe my lore just now Re-move the 

J> A J; 




*=£ 



*=fc 



D, S.-A home of love be- 

Fink 



£*j&£ 






*& 



tdzaa 



*r* 



io r- row free, 'Twas bought by Him 

wounded side, Sin caused it all,.. 

call o - bey And do His will.. 



-A-Av*-A= — 



A-A^A-A 



who died for me 
, for all Ha died.., 
, from day to day 

I s 



t'FfrfL 



i^x^ ^^ f^zEJEJgz^ig^z^EE 



^9 

bar-*-] 



i?|Ep** 



*¥+■ 



t£ 






yond compare I long, I long.... thy joys to share 

Befbaoi 



S3E 



y & 



I *- ^r bl P tf F F 



1. E » 



■I 

bless • ed home(0 bless- ed home) so free from care (so free from care) 



—^ * " ■ ■ - Al ' " C — tt— +7— »— f7- 3 




*==£==*==£ 









Where Christians dwell 



-i; 



9% 



JLJLAs 



in nn - ion there; ... 
5E jL „ k '«** 



1i 



_^A' 






mijt S 



No. 9 



J.M.H, 



The Story That I Love 

Cop/right 1944, ia "Sine Aloud.' ■ 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



J. M. HHHSOW 



FE^^=*t=B=s=B= a r- »r-*<-=r-r^-— a=si=F~£^ 



r 

1. I heard an old, old eto - ry A - boat a home a - bove, 

2. I list - ened to that sto - ry As it was Sweet - ly told, 

3. And now I tell it dai - ly In an in - end - ing song, 
A _A_-A- r » — A —- — A-i-A A rA'-, 



133 



m 



m 



V-A-* ▲ afc— ti£r A— {&■ *. A- W- 

Jr-K ^'Nr J rl- 



:^t(=: 



^=: 



r 






* 



-I — I 



a*=t3 



-J ; 



*|- U - -- 



zz:te J- bj;z 



A - boat the Lord of glo - ry,— The Bto • ry that I love. 
So full of grace and glo - ry, — That bless - ed eto - ry old. 
The sto-ry of my Sav-ior,— 1 tell it sweet and strong. 
_A_A_ r - r A— A-^-- ^— A — A --^- zp A— gzzrjzzq 



*2^--A *. ah— K£ S i S — K- 

1 tj-^-tr 1 ^— r- L ~ 



tr-|>—tr 

RZFBAIH 



f=a=ga 



£=£=£= 



*=fc 



«: 



4— h 1— S-Fh ■—■--*— ■-Fz' «* — *■ 



« J ■ ■» >; 



r u r ^ z 



It is • sto - ry trne and sweet Of that bright 

pre-cions sto - ry trne and sweet, so true and sweet, 

= A- r <*— A — A A A— A-.-A— A— «►— g^-A 



glill^ 



Ifc=I*:=fc=£=fc 



:#^z:^=^±r=- U.-U-U-U =^^=g 



J 






c 



1 



JLJUL-A 



home a - bove; A sto-ry that «*.. is 

Of that bright home a-bove ,that home above; A pre-cions sto-ry that is 

-=<-&■-&"— &— I A-rtr—tT— *■—!■•— It— hr—h 1 . H. r- Cr l- » 



Jg^SlOZE^g 



=&=*=*=£=£=£=£■ 



I 



moBtcom-plete, The sto - ry that I love. 

most com-pletejes all complete, The sto-ry that I love. 



^^^^^i^isili 



rr 



No. 10. 



Johnson Oatman, Jr. 



No, Not One. 

Copyright 1943, in "Billows of-Song" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



Arr.by G.L.Baker 






mm 



£% 



m 



&#: 



a ' — r^v — 



1. There's not a friend like the !o w - ly Je - bus, 

2. No friend like Him is to high and ho - ly, No, not onel no, not one! 

3. There's not an hour that He it not near us, 



SfeE 



£=£■ 



P"— ». 



-♦— =* 



=£=f 



--A — A— g- 

4-tA Mb 1 — 



Si=* 



t=£ 



■p- 



i 



J_-U-U_l_-fc 



Se; 



Tfij- 



:*z:«»: 



-jg— i. 



None else can heal all our souls' dis-eai-es. 

And yet no friend is so meek and lowly, No, not one! no, not one! 

No night so dark but Hii love ean cheer us, 

A A.- 



P-S: 



£i=*: 



*rfr *- 



x=t 



t r^j^r 



=£=*= 



*=f 



r 



Chorus /as/er 

i i -a 



r-P—A— A- -I 



n r» 




^^^^^^=?^S?^^=^^F^==--fe 



Je-sus knows-. mit iti,i»beii1fvarBtnigeiespidleaiis«tf^gles,Ho will guide.... 
Te-^sknows^ A A A A A A A A Hewillgnid 



^LS^stoow^ -*_a-A_a-_a__ -A UewiUg 



a^zzx^B^EX^ 



8i *«flf ffie°oif fs^M?.^ thi 

▲ a -_ •> *il! % da l '^"Si -. a a SNo^aViend 



£L.£.1u es£B 



b^ilP ^ ^P^^ 



zfe^EtEPEP 



-I — 1*~ ^- J: j£— 



ifecrsE: 



-twott- 1 ^ mrxi— o^ooT - . . . ... ..".. .-- . sjlfc|=nfe3- ?effl— h- ■ 

.aooa-lf Jjrf* tns-atawftly Je-sus, No^(4otji«Bi!(INa^pttniq) No j.nc4 one! 

A4A 




.a JtfA 



r- 

















While lie* is.: calNing, On fmfike^uim your VhofcBTtitgtf-en , J li*$ -^fnl 
— .bsn iai-do I asdW x aoM9q »a9haq bono! ... , face ^Waaif 

" 1 -few CS -*-1 -*& ^ ifcr-J*- 




yer 



c.\ 




1111 



keMWk&Xa&diij, ^tfftaitsJitWBave yQ^sG-sfoiis 

Jlitf li^iiolim, d Hst^pTjepri riJiW ,aa*9l-'i />/? nrcii 





No. 12 Since Jesus Whispered "Peace Be Still 



Rev. Johnson Oatman, Jr. 

tdfc 



OWNED IT J. 



^HV=£-K3 






fr ' T-— 



lows fierce did roll A-crosa the 



1. One time the bil 

2. When thro' my heart the floods of sin,.., Like some wild 

3. Oft, when Bur-round - ed by my foes,... When death and 

4. When I shall reach the riv - er side And see the 

fJVf J' "V r A j. zr~ — VljsJijE 

!ESfc __T_ --E==b:=fc=^:= r >- zzzzJ&z:tzzi^L-U---z\zzzz3 



£:=£: 



=r-==qK=t-*^^ 



^^•z^r^z^tlpt :«=——— 



^-*- 



6T 



U 17 P t, b f \J b T » 

wa ten of my soul (yes of my soul) But ev-'ry ware 

tor - rent did rash in; (rash swiftly in) A voice that did 

dan - ger me op -pose (my way oppose) He whispers peace .. 

dark... for-bid ding tide .(forbidding tide) Be fore me flow - 

_ P P * A r p m 




V \ ->--. ^rr r. f. k. ►. ** K 



"fc D D 1/ y it b D D' "*" *«* 

o-beys His will D 8. -Since Je-suswhis - pered, "Peace be still** 

my spir-it thrill, Said, I will save yon, peace be still. 

be still to me" And I from fear nave lib - er - ty. 

- per "Peace be stil" 
■P ' 




..ing cold and chill I know He'll whis 

r> fn r> p J. — -^ jj > j* j 

zt±E 

v.y- v. *.tf 

refrain r r r 







itrs&d 






fc« 



"rfr 






sit: 



yes my soul found perfeet peace, Whan I ob-tained • 



•=— bpsitepbi»=A— : — -I 



r^:^-*-* ^"17 J ^ ' " 




from sin re-lease, With ho-ly joy I do His will, 

from sin release, With ho-ly joy I do HisVill, 

I h I » 7^ a - 1 *- I 1 1 — -— '•* 1 — ' — 

^zzz^^^OQ^^z^i^i^^r-^z^^^^^ 



r 



No. 13 

W. R. S_ 



No Pain Up There 

Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud". 
Owned by J. M. Heuson. 



W. R, Spillera 




b 1 ** \j b i ' $ U h 

1. In realms a-bove the mists of time I have a 

2. While trailing on - ward day by day, (yes day by day) The road is 

3. land be-yond the mist and gloom, 1 gaze with 




home «, that's bright and fair; No storm-clouds dim that son • ny 

some - timet sown in tares; And when at night I kneel to 

leng • ing eyes to Thee: land where fade * less flow-era 



Ft==t 



BK^ "-|^*"™l^^"*™|^™ 



m 



&&& 



P=P==*===&* -* \ J l> r» 



# 



*-xr 



=t 



Ttmm. Befbaqi 



\rv 



fefe 



tL 



P P P P P -•--•--•- | -<_*■ h P ■_»" I _ h 

II I lb ' 5 D.-tr. ! " "« 

olime, No pain or sorrow cometh there. Myheav nlyhome 

pray, I know my bloss-ed Savior cares. 

bloom, I long their beauties there to see. heat'nly home 

~ g~!t ~it" r j[ i~i~ Tfti r 






^ "i > - i > - L > ^ 



D. S.— Ne pain or sor-row cometh there. 






trtr 

of all my dreams, How sweet its mn" - - sic 
of all my dreams; How sweet its mu - sio 







i mi b 7i~\ ^'—^ 

seems; AndOthe joy 

its mn-sic seems; 



my soul shall share, 
And the joy my soul shall share, 



E__ — I — r- 1 ^^— r— 1~ r — i — f»-t-_— ♦ — a — s 



__e._fc._e. 



TrTXTf 




No. 14. Carry Your Burdens to Jesus. 




llrEED BABBATT 



=fc=fe=fc=& 



Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud". 
Owned by J. M. Hensos, 



J. K. RBVSOS 






■*)—*—■*- 



ir#E^^E^^j 



1. Is yonr heart bur-dened with sor-row and fear, Is your path lone -ly, and 

2. Je-sus will help you His prom-i9e is true, Guard you and guide you the 

3. Je-sua is wait-ing His mer-cy to show, Won-der-ful grace He de- 

4. Car-ry your bnr-dens to Je- bus your Friend,Bles8ingsun-num-bered to 




gloom-y, and drear? If you are long-ing for com-fort and cheer, 

long jour-ney thru; Giv-ing lor bur-dens the joys that are new,- Car-ry your 

lights to be-stow; Be not dis- cour-aged as on-wardyou go, 

you He will send; He will sua-tain you in love to the end,- 



p- r I s 



r fc r t 



^i., — . _tf3 r m — •> — «> -- 




P - : ^ ^ £e ^^^ 



Chorus 



n r-jj-jq 



I T1 ■■ _ i Ln * i . 1.^ ^ ^ ■■■■ L 

L-l—^aZg-Cji M~t^ A =A-CA 




p U f 
bnr-dens to Je - ens. Car-ry your bur-dens to Je - • bus, 

Car - - ry your bur-dens to Je-sus, 



Jfr — t — ^ 






I 



& ■ & i X a C 



£=&= 



t=-tt 



■E^y U-L £ l =fr 




— rnf^—m — n 



zss^=a=a=i!=t 



jgz-M 



F=t 



ILJLJMU-fc- 



-m— g£— £-»> A A — A A " 

L J ^ 



a 



■Al *l 



^ 



Car-ry your bur-dens to Je - • bus; He is wait-lng to 
Car - - ry your bur-dens to Je - ens; 



m 



-iA— ^S— i X -y£ 



te=te=fc 



£=*i: 



b bU LT b' =S 



$=*£=$=£ 



L^r-tr 



£— U~, 




fc=fc=fc 



fcr^±4 



: ^iz^=gEizzyA=j-"F^^{f 



share, Ev-'ry bur -den you bear,-Car-ry your bur-dens to Je • ins, 






No. 15 



James Wella 



Blessed Lamb of Calvary 



Copyright 1944. in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by Henson and Askew 



J. W. Askew 



:£=*z 



=*=*=& 



^i^iiSil 



.-t=^.-t-D_C_C 



*=£* 



rat, 



b b b b b 



1. A-cross the years up - on a hill A bloodstained 

2. Thecrn-el nail - priota in His hands,.. The thorns up- 

3. Oh,bleas-ed Lamb of Cal - va - ry, Whodiedup- 




TV LrU b.M — 

eross I see, When Je-sus Christ, 

on His brow, , The ag - o - ny 

en. that tree; His pre-cions life.... 

r I s t 






the Bon of 
np - on His 
He free - ly 




S=t 



^z^::=fc^ 






D. S.— Wbatag-o - 

x^x- ^ N * 






r^nn 



i/ l- b 

God, Was slain on Cal - - va - ry. (of Cal - va-ry.) 

face I seem to see them now (yes see them now) 

gave, To ran-som such .... as we. (yes such as we.) 

/=v 1 1 — «i 1 . ^— bs~bs — k — *— i ^— ■ — « — -. 

««4-! — a — fco— fcc— *x— t — S ^» \ - m — W —W~W- — W- — W— S. — J 



ny. Of He who died for me. (who died for me.) 

Oh, bless-ed Lamb of Cal -va-ry, Who died for 

Oh, blessed Lamb of Cal-va - ry, 



— . — _i» > _^_i«_i» — i»_lt— 1_ iS— m— Si— 5— ■- 1 

, — L , - I I -U — U— U-— ^-U. — U- — L>-C____— . . J 







yon, who diedforme, What aw-fnl grief , 

Who died for yon, who diedforme, What aw-ful grief, 



-trnnr 



No. 16 Since the Love of God Touched Me 



L. B. 



Copy rif lit 1944, br 0. A. Partis, Gosatl Song Publisher, In 
"Banner Songs" 

-l-l- fl -E 



t=t 



s 



1 




*l-«!=d:=t=fcdia|=^l=q3t^ 



-♦- -♦- -♦- -♦- ^V -♦- ^ -♦- -♦- 



1. I am on my way to the land of day, Since the love.. 

2. When the storm clouds riae, I will lift miae tyes, 

3. T ho 'the bil-lowB roll, He will keep my soul, Since the love 




.$-■ .«*. -♦». -♦-"~^'i5_^- ^t 



God touched me; 



Now I'm glad to tell with my eonl 'tie well 
I've a lafe re-treat from the winds that beat, 
since love touched me; So with Him to guide I am eat- is - fied, 





*P P 



p t t- I I tr br 

Finbi Rbtkixe 






^S_CL 



pr-g" 



:*-aC: 



L> L^-grt; I D b Lp 

Sinoe the Iotb of God touched me. Since the love of 

Since the love since love touched me. Since the love 

— HA— I 1 1 \—— *— i 1 l-<* 1 



:£_£=£=CTa; 



& -db-*— *— 



«=£«= 






Trtnnn ^r*£ET^£ 



Sod touched me, I can feel the vio - to - ry; 

since lovetoached me, I can feel the vic-to-ry; 






: £^ 



r I s I s r^:r--:r-r:tK-i>.:£r 

— A-A-A— i*-^ aik-r' ' 1 — I — I— a 



x'b\j \j \j b-^tn 




D.5. 



■ f - • r r fi 



i <» — 1»— >-*■ — m pa i 1 ( ) 1 1 ■ — — • — *■* 



r— cr-tr 

From my heait springs forth a joy, That the world can - not de-stroy, 



1331= 



S-^. 



r r :: 



g^E^a 



No. 17 



J.M.H. 



4E^E^E^=^=^=^E 



Evry Day. AH the Way 

COPYRIGHT 1844 IN "SING ALOUD" 
Owned by J. M. Hbsson, 

u~fc~£. 



J. K. KBTl 



=t 



~* 1 <4->-m> — • — » w — •-' 



=£ 



=&=» 



fr-r 






- -^- 



sov 



._ — I— ^ _J 



all the 



1. There's a song of praise that 1 Bing(daily sing)Ey -'ry day, 

2. There's a sto-ry true that I tell,(ev-er tell) 

3. There's a hap-pyland that I seek (that I seek) 

4. For that hap-py laDd now I sigh (now 1 sigh) Ev'-ry day 

IEsE*EgEt=^E|EiEE£Ec=C=SEiEEEpE?E?EgEE3 

4=tsz=*iEs»=*z^=t=fcEszt=t=Ss=z=z:Ez^tit==f==z:3 




*=b3=2=£=± 



£ 



z£ztmz*z:*t:&.-M 



to: 






way, It is end-less praise to my King (to my King) AS the way. 

With my spir-it now all is well (all is well) 
Of it's shin-tog shore now 1 9peak(nowIspeak) 
all the way, I shall reach its shore by and by (by and by) All the way 

m m . i 



:=z3s=:tsz:*z|*=qi , 
Kefrajb 



t/ < 1 1 ^ r 1 p ^ 1 



#®E^?S^E*=EE^^=^-^=EE^?3 

by -'ry way. Ev -'r day all the 

I tell the sto -ry all a - long the way, 

_ — ^-^- r ^ r J-^^-p-u---^-£-h-g-F- r g-^-g-'E"-£L- l 



~ gi F<5^ 

— A— A— 1*— »- -A- 



:iite*z:-,z: 5 z — F 5* r~~ = ~F^ 

^OC=A— F— *-»_ A-A— 1*— (T- -A— -»— A— ^ =ta_ 

H- — y- — f- — I— — (-— I h- h — H 1~— I — — *- L l — r 



-T5- !L JL 



T* 



r 



way, Workandpray, 

I sing of glo • ry ev - 'ry pass-iog day, For the bless - ed 

-»-\m- -•»- -m-^W- -P- -m-m- -P- k»- P- T . 

J3c ^z^_ [ __^:_^_ £ __ ! __C ( C 

fffi* — ^ — * — ^~t ! — *~T^ T — ^ — r~~~yl 



"I ^ 

AH the way ev-'ry day. 

Mas - ter I shall work and pray. All the way, 

JS w !N |»> 



1*- «/ -1 » •♦- A- -(♦- -♦---5. . 

2 — ^— a; — ^- r S * — * 1 1 1 — r i — t. 



SZUhII "*Z 



No. 18. 



J.M.H. 



Beautiful Heaven 

Copyright 1044, in "Sine Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 






1. There ia a place of match less beau-ty, I'll be - hold be - fore so lonj 

2. Wonder -fnl glo - ry there is wait-ing, at the end of life's long way 

3. Rap-tare un - end - ing there is wait-ing, for the hap -py blood-bought soi I, 



■^^z^^d^=^z^=^^-=^=^=^^=^= ^-~tr^ 



JzzfczzJ^pJ^:^ 



fc=fc 



=W 







L r 



tr-lr 



Beau-ti-ful Heaven, won-der-fol cit - y, horns of the soul 

,X _;_ j/K. Q^. .f!L. ^ ^ _*_ -ft. .^ _£Zi 




i J j- Hi shall be - hold my dear Re-deem-er, oa^hajygv .v|ft^at/,jng dayl 
«fi*l8:*!j^(»ngj^ *g" •■ ev-er rohj 



=~l—^J-4— V-4- y — 



HE 



aD.S^- I shall be -hold my dear Re-deem-er, on His throne of pur- est gold, 



■*!— rj— 







^^^^^V^-fui H«^^#Si-c^^iigh 



Beautiful Heaven. 



D.S. 




It 



is e - ter - nal, won'- der - fnl cit - y, There is no night; 

*ap* - - -*"- *- ■*- ** 






No. 19, He's the Light of the World. 



J.M.H. 



Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud". 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



^=E^^El=*&=iM&- 



j. m, vaaraow 



1. As we la - bor and sing, Let as hon- or oar King.Keep His ban - - 

2. Man-y wan-der in sin, As the lost a-mong men, With the darts 

3. They will nev-er have peace, 'Til they have a re-lease, From the bonds 

-A- -A* -A-A- ._ _ 



H^ 



^E^t^g^^gj^k^z^ 



«? 



3*=S= 



# 



atg=t= 



fc 






3R 



ner un-forled; LetfstMlseSjegicfcfedBH) gr^^e.i'Jp s Ata l$stn$fj Jha fact, 
em latsthemAaHBd^S^ro^idimotio Jthem aii, jJhalfHej s%ve^f^opi||ie fall, 
'reund them furled; Gosutd-;taih f jQfcHttW teRej Qi ^ns§fifnfS^oT^ " bovel, 
i /t *t -A- 'A*- ■ "" 




_X — kj>jj.<~, — 3i — A, _A,_ 4-—- &£ • 



zfez^t: 




-^z la— A— A- rerrgfa 



l &t^ riMT hrf 1 i3S-7?>t-ft5r^3— A— -bfc— -A . . _A'^ — Dy--I J 



of the w&1rld,(pf the world, ) Keep His ban-(Keep His ban) ner un-furled; 



No. 20 Is There a Home For Me? 

COPYRIGHT 1944 IN "'SING ALOUD" 

J. C Cranio J. M. Henson. owner 



J. M. Henson 







1. By faith I look be-yond the swell-ing stream, To that bright land that 

2. Thatwon-drousc;t-y far be-yond the sea, In vis -ions I its 

3. Someday with Christ I'll go to that sweet home, And be at rest, there 



tr 



S= 



eyes have nev- er seen; Where things are pure and bliss-fnl ev-er- more, 
glit-t'ringtow'rcanBee; Where all is joy and peace for ev-er- more, 
nev - er-more to roam; that will be a won-drous vie to - ry, 



fe 




Refrain 






Is there a home for me on that bright shore? 

Is th re a home for me on that bright shore? There's a home for me 

To know there is a home in Heav'nfor me. 

; * * _— r 4i± * A ^ A. W— rA^r C iV* A 1— 



-ft: 
1/ 



-«-_^_t* — ^—^ — ^ 



^-J.— *- 



Ttez: 

- >i — A- 



irtarzt 



£_£- 



-A- 

tr 



_tr — j- d 



There's a home for me, There's a home (There's a home) for all; There's a 



> N '. 



vnr 



— r ^ — a ™ — — r ' f~ 






^^fil 




h — h — 1 c^ 1 — F— F— 5 C X-+— h— 1 *-&-<*-" 



home for 

There's a erne, a 



me, 
bless-ed home, 



There's a home 



A- . 

tr-r: 

for all. 
There's a home 

r r 1 



K=!S=EESjE±SE 






Hii 



1 wLy 



No. 21 

S. E. L. 



Lead Thou My Way 

Copyright 1944. in "Sine Aloud'' 
Owned by Moore and Henson 



jjl*. O. noon 




1. Lord, whan Then wilt-it mat-ters not to me, 

2. Lord, where Thou wilt-it mat-ten Dot to me, 

3. Lord, where Thou wilt -it mat-ters not to me, 



If Thou art near, and 
Tho' skies ma; frown and 
If faith's clear eye the 



£4 



tz 



4^fo 



zzzzmz 






r i i 



i i- n 



L.^-4- 




I can cling to Thee; For I am weak, bo weak, I am a - fraid, 
dark my path may be; I am con-tent, since Thou, my life, my light, 
gnid-ing Star may see; If I can read my ti • tie to a home 

•A- -A- -A- -A- 

1 ,l\ -U 



H 






i 



^£S 



-i 1 ^~ 



r-T- 



Sszza: 



~t — r _L T 



To take one step with-ont Thy kind-ly aid. 

Canst pierce the vail that bangs o'er darkest night. Lead Thou my way,my fainting 

Where sin and death and night can nev-er come. 

-A- -A- *r- -*t- -*- I -A- -A- -A- -A -A-. 

?Kp£=L7=^Pt=-*=:L=e-F^=^===F^iE t::= ^- C::= E^ I =*-f : ^ = ^- 



trr 



r _ t __ r _u r 



— r -l 



heart sus-tain; Lead Thon my way , And make my du-ty plain. Lead Thon my way 



-a- -£>- -£«- 



* t t — tp=j — r _c t — r _q ,., r-P — c c r~4 — t— t r- J 

K — 1 — ]. r .j__ r _!_ J _ J _ r ]__4 — |__j — , — r J~-j- n 



— 5_Li 1 1 1- _5_L^)_^, «. — - 5 - L «> — _, — fc-L & .©■--J J 



T~r 



Then Bhall I fear no ill. If Thon.my "Rod and StaS" art with me still. 

-A- -£l- -A- -Ar--A- A- -«fcr -A- ^ I 



:-_*. 



^=t^=P=P=^=F^ z sE^=t=i^F! 



No. 22. That's What Makes It Heaven. 



R. A. Letter. 



Copyright 19*4, in "Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



J. M. Henson. 




==&==«=*== 



=*-• 1 — -^ 1 — ■■. — m — 



3* 



:»=* 






tnnr 



a 



1. No one will be cry - ing, (never) No one will be dying, (ev-er) 

2. Dwelling there e-ter-nal, (ev-er) In His love su- per-nal, (praise Him) 

3. So un - til the dawn-ing, (dawning) Of that hap-py morn-ing,(pil-grim) 



4: 



i&^E^ 






Sea* 



-A— A- 




-«> — <* — »— 1 «■ — «> — •— m-*-& - — »-• 1 — ^ 1 — ^ — m J 



Ttn? 



—j — ^ — i— ^— «- 
^-♦-[j^i--* 



No one will be there with-out a smile; Sweet-est joy and g'ad-ne8B,(surely ) 
While the end-lesi a-ges on-wardroll; Sing-inglove'so!dBto-ry,(sing-ing) 
Let the bless-ed Sav-ior have His way; He will keep yon ev - er, (keep yon) 

>^^_ p r -*- h ^ .I s _r 




A& 




Cares and troubles end-ed, (end - ed) 
Finr 



< J^U** 



-*-&* 



V * if- U 

Takes the place of Bad-ness, (sadness)That's what makes it Beaten all the while. 
Tell - ing of Hie glo-ry,(sing-ing)That'B irhat makes it Heaven for the soul. 
And will fail yon nev-er, (praise Him) Making it sweet Heaven on that Day. 



___ — * — a— s— *— ia — £ r iAi — i^fc— t— t— tHi — (— i r i -. 




Z/iues ira pfo-ry blended, (blended) That 's what makes it Heaven for the soul, 
Refbatj 



zat=a|izfc3E 



=£ 



tr— D — (7— 17~ 

That's what makei it Heav- en 



- 2 — m- — t*> — £ — .a — C- — a — ^ — r tw 



v. w 

for the soul, , 

makes it Heav- en 

r 



-A- 



for the ionl, (0 
I 



yP r~?3 




No. 23 



F.R. 



I'll Soon Be Safe At Home 

Copyright 1044. in "Sing Aloud'* 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 

_L_r h V , B k y- r* ■■>; r» i 



Fred Rich 






4L 



1. My eve-Ding snn is low, Just a few more days to go, 

2. When I cross Jor-dan's tide, Pearl-y gates will o-pen wide, Soon I'll be 

3. I hope to meet yon there, In that ho • Iy cit ■ y fair, 

.a a :E a -J- 1 aL 

_._ __, A — A — i •* r m — « — A — m — A — A — A-., — 



TT-T 



^=C=fc=^l 



«E 



> — h - — P — I — -p j «> | * < ■> — 



■ sM^ Lji^- 4 ?- l<t'-' ^ 



— 3- a- 



=fc£* 



-JUfc- 



—Ad ^P — -P"-«i A W — "1-^ 



There'll be no more good-bye's, When I 
safe at home for - ev • er-more; I'll join the sing - ing band, In that 

Joy-bells will sweet -ly chime, it will 




reach that home on high, 

bless -ed glo - ry land, Soon I'll be safe at home on that bright soar*. 

be a hap - py time, 



A 



rzff: 



EEpES 



:^=b=fc£=b:=fe 



m ^^^^^ ^m 



D. S.-see life's set - ting son, 
Refrain 



* I +- 



-D-JL-Ji 



=*=g=gz=g 



— g — gr- fc — | — -J 2 — ST — E — l ~|~f~~l £Z 



Glo - ry is wait - ing at the end 

-A. 




life's wea-ry road, For all the 

■---£=rzz£q*=te= 




D.S. 



>=m=*=at=&±$a 



faith - ful who will trust in the Lord; 
-r--— -— A — e- 



A A A - 



My 



tas 



race is near - ly run, I can 



A— it*. 



P— P— r-zgzc»— »=p — r~ pzz^zcgz^ji 



: E'=&= t f=1 



t7~ t — tj 



T7~t 



mr - ^ 



No. 24 



E.B. C 



Let Us Sing 

Copyright. 1944, in ,.Sinc Aloud' 
Owned by Case; and Hemon 



Earl B. Casey 




I [> t 

1. We have met to sing God's praise, And to wor-ship Him insong(insonj) 

2. Let us wor-ship Him in truth(intr«th)As we bow be-fore His face (Bis face) 

3. ac-knowledge now your God, For in Him we live and move(io Him) 



#=1 



g#z^z^fc-tz=^=rftz=gq==^=£-hU^4--grE^3 




_2 — s -t f c h — j — t — » m — ■-£ — S^S— ¥*■+£» *r^ 



i y 

Let us spend for Him oar days(oar dajs) As we dai - ly go a - long, (along.) 
Let the old-age and theyouth(the youth) rell abroad His saving grace(Hisgraee) 
Stand up-on His liv-ing word ( Bis word) And Hia daily blessings preve (yes prove) 

-Ai- -A- -A- -A- -.*>- -A- _ -*- I < 1 IN 



£*=£ 



I 



»- -a- -a- A -*- i 



■r — »r— uas: — ar-ri r— — r— a»-i- ^ ^ — *■ 1 



t— r 



> . -" ^ti> - 



Bkfbahi 



teE^^^ ^^^^ 1 !^ ^ ^ ^^^^^ 1 ^ 



O let at sing to Christ oar King 
let as sing to Christ oar King, WhileweHii 

z^" ~*t ■*' ^ ~ x 



*i r 



i X 







D D D 



While we HiB name with joy extol, Let happy songs to Je-suB 

name with joy ex-tol,Hiiname extol; Let happy songs 

•< r r I s r * r r * n 



Sfct 



s 



— — — ■ • r —r - —T - —w- 



I/Eg 









V L* L» 1/ 

ring, Give praise t» Him with heart and soul 

to Je-sas ring, Give praise to Him with heart and soul. 






trtr 



No 25. I Feel Mother's Prayer For Me. 

Written ia New Guinea, July 1943, and ie dedicated to my mother.— R. A. W. 
R.A.W. COPYRIGHT 1944 IN "SIN6 ALOUD." S. Sgt. Range A. Whitworth. 




1. I have a rev-el - a-tion in my heart, Tho' sometimes its hard to 

2. While look-ing o'er the val-leys and the hills, And the clouds that hov-er 

3. I'm trn3t-ing God from this"down under" land, Whose rare beau-tiee all ara 

4. It k her pray 'r that Vic-to-ry will come, That some day we sore -ly 

._ — ^ rA-^-A-A-r* — ,* A-A-r^r-rA — «At— A-r-£i *fc- r dj — X 



V ]/ 



I i . L. u ■ — i GuPr' 




ex -plain; That God in His mer-cy saw fit to part.Us from a 

a • bove; A ray of great light now re-veals His will, I feel my 

un-told; I feel the sweet guid-ance of Moth - er's hand, I prize a- 

shallsee; "Keep Faith,Bope,and Courage, thy work well done, "I feel my 



4 > r W' I * — 




sin - fnl life of shame I can feel Mother's pray 'r for me, 

Mother's pray 'rand love 

bove earth's shin-ing gold 

Mother's pray 'r for me. ___. . for me, 



^^^r -m— m- — p- 



SiSfflS 



f t/ 



a^g: c £7m 



*+-*&■ 



^&- 



L tF-*T: a* i ~"i — "* — L7-tr-tr- 

I can feel Moth- er's pray 'r for me; (for me;) Those words she oft re - peats, 



OS! 



2- 



:e: 






.pz. 



*=£=£: 



r- 



*== 



*M2 






Moves my heart withev-'rybeat,OhII feel Mother's pray 'r for me, (for me.) 

*- .^^ .f - : f- t r r^-j^.-^ ^jst, 

£ztt=£=£zE£ 






— -P» ' i 4>- •<©>• ■-*- -0>- 

^£B=EEJJ 



No. 26 



3. C M. 



Sweet Heaven 

Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud' 
Owned by Moore and Hensoa 



JA8, O. HOC 






1. I'm told of a place they call Heav-en, The home of the 

2. There noth-ing of earth e'er can harm ns, For safe we shall 

3. Fair ha - ven of rest for the wea • ry, Where bur-dens will 

4. I'm long-nig for that glad to - mor- row,— God grant that our 



EEtz 



fibt=tt^=^=t= $==£=$=iz==ttz=%=tF==%=£ 



tri. l t. l- K — fc= 



kj— L^ii — ^j At — * — * — m~ *•* — 4) t ta ■' 



ran- aomed and free; 'Tia there that the life-crowns are giv - en, 
be ev - er - more; No heart-aches and cares that a - larm as, 
come nev - er • more; Tho' some-times the way may be drear -y, 
faith shall in - crease; That thru all our heart-aches and sor- row, 

zEEzgEES^^EKa ^S— £ = r 1 g =z g = fS l g2iI3 



it— tr— r 



,-_*- 



Refrain 







What won-der - ful joy there must be. 

When we shall reach heaven's bright shore. I'm long-ing forHeav-en, sweet 

Con - tent-ment and peace are in store. 

Our hope and out trust shall not cease. 



Lb ' - u.' 



il 



fr'g-ls— jg — jg— ^g — fr 



=fc 



^fi^^^^Efe^P^^ 






1/ l> 1/ 



^=* 



"y » — « — -#, — *— — i.- 1 1 1 — -3 — ■*rr-WT-»i ^--r-w* 

-Z. 5 — 2 ai— L^J — * ai Ai — v 3- L yI ^ ( — Ci 



Heav - en, The beau - ti - ful home of the soul; Where all will be 

i-j^-hr — s — g— g— m -r^^ m p. , ^» r» — *, 

[-Et— fc=zu=^Efc^rtr~^zzfe=Et= 



S= 0» 1; 






glad - ness for - ev - er, 



And noth-ing will ev • er grow old. 






v^nnnnr 



No. 27 

J. M. Henaon 



Shout Aloud 

Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aland. 

OWXED BT THE AUTHORS. 



G. J. Spivey 




fc= 






1. Press a-Iong your journey with a hap-py song each day, Praise the Lord for 

2. How can you keep si-lent while He blesses with His love.Ho w can yon for - 

3. You can-not keep si - lent if His call-ing you have heard, And can-not be 

r-i — r 







p-rr-f-?-' 






bless-ings on the hap-py home-ward way;Shont a-Iond the sto - ry of the 
get Him who is on His throne a-bove? While the sun is shin-ing and the 
i - die if yon trust His pre-ciousword;Proveyonr-self a work-er in His 

-A-A - - * ^ ---■ 



HfeES^ 



•wrww 



-»■ 



1 



i=t= 



I I I I 



1 



Fink 



:*=*=p=F 



=£=& 



Tr 






yj^ J i r?& -* 



v-&-r-\j--^-&-r-\n7-\j-v-v 1 



1 « 1 ^ II ' -t Al -^ 



♦< -»- -♦ — i P—Pi— — i 1 i i # t " P ^ 1 ♦ ■ # P '-« i 

_, 1 1 A g»-|-A — A A A A. ^ A: m r I 1 1— 



Lord's a-maz-ing grace, Keep the bal - le - la-jahs ring-ing to a dy - ing race, 
work-ing time is here, La-bor for yourbless-ed Mas-ter with a song of cheer, 
vine-yard • v -'ry day, Shout a-loud my broth-er ,serv-ing Je - sns all the way 






D. S. — Shout a-lond glad hal-le- ln-jahs in an end- less stng. 
-^1 £~E- 



Refrain 




e=M£±fe=fczt 




b b 

Shout all the way, (on) to the glo-ry land, Sing day by day, 

Shout pilgrim , on your way Sing pilgrim , 

,1 e 
j\«l^:^. : „ r j .E 



. i. , -* :p_A-A C A A A A— A- r A-A-A— A— ly— A— — n 




IT ' 5 t, 

hap-py ran-somed band; Praise Christ your Lord with your voic - es strong, 
broth-er sing and shout, yes 

1 J 

r.«L_-f<-__A. ^..^. j 

7 -9- W W P P I - J £ t — ■ £ A. A f-U lA I U— 11 



- p — p — P' 



— A — S*— r 

i &- 



mrr-v — t 



f-t7-[7 



r-r 



No. 28 

H. L. T. 



This Happy Way 



Copyright 10*4, in "Sine Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON HeSTRY It, THOMPeOIJ 



-1— *- *■ ■ — *— K±— ^j- 






1. I'm oo the glo-ry way, mov-ing a -long each day, Soon I'll crow 

2. Heav-en is draw-tag near, Je-sus will there ap-p?ar. Soon Hia dear 

3. Glo-ry is in my soul, since I have been made whole, Now I'm re- 

_A A A mm r-A A- 




o - ver the foam; 'the roll-tag foam, g!o-ry) I'll lay these bur-dens down* 
face I sla'l see; III sare-ly see, my Sav-ior) Wont it be glo-ry there, 
joic-ing each day; (each passi ng day, I know that; Je- sus will keep me true, 

-.-A-A-rA^-- AU..3-S -A^-^-^^-fc-, 



8a 



.4 1. 



Fine. 



P--A A. A — A 1 At A 9 }■&- 



r- 



^-w 



put on a star-ry crowu, In my e - t^r - nal home, 
glo - ry bs-yond com-p^re, Oh! what a time 'twill be. 
guide me what-e'er I do, This is a hap - py way. 



S3 



£=4= 



— I 1 — 

— *■ m- 



I 



-** 



\ 



Refrain 



D. S.— This is a hap - py way. 
fc_- 



; tTTu 



t>* 






is a hap-py way, 



gi; 



y * " ^ 
This good way 
This old gos-pel way 
Ohl this is a hap-py way, What a feel -tag 

I is ft & |s A 



JU. 



fj~g - "£ """£• — jt~ P — q ~~^ — 



-J 4 



_£_J 






't7 
Je - sus 

My Sav-ior 
Je - sus is 

aT a _aU , 

Z^ ^~^ ~ Aj— ' 



f 
He 



er - er leads me, yes, 




leads me each day;, 
leads me each day;, 
lead - ing my soul, ev - 'ry day; 



ev'ry day, And I 



This Happy Way 



l>;s. 



Go - ing on, with 



£=pzzg= 



S* 



Go - ing on and on, 
Go - ing on, 

_A A ^ 



f=; 



go « ing 



=zzz=EJ£ 



a song 

with a hap-py song, 
with a Bong, 

i—fe*. 



No. 29 



"17-17 

a - long, sing - ing a soag, 

What Does Heaven Hold For You? 



I 



Viotob TTamjtes 



Copryright 1944. in "Sing Aloud" 

OWSID BT J. SI. HESSOIf. 



~WJ 



J. M. HENSOTT 



1. Are yon iay-ing np your treasenres, In that land where dreams come true? 

2. Tho' your life be fi 1 tdv-kh sad-ness, Lo. ed ones yon have told a-dieu; 

3. Have you loved ones o-ver yon-der, Wouid you live with them a -new? 






t~t 



Jbztzzz^czfe ^H-fe M i - 



Whi'.e yon have your worldly pleas-urea, 

While they live in peace and glad-ness. What does Heav-en hold for yon? 

'Tie a land where love grows fon-der, 




BV&AIH , 



What does Heaven hold for yon? Hap-py land where dreams come true; 

What does Heav - en hold for you? come true; 



stFlti 



«K 



JK 



ay v 



fcr=£ 



TC — !■ — SI — E— 5r+K— - £ — £ 













While thou -sands can sing, of Je-sus their Kin g, What does Heaven hold for you ? 

5 - -- - 



> » ■ » > 



EEEfcEfe 



trtnr 



m 



S=£q£ 



SEEzEEg 



1A. 1- 



-r 



:!==£ 



Sfe 



i 



No. 30 

J. Graydon Hall 



Let It Ring 

Copyright 1844, in "Siag Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



W C. Tin.ley 



1. Do yoa have a Bong of cheer, For some plodding pil-grim here? Let it 

2. Do yoa have a mes-sage bright.For some one in realms of night? 

3. Wheth-er ser-mon.Bong or word, Let it near and far be heard, 



-A— A-r>— A— «*— -P— A— A— A- 



F T" -A — A- 



-— — T —r- — r m — i i— r— — — ■ — >-■ r - — r- — <— — ■ — — — i — — — t— — r— — " i— ' ■ • . 

Afa=-FF=fe=L=^=|==|==Si=E=J:--K--K— I jg^a 



ring, let it ring. Do yon have a shoot of praise, Yon are 

Man-y sonls are lost in doubt, Yon may 
Let it ring, let it ring. Glo - ri - fy your King a-bove,Tell the 



VE 



y— ie > - 



. w -^± | ££+ -m- . _ 



fr -r-rt : 



=*=£ 



-r--Nn»- 



■£>*- 



:t=: 



£^ =F - ££ ^ 



rtr 



— *,-L fc,., P-, ;- 



ii^?Eiz^^^E^£E^^^i 



now in-spired to raise? Let it ring, 

help to bring them out, 

sto - ry of His love, Let it ring, 



let it ring. 

let it ring. 



A-4=— t— A— A- 



f g=E5S?S E 



^e>. 4*±.p„ .^. .^ _, .^_ _^t . 



_£=£ 



Ha>— -lav^-p 



1 



■J- — *- 

-A — — - 




Retrain 

ft e 



• — &-- r -a 



«— ff— f?" 



-fc—fc 






£ — h- — U — £ : 



n 



— —- -r-(7 



tr-lr 



Let it ring let it 

Let it ring, let it ring for Christ yoor King, 






ring 



let it ring, lift your voice and sweetly sing, 



Let your voice for God re-iound, 



^^^i^Mj^^m 



^=tF= ^-MH»^l* It 



£=£ 




Let It Ring 



— H — I— « — ^- _ 
Free-ly all the world a-round,Let it ring 



'9--— P--H-irF-wl — M —% —*—*!■—*- 






let it ring! 
let it ring, let it ring! 

K.ft-t i 






No. 31 



Golden Gleam of Our Savior's Love 



BEV. ALFRRT1 BAHKATT 



Owned by Henson and Tinsley w. c 

j, — «. — 1_| — i — — — 4» — <» — -^-H i 1 — : 

.S^-^J: *-^ — * -*-*- c t — t — ti — 1~" 



"fc=£ 



TrweusT 



:2=5^ 



1. When the day is lone-ly dark'and drear, And the glootn-y shadows gath - er 

2. When we take the Sav-ior as onr Guide, We can nev - er wan-der from His 

3. He will nev-er leavs us Bad and lone God is ev - er watch-ing o'er His 

4. When thro' death's dark valley we must go Je-snswill be guid-ing us we 

5 — sj — a — P-F2 — 2 — ■! — a-X-^,- — a — £ 1 i-tS — P — a— = ab — "!kH 

2__*_^_,_c ^^ *-*-\ — \r— r— (7 — tr 

near, There is love-light shining bright and clear-Tis the gold-en gleam of onr 
side, - ver hilland val-leys o'er the tide-ShiDes the golden gleam of onr 
own, For the light i3 gleam-ing from Histhrone-Tis the golden gleam of our 
know, Then our path will brighter, brighter glow, -With the golden gleam of onr 




D. S— Tis the gold 



en gleam of our 



fct= 



?=fca 



— a— g— *-h».— ^-f g- Ai-s-A-a-A— FM~ A| -M--*~a"~ Ah ~* 

^_r_ d^^,^ ^ c^^^^ 

Say-ior's love, Tis the gold -en gleam Of our Sav - ior's love, Shin-ing 
'Tis the gleam Of His love, 

clear and bright _ from a - bove, Guide us safe-ly day and night, 




Shin-ing bright from His throne a-bove, It will 



0t. .m. 



-m. .m- 



rJ £ * ^ r W — m — m — S r<* — < ^— l? i r^— W— ii--i-i 



SSEE £ 



-^ 



No. 32 



C.T, 



The Reaping Time Is Coming 

Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 



OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



OcBTia Tat&ob 



-'yl^, — t i — j t — <3 — ^P-^P-ai — ^-F— ) — * — a — ^ 1 — ^ — 

:4= i ==g=i-^r:i=:g=:^^=E^z:*==*=z:-_z- = - = r ! .r = --: 

1. Dai • ly we ara bow - ing in a world wide bar - Test field, The reap-in g 

2. Aa a-mong our friends we min-gle,we are sow - mg seed, 

3. Soon the har-vest will be end • ed, let ns work till night, The 



.___ — —A— A— A— iv-rA — m — -A — *» — 



l*-Z 



— — ?e 1t— h— h— h— h~ fr— y 1 -- 8 -- 



to= 






I 



-4* 



*=S 



1 



time is com -ing by and by, 

The reap - ing time is com - ing by and by, 

reap - ing time is com - ing, com - ing by and by, 



feE: 



*= 



-a— f-m- 



J 1 J J- 




r- 



tnr 



— ^ — jpi ^ -^ _=^ ^ 



Let ns each be read - y with a pre - cions gold - en 
And the an - gel is re - cord - ing ev - 'ry word and 
That when we are called from la - bor, it will bring de • 

. . . . J* . . - 



tnnr 

yield, The reap - ing 

deed, 

light, The 

-A- 



S^^-^A— A — A — A — A — "* — h" 

D.S.— Loy-al be to Je • bus, for His •om-ing draw- eth 

rpg__— ♦ •Hfo — ♦ — * 1« ---■■-: 



lAZZZZi^ 



T.i-— -fir D t, 

time(The reap -ing time is com-ing)is com - ing 
reap - ing time is com • ing by 



i_l£ 



=e=£ 



H 



Rbtrath 



J*J*(LJL-|L_|!l_D- 



g^j^z^frter^-t 3« >'=* g 



IzzzMzzieizi 










=fc 



:=r_zri: 



t=-A~ 



:p aL-LB 



the reap - ing'time is com-ing by and by, (by and by,) When the 

^. -A- «*- -A- -*:- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 



_A_£_ji_i* 



&a 



-A — „4. — *. 



The Reaping Time Is Coming 



harvest will be gath-ered home on higb; 






be care-fnl now my broth-er 






No. 33 

B. D. E.Jr. 



fir"- "- — " 

No One Can Answer for You 




*=* 



3=3 



— •— «H 



b. d. ELY. jr. owner Baron D. Ely, Jr. 

™— ■ z ^— ^M^i--^--!— 3^->r— ^-H 

1. What will yon Bay on that wonder-fnl day? 

2. Are you now read-y for Je - bus to come? No one can an-swer for yon; 

3. Will yon be read • y the Sav-ior to meet? 

__3_^ gj. c.^_ 0±J1 z\- 3 c -r-*-p- 3 

feEE^5E^E^jE?£^i3E==E=E^E^^E=E3B^=j 

Will yon be rpad-y when Christ comes your way?No one can an-swer for yon. 
Are yon pre-pared to in - her-it that home ? No one can an-swer for yon. 
Will you be read -y His com-ing to greet? No one can greet Him for you. 

.._t_ _0= ^ -^- -j=— T~P£\ 



-eg; 



&-■ 



:=|: 



"rfc" 



-&-■ 



:=l: 



■~dT- 






Refbaxn , 






No one can an-swer for yo«, No one can then take your place; Then 



K— »— s 



—I F-— — 






_£__£__|_J. r _£. 



S 



■^=H- 






what will yon say? or 'what will yon pay For someone to an-swer for you? 

,--g— 1»— ,♦— ■<>— »--r£— F^"-4^-r : r"-^ i: P : -r L ^^^-r^P^-ii 
— a — K — b — t; — I — r 1 ' £! — ttr i 1 ' 1 — *-&-- jS^-H 

2 ^zz & :._p_ r xp_R,-_ | __c:_F=n: r _ r _ tr - r .p.. =tfcg?M 



b I 



trp 



No. 34 



W. K. W. 



Old Daniel Was Right 

Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud". 

OWNED BY HENSON ft WIMBERLET 




-DJV-fc 



W. K. Wimberley 






1. Ne-bu-chad - nez - zar came march-ing with bis great hosts of the Lord. 

2. Ne-bn-chad - nez - zar was dream-ing, and he was tron- bled and sad, 

3. Then the old king be - gan drink-ing, wor-ship-ing im - age of gold, 






\i • U I \j I 6Vl» tt.t't 



g=*==* 




3_ 5 .J!i 



4 



te 



"D-t7~t7 -"•nr~t — F= gg — tr *. ^ T 1 

Chil-dren of Is-rael were brought to him; Children of wisdom and knowl-edge 
Call - ing his Wise Men so they might hear;Tell me Wise Men or sorcerers 
Then the hand-writ-ing came on the wall;Call-ing old Dan-iel be - fore him 

-S-iWk-A-r* — i*i — Ik — St — A- r . ta. — ia — iA- r [ [ [— — a — 4 



15 — 1_— — — bt ti*_fc_&&=iz3s=d 



--4-=. 



.~r-£- 









r — XrSr^rjr— *— -fc— \J~\T — t~\j C3i " 3 

That he might teach them His word, Knowledge from Heaven was giv-en to them. 
What it was made me bo sad, But it took Dan-iel to cease all his fear. 
As they did in days of old, Yo» are found wanting and you Boon shall fail. 



r- r— F ! - jf- 



. -a- C __ 



ZPOE=*C 



Pi 



>=ts=t^: 



£=t=£=t*s 



tr b b b' 

Refrain 




^ ^ y u u u 




— tr-tr-f- 

Down in the den of the li - ons Dan-iel prayed, An-gels were 

Old Dan-iel prayed, 

k — I* — A * — - 



£=t=£ 



£ 



— ». 



'[j-tj-t 

watch-iag thro 'out the dark night; 

Sleepless and f ast-ing old Da-rius was a 

r> | . ± . .^. . ± . qpqS* „ ..- 

— * — M — 2 — A — W — lAi-r 1 ? — — — m-r+t — A — *> — 






:*=» 



Old Daniel Was Right 

He was a - fraid, For he had teen that old Dan-iel was right, 
fraid, old Dan-iel was right. 



^ 



— — (—, 






-2 — 2 — P — i 1 — r 






:p=*=|e: 



~P^^=-=£ 



IB 



aziri 



:==*: 



No. 35 



XOfM BOWS 



Because Of His Goodness to Me 



Copyright 1944 in "Sing Alond" 
Owned by J. M. Hensoh. 



OtTBTIB TATXOB 



•m- -m- -•—■•- -•- -«»- -m- -^r -^- ■ 



g§=f^E^j£^l5=^j^^£:* 



1 



- , -as- - m^ 

1. To Je - bus each day I am cling-ing, That faitb-fal to Him I may be; 

2. My path He has brightened with glo-ry,By love He is keep-ing me free, 

3. 1 wish all the wayward would heed Him, And answer His won-der-fu! plea; 

fek k n ■> fc_ _ , __ k 

K~ — F— f h- -* : j | — J 1— F — I ; N — £■ z v 1 — br— I 1-1 

g=gjpcB ^dau3B^H ; g* y g£ffi 

3 . ■ .q. ■ S- -4- .» -^- -•- -•*-«- 



Sweet car-ols to Him I am sing- ing, 

And so I am tell - ing the sto - ry, Ee- cause of His geod-ness to me. 

I'm tell - ing the lost how they need Him, 



g A-hA — * A 1 i~- t*- 



^Ep=?^ 



r-r-^nr^r-trcn; 



=&= 



£=4 



I know'that we nev-er shall sev-er, His.glo-ry at last I shall see; (I shall see) 

k'-D b 



Aid praise Him for-ev-er aid ev-er, Be-cause of His goodnesi to me 

His goodness to me. 

— m-\ ^— r*T*— 



-;*-: 






No. 36. 



B. W. 



The Singing Up There 

Copyright 1943, in "Billows of Song" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 




aagaqigg^a=3fc5Mi 



b i b u i> ■ 

I. Oft we blend oar -tic- es in songs of love, Send-In g hap-py prais-es to 
8. We shall meet with loved ones who watch and wait, And will bid as wel-come in* 
3. We'll f or-get these troubles and pains we bear, When we retch that cit-y bo 



s4: 



t=»* 



4M>- 



^pp= ^ ^^^m 



k 4' -W'-aj a 1 — a — a tzat 




PS 



i**' .' .!*: *' 



#3* 



* 



^1 — — U -, 



trtr 



+n 



Christ a - bo ve; But our great- est ef- forts can-not corn-pare. With that mighty 

side the gate; Then we'll raise ourvoic-es in sweet-eat tone, In thatmight-y 

bright and fair; E v - er-last-ing pleas-nres each heart will thrill. In that might-y 



m 



*=.* 



^Z C ^ZB ^i 



■JfSL. 



H , |a jA'-^ b ^l Air-te c 



Refbjjb 



[ffi^^^I '» ^Izzz^zp^ 



-A- 
1- 



sing-ing we'll have np there, We shall sing 

sing-iag a-round the throne. Oh we shall sing 
sing-ing on Zi - on's Hill. We shall all be sing-ing 

-t — £-**- -i— -K- -*- -♦--♦- -***-3- -- — 



'68 



8* 



in voiC' 
in voic - es 
in Toic-espure and 



!^EE 



m 



t-£_^ r f 



*=*c 



1 — •* 



m 



s: 



3*=*: 



w» 



ihiii 



all bi iinc-ing in oar voic • •• 



w£=*=*m 



»t 



m^% 



A— A- 



-♦- {, v trr- u ■ 

sweet, Whan we meet 

sweet, in glo-ry When we shall meet 
sweet, When we meet to-geth-er 



E^=E£ 



at 



at 
at 



Je 
Je 
Je 



bos' dear feet, 
sob' feet, 
• bob' feet, 



teE^E!: 



BE 



r- y ^ — — Lfc____ _ BK ■ 1 

-i s hr — .■ — »— . I ' SB) — m — (- ■ — 1»- 



1 






swe«t. 



Whan 






SE^ 



mtet to • f eth • »r at the a«*-ior'« f«ct 



The Singing Up There 




r h j J- 1 

-ad— « *~^~1 



Is 



I 

Naught of earth can ev-er corn-pare, 

Noth-ing of earth can e'er com - pare, 

(Hal-le - lu - jah) All our earth-iy sing.bg can nev - er more cam-pare, 

-& --m- -■- -«»- J f t- -j -••- -•»- -•- N 

-♦- -♦- ■♦ -5 ■ -| — -♦• -«♦- \ 

- r | 1 A-^-*- 



^ 



^^^EE^^^^ 



All 



li^ 



earth - ly liag -ing 



£~ 



aev - er can corn-part. 



m 



A^c 



31=a: 



^: 



u 



Err- 

With 



trr- 



that eing-ing We'll have 
(In rap-tare) With that great sing - ing 

With that might-y sing - ing we'll have 



► -♦- -- 5 - H — -♦- 



np there, 
ver there. 
up there. 



Z: H 



fci 



Iffi 



-=v— £- 



£ 



£ 



With that mirht • y sine - ing 



S 



n©* 

it 



a 



we shall have np there. 



No. 37, Savior, Breathe an Evening Blessing 

Jamea Edameston J. M. Henaon 

1. S&v • iour breathe an eve-ning bles-sing, Ere re - pose our spir - its seal; 

2. Though de-struc-tion walk a -round us, Though the ar- row near us fly; 

3. Though the night be dark and drear-y , Dark-ness can-not hide from Thee; 

4. Should swift death this night o'er-takeus , And our couch be-come our tomb; 

4s- — rr— 1 — I*— 1 Ht r-k-= — a-^T: — H— — ! W — !» 








Sin and want we come con-fess-ing, Thou canst save and Thou canst heal. 
An - gel guards from Thee snr-round us, We are safe if Thoa art nigh, j 
Thoa art Ha, who nev - er wear -y,Watch-est where Thy peo- pie be, I 
May the morn in heav'n a - wake us, Clad in light and death-less bloom. 



No. 38 Don't Forget, He Loves You Yet 

Copyright 1944, in ''Sing Aloud." ' 

Vida Munden Nixon owned by j. m. henion J. M.Henson 




4:^5ZJ=^ 



*S±=£=ftE£==: 



n 






~ri~fr tr I 



1. When your rug-ged cross you bear a-lone, 

2. When some-times it seems yenr friends for-sake 

3. When the c!ouds hang he av- y o-ver-head, 

4. When sometimes your heart has lost its song, 

1. When your rug-ged cross you bear a-lone, 



m 



HEEEt3 



_^_„_ ^ — 



c-*- 



-_«_ A __ 



* 



£=£=* 



I^=E=e^=[ 



b 




--4: 



gzzg^--*zczjzzzzz — :z^zq 






y tt - - ^ V v y fr 

Trudg-ingo'er a path- (Trudging o'er a path)way filled with stone, yes filled with stone,' 
Just when greatest trout>( Just when greatest troub-)les overtake, yes o - ver-take. 
And your heart is filied( And your heart is filled jvuth fear and dread, with fear and draad 
And it seems the world(Am! it seems the world)has all gone wrong,has all gone wrong, 

* ft r 



7tG°U 



^±=d 



-=*- 






fe* 



fr ~_ tr* 



J — t-p 2 — *-l 

gz=gfes ==- * % H 



tnnr 




"-=£ 



fczzzzz£ti=d a^JfrT ^=^ 



i " t> t * t 

When with bur-dens you havewear-y grown, ] 

Though they celd-ly cause yourheartto break, 

Look to Him who "Peace be still 1" hath said — i 

Pray to Him who keeps your cour-age strong, 

When with burdens you have wear-y grown, 



%P± 



:zz=zzztz=az<A=fc:-h- 








b 



:c-=Siz:a=azz(»zzj 

:Ez=£ES33 



tr 

Fine. 



— s tq_*_*_.zH»_p_z« *_h^__^_p_p_^a 

0- I \t * I b » v I 

Don't for-get there's One who helps you yet. (who helps you yet.) 

who lo vcb you j et. ( who loves you yet.) 

who keeps yon yet. (whe keeps you yet. ) 

Don't forget there's One, who cheers job jet, who cheers you yet. ) 

^ "^ i *■ — _____ 'i/ 

D.S, -Don 't forget there 's One who loves youyet, {who loves youyet,) 



Don't Forget He Loves You Yet. 




Refrain , 

-- is--* r - J 

sfczztfe 






=*=fc 



-I— L4L4 



e^S^^ 



— s — b --t~t7-r-- — ^tr-^-r 

Don't for- get. don't for-get, That there still is some-one wht 

Don't for-get, Don't for-get, 



gJEiliilgl^igEgig^Eg^Egi^ 



y- — i^- 




ZZfzdz=ZJZZM In 



D.S. 



:2=l=5: 






!=—£—£ ?_tp_p_p_p_p_:IJ 

[71717 p b> 1/ p y 

loves you yet; When you need a friend in- deed, 

When you need a friend in-deed; 

!«■- & '-£' -|» -(♦- -(♦- -I 1— 1 >"- -♦- "♦- -♦• -<•>■ •♦- 

1 -P P 1 ., & — ok — * * afc. — i — r h- — i 1 1 1 — 



- !• — W — j — ™ — ■ — ■ 



1 — r 

No. 39, 



J.M.H. 



Jesus and I. 

Copyright 1884, in "8ingiue On The W»y." 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



J. M. BKVBOK 



'& 1 ^ h fr-^'- 



:zjzzzSz|=z*eE3g 



;:#z=t=::£z:z£=z£ „ 

1. Hand in hand we walk to - geth - er, As mo-ments fly; CIos - er 

2. Heart to heart we talk to -geth- er, As dajs go by; First one 

3. the rap-ture of His pres-ence,-Al- ways so sigh; Pre-cious 

- A i .+- -^- - A - -^j- -yfc- -A- -A- m m -a,- -m- 

z=3=£==X= zzZczztzc^zzZzz^zz pzzpzpzizitz: 



klzts: 



ifczzi: 

rr 



p=zp=p==t= = r:p— p—pzpz=dz = z:|zzz 

tj-17 — i= r- c r— r— tr- 






=t 



Refrain 

-I — 1 



zfcstzz ^zbgzzi-z:* 






Je - sns and I, 



i — |S — « — « 

still than friend or broth- er, 

speaking, then the oth - er, Je - sus and I. 

fel - low-ship to - geth - er, 

a-zfefc=-f£z^t^^ 

— tz — D" — D" — tr~ r-r^H 1 - 1 -^-^ 1 

bpzz3="zbpzz==p=zz:Ep=:»z:=t±°=SzEg==!?z:^=EilzzJJ 
I; Liv-ing to-geth-er, Je-susand I. 



.p. JE. .p. 



-^-r 



- -£.- -A- -A- -P- ^ -A- 1 - 



-* — 



EEEEEEEEzziEzE^ziJ 



No. 40 The Best of Friends 

Copyright 1944. In "Sine Aloud" 
J. M, Henson owned by j. m. henson 



Nettie Floyd 



9-j* — t-~-j — ^i-M* — * — *e — ™ — ^Tr H ^j- — ^-*~~Z ~T3 

^ S * (• f* P * -w- * >^ -* *i >* 

u y y y * 

1. The Lord is now my joy and song, His goodness 

2. Hi3 might-y hand is lead - ing me, And blessings 

3. sin- ner take His hand to -day, And walk with 

i -w-_ 

pi.— m-»— m— m — *o m » — F*~ m -»~» — • — ^ rj 



a j yf^i x te gs 



±A: 



nrtnnrtr 




==H*-^-S-i— I 






n ^ ' ' 'i r n r 



all the way ex-tendi, Hi6 love for me 



f* P (• i«" 
* V \J V 



trne He free-ly sends; His bound-less love is 

Him till earth-life ends, Just fol-low on at 



rrgfiw-fc afefcj 



^ -^- ^ ^^^W^^ 



g^fessas ^g^ffig 









trne and strong, Andnowweare the best of friends. 

full and free, we are now 

He com-manda, And be with Him the best of friends 



A A A A' A — — A r 



-^fe^i 






r f* r r 

-L~ 1 1 1 1 — S) £. 

±— MZ9ZMZ*r~ 



I 



The best of friends yes praise His name , 
The best of friends, yes praise His name, His mer-cy 

5 — ~~ — S p 3— a-A-A- a — — ■ ■r i i- »-»- y-» — 3 S- — — i 




-==== F -zt^^^=^== F ^^iE£^3 



His mercy sweet toallextendB.Tosave mysoal He free-ly 

sweet to all ex tends, to save my soul 

•< r r- r* f* r *» r * 

ITJ7_JT_:r_-l — m r sP*-«bsi — I c — A^A-A_a 

! ^ , r : ^^ =c -|rtnrt-- 



=£=^ 



r ftp p js 



The Best of Friends 




v - r 

eame And we are now the best of friends. 

He freely came, And we are now She best of friends, 

<A-A- A -A-A , — .AL-A-A-A — a_A— g- r A P^ -rt-b^ •— n 



>-k4^-U-^ 



No. 41 



J. X. HBS30N 



Tarry With Me 



nr 



Copyright, 1944, in 'Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY TEE AUTUOKS. 



O. TESTS1ET 




1 . t |» J> P ■ 



_^ — 3 — «. — «— l*. — *-*^ — e 1 - 1 --— - — 3 ■ s — L » — m J 



I i ,- 

1. Sav-ior Di-vine, tar -ry with me, Till the shades of night have gone(aIl gone) 

2. Lord of my life, com-fort my soul, Let me feel Thy cleansing pow'r; Thy p#<?'r) 

3. Stay Thonwithme, I am a-fraid, When I ean-not feel Thy care, (Thy care) 



r p 



*#: 



3t3 



-4-r— "_ 



pferfcg-f-^z£^=f— == 






^ 



:^^:Ai—=q 



@ 



Hope of my Ufa, May Ithen see Thy dear face when morn shall dawn (shall dawn) 
Oft troa-ble-wave o - ver me roll, Bless and keep me ev-'ryhonr. (each hour.) 
My Bool no mare shall be dis-mayed.With Thy pres-ence al-wayBnear(so near.) 

I -AH-Afr— «■- -A1- -* 1 -*- __ -»—- -^--A- ^ -Ar <m 



-fl -IA- A>- 



Eg== 




=£ 



.R2FBAIH 



4- 






I b I V 77 U b ■ l I -T D D D t/ t, b ' l I 

Tar - ry Sav - ior. While 1 pray, 

tar-ry, yes tar-ry now Sav-ior, Sav-ior, yes tarry while I pray; 

-A-A- — -A- _ -A- A- A- «. -A- _ 

f iggg •> egg r bbE ^tt-i ■cc-s ^r c '. i. ' f r f * 3 



1 — z ;t7trD — trtTtnrtr 




--4- 



--!- 



Bless me, keep me, All the way. 

Now bless me, yes bless me,Savior keep me, All the way, yes all the way. 






33 



itacszbKi 



.!•._»_—. 1» — » fr . I 1 1 



-,_ -A- -A- — ^ -Ai- I I 



All, yes all the way. 



No. 42. Rock of A&es Keep My Soul 



L.G. P. 



Copyright, 1939, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ptg. Co.* 

in "Joyful Songs" Luther 6. Presley 






WW" 



f — ^T^ 



*W^- 



1. Eock of A - ges cleft for me, Let me hide.... 

2. The sea is rough .... that I must sail, And you know. . . 

3. Lord fill my heart with love divine, Help me trust.... 




' ^^W F^^ ^tt^ ^ 



my - self in Thee; When waves of doubt a -round me 

my bark is frail; I ask Thee Lord to take con-] 

in storm or shine; And when I reach the Jor-dan 



£=£= 



;^f 



._ 1 F | i i F- — *■ -i P P P P — P — ■ 1 






= te^S 



t?^rf-f? 



:=£=&=£ 



Fine 



^-JS=$ 



sei 



■r 



keep my soul. 
keep my 



roll, 
trol, 
cold, Bock of A- ges 



Eock of A -ges 



Si 



fern 



*-*■- 



i* 



js 



^ 



££ 



ss 



S$ 



i= 



f— f 



keep my soul. 



* 



Chorus 



i=Fr 



^ 



r— JV 



1 



fc£=P 



3 — S- 



trtf 



■ j j •■ ■ 



*s^=£zfc 



£ 






Je-sus, bless-ed Eock, un- to Thee I cling, 

bless - ed Eock, to Thee I cling, 



Si 



£££b 



t^-iJ^P 



m 






-q *- 



V Bfc U P 9 









£=§- 



£=£ 



— H H H ! > 






^i 



Let the mad waves toss, " still my soul can sing; 

Let mad waves toss, my soul can sing; 



mM 



m 



& 






n x - 



m 



tt 



Rock of Ages Keep My Sou! 



m 



■ £_£__T-f > — t r 



-Aj — AJ At Aj- 



D.S„ 



a 



^^ 



*— rf- 



3— s 



J »— g- 



■3t—*—9—3£. 



When the storms of doubt roll, a-gainst me roll, 

When storms of doubt a - gainst me roll, 



j^-bj: 



u 



^^^1 



s 



Sfr 



$=$=£=£ 



-=! — Sc- 



« 



-y — u 



No. 43. 1 Want to Talk with Jesus 

Copyright, 1939, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ptg. Co. 
Alberta M. Paris in "Joyful Songs" V. O. Fossett 

J V 



m^^^ ^^^^^ ^^m 



T 



1. I want to talk with 

2. I want to talk with 

3. 1 want to rest with 



Je - sus, When the day dawns fresh and new, 
Je - sus, When the sun is high a - bove, 
Je- sus, When the length'ning shad-ows fall, 

-&- 



Bit 



*fe 



I 



*=fc 



^i@ 



& 




He'll hear each lit - tie trou-ble, And He'll tell me what to do. 

To know His gen - tie pres- ence And to feel His pre - cious love. 

For it's in life's gold- en twi- light That I need Him most of all. 



^m 



U. K 









£ 



\> VD 



ff 



: r 



Chorus 



T^ b J 1 J * J * I ■■ I J J "* 



1 



Tollr sollr titUVi rvitr T nr-rl TTo'a 



W— I*- 



t 



Talk, walk - with my Lord, He's my dear- est friend, 

Let me talk and walk with Je- sus, He's my dear-est,kind-est friend, 



m 



P=rf T tfcf£*=^ ^#^ 



m 



3*3E 






4— 1— £_ft 



pn=i 



3U J - 



^=^f 



Love will guide al-ways, E-ven to my jour-ney's end. 
And His love will guide me al-ways, earth-ly jour-ney's end. 

£ £ ^ £ _ .*_ ^ J j j 



^ 



A - ^ - ir =4=^=.^F 

£ £ — t — t — b- UL — t— 



1 -^^ pU4^- T-^S-^ =l 



a 



No. 44 



J. M. Henson 



L _fc 



What a Wonderful Song 

COPYRIGHT 1944 IN "SING ALOUD" 

W. Floyd Taylor, owner 



_- r ^^_4_ r ^_l>_*>_£_jL_ 



W. Floyd Taylor 



-«>- -* 1 - -•- -•- ^w 

] . I have a song in my soul to - day, One that will nev - er de - part, 
2 Bless-ings un-num-bered He sends to me, As 1 go sirg-ing a -long, 
3, Won't you be-lieve in this pre-cious Friend, Hon-or and trust Him to-day, 






*■ 



-4 



__K__^-__D_. fc r _|^ 



«!=Z^ZP=d 



^•fe4:=^=^z-?-| 




— — i— r-tr^ — aB~~ — i— — i— — i — i- 

«. m u 

One that keeps sad-ness and grief a- way, Giv-ing true joy to my heart; 
Dai - ly His good-neis with joy I see, Dai - ly my B*nl is made strong, 
He will go with yon un - to the end, Com-fort-ing all of the way. 






fer£jc3Sjt33|fc|fc= fcfc&= 







p=£: 






b 

Je • sns is with me a - long the road, So I just la - bor and sing, 
Otb-ers shall hear of His love di - vine. As I go trav - el - ing home, 
Down from His glo-ry He free-ly came, Prov-ing His love for the race, 









£=F&& 



._**_£.-£--£- 



1 



k&rJUL. 



Fine 



And as I trav-el to my a - bode, Clos-er to Him I can cling." 
I a - dore Him be-caase He's mine, Back to this earth He will come. 
Wor-ship and hon-or His match-less name.He is the God of all grace. 



D, S.-Dai-ly in Him I'm made trne andstrong, what a Sav -ior is He. 
Refrain * 



— a! — :-— jyi Fl -aj-i-f tFs ~V~~ — F*i-f -iyfH 

What a won-der-ful song, And I Bing on my way, 
what a won-der-ful song, Sweet-ly 1 sing on the way, 

4 i n i r »s jm. „ „ , ,^f r i, 



What a Wonderful Song 

i- fs- =£ _£--£- Ji-J-,-* -K- r ^i»-V-i 

As 1 trav-el a - long, I am sing-ing each day, 
And as I trav-el a - long, I am re-jo'C-ing each day; 



r M I. - 



fell 1 1 L^i Jk -M-|«_. A _w_ . m _ 1 

?-ZA-3— q— A-^-^-lA-^-A— A^taB_T^7_A-^—si-tA^KrA=AiJJ 
h. I. ^ h t. r. -i -• - ? ^ hr r. K- K I 






£• ^ ; & ^ tit- • *-? \\j . -d &-■& 1 

He is my joy and my song. Keeping meloy-al and free; 

He , is my hap-py song, I am hap-py and free; 






No. 45 

J. M. HeruonjjJ 



He's the Friend for Me 

Cof fright 1944, in "Sin* Aloud.'' 
Owned by W. Floyd Taylor 



^ — D — D. — i fc-k-4 



W. Floyd Taylor 



— r -l- 



1. I've a pre-ciouB Sav-ior that I love and praise, What a joy is He; -- 

2. He is my eom-pan-ion on the homeward|way, 

3. I ehall meet Him yon-der in the souls a - bode, wondrous joy is He; 



. . .. A A i 



£4» 



«£ 



I 



»— m— » 



i A-A-A-;P-A_^-A-*- r AL-5-C- 



:t: 



e^-i 




4-*— *H 

"nor 1 



r- r-tr-D- 



=£=£=^ t « :: 






y -ww w , -[: p" 

He will lead and keep me all my pilgrim days, He's the friend now for me. 
And I fol - low sing-ing ev'ry pass-ing day, 
And I'll rest in Heaven where shall end the road, precious friend for me, for me, 



n^-^_A_A_A-, - 






— _ ff -^i=L r A-C::p_A-A-A A__^-,*.A_A_A- r A-A_P4- — __ 

-e>— t? — fe^w- ; » r -^A-A-|---Fiiw— lig -- — rr~h~F ( -- >--H*— F^- " T l 



D. S. What a joy to know Him and to with Him be, 

Refkatn , ^ - 

#rfr r ' — r ^-- -^—P 






(* -jw- 



r- 



He's the Friend for me, This I dai - ly see; 

the pre-cions Friend for me, dai - Jy see, I tru - ly see, 






No. 46 



J. M. HE5SON 



God's Love Can Never Fail 



Copyright 1944. in "Sing Aloud' 
Owned by the Authors. 



H. W. Basxwtt* 



Slow to Chorus. 



y — z 4— * — «(—• *-£*ti—*!— r* — «|— — l— 3 — ' ' i-M-^f— -^— I — i — -^ — ^— I 

3-^ — i— ^ — Ji- *J— LJj ^— .^j— Ljj ^ ^j +1 — *- L Al w ^— * 



1. Streams may run dry, the trees bend low, The summer moon may look so pale, 

2. Those in high plac - es may not pray, And we may hear earth's bit-terwail; 

3. Men may de - ny His sa-cred birth, And day by day His word as - sail, 



**=tt=F^*?=*=t= 









:5=t=^=| 



:t=~t=: 



t=L 



fcttz*: 



S* 



*_* r--^- 1 - " i ?l d*- L - t=T_*_*_j 

Bat One is nigh, all this we know, And God's great love can nev-er fail. 
Par-ents may turn their own a-way, Yet, Gods's great love can nev-er fail. 
His matchless pow-er rnles the earth, And His great love can ney - er fail. 

-*-Ar -Ai- J -A- -A -A- -A- -A- _ -A,- ^ 



^— t — tr i= _ r- 

Chohus 



r- 



t=tnr^i—tp 






-=»— 5- 



_ 1* -m- (•- _ 
1 L, " 1/ 

Nev-er fail (but ev - er) it will pre-vail,) 
His love can nev - er tail, but ev - er-more will pre-vail, His hand bath 

-*-h — — x-Fw n-K — 1» — *— • — x— F 1 ""— P*- 1 ^— w ^___j 



— tnr 



:dfc 



*=fc 






He formed the sea, His mer-cy is free, Praise Him 

formed the sea His love is free, lift your voice in glad praise 

A I s I rs is I s J. 

:Et=E£zlz=tz=tri=t:Er^EzEfc 



S=±£ 










— i — =1- 



Crown Him, Sav - iorl 

To Him who crowns all our days, The Mighty One whom we all for - ev - er 

1 * J. - ^ U J. 1 X 



— ^-E g 3 ^ " y "r-:L> ^ u-*-«-=sg 



- "U b V 



God's Love Can Never Fail 




ss>, t\ t\ /t\ Hum. Slowly and Softly, 

==! *- I" KlT'~i~" 



1 ---!-♦ — ♦— ♦-'♦--♦'-I-*' — m H — I — — ^ — ♦--♦- 



u 



We a - dore. Ee still and know that He is God, He stills the waves and 
more a - dore. 

q_ ( N_^__l_^_ r c' fed -^>r^^_ r 4_-- J^^ZT 



fc fg— ' 



-1= 






a tempo. 




- — -& — ? — x * — v— * x — s ~ H^ 

warms the sod, Streams run dry, from the sky, 

The rir • ers all may ran dry, the moon drop out from the sky, 

• **.-;£ * -,._ »- 






I 

XT 



a tempo' 




Nev - er fail. 



Bat this we know. 

-*- m* _J J- 

: : d£:ia~ !S~ E 



Bat this we know, 



His love can nev - er fail. 



-^ — *■ 



lm — 3—* — 



No. 47 

John Newton 



" 1 m m-^ 

Ortonville 



► m — »■ — I »- 



-r=— u j| i -- 






:t=zd 



Dr. Thomas Hastings 




How sweet the name of Je-sus sounds In a be-liev-er's ear! It soothes his 
It makes the wounded spir-it whole, And cairns the troubled breast ;'Tis manna 
By Him my pray'rs acceptance gain;Al-tho' with sin de - filed, Sa - tan ac- 

I ^ 

A-H^—v 



3T 



_^_A- 



in 



-A- r A- 



1= 



r~t 



r-f>-b ' '■ 


_UJ- 


^ r> 




rJ -4- 




. -1 -1 


r-J— I 


i — l-n 


7^-^,-^--^— ^- 


1 — VH" 


1— I 


^1~H h 1 J hw 


-rf- «- 


^\ 


i( ) — y- — -~ — ^d — -^— 








-^ 1— 


MX 


sorrows, heals his w 
to ' the hun-gry s 
cos - es me in \ 

1 i 

p_ — & . ^_ .a •^k 


Lp — «-4 
i 

ounds.And 
oul, And 
r ain, And 


drives a- 
to the 
I am ov 


LSi — *- L ^i — ♦t- L ^ 1 S 1 - 1 - 6 ^ ^H 

svay his fear, And drives a-way his 
wea-ry rest, And to the wea- ry 
raed a child, And I am owned a ( 

K? m- rt — * „J_aLis» — *. 


fear, 
rest. 
,hild. 


ten, > g g - 


1 — r~ 


1 — 1 


-ts> — »- 


o j» 


1 — I — 


1 — M 


6> — *- 


p^b 1 i 


1 ' 






1 1 




' i i ji 












,/VJ -^ 








^y i 


i ■ -" 




I- r 






t- 



No. 48 

G.A. P. 



On Wings of Love 




G.A. Phillips 



G. A. Phillips, owner 

4—*— «3 [-♦ ' — ♦• — "-< • 1 k-^-r* 1 ' — ♦ — vd— ■-*= — i — '— n 

=x_^ — »_i ^ A — ^_ . ^ — ^ — s.l 4 — ^ — ^ — m — *,-. . a— a— J 

t 

1. Once I was a poor lost sin-ner, but the Sav-ior beard my cry, It was 

2. my heart is full of glad-ness, as on wings of love I go, I am 

3. I am sing-ing bal - le -In • jah, as 1 go a - long my way, And 1 



:#=t=t£=F*=:p=:a=:fct«=^=t=:l=EE^=t=t=t:=^z=?=ls: 



S3E 



£?S3&g=$3£=St=s=z=p=t=3p: l 



P 



* = ftt = *-** 



&3 



P-Sh 1 fe- — I Q — m — — K--^-|-*! — m — m-~— P-- I K -Ri- f s -N^ 



TTTI; 



^f^ZZ^Z 




there He gave me corn-fort, giv-ing par-don for my sin;Glo-ry to Hii 
climb-ing up to glo - ry, to my home be-yond the sky; I shall shoot with 
praise Him ev-'ry mo-ment,for His bless-ed sav-ing grace; He is now my 

.*i- -+. -41--*- -y*.- 



^ -1r1r¥^-3M^-m>-^b \> f~f 



=^:^Zii=^=^ 



-fc-P- 




fcpzp: 



pre-cionsname,He is al - way just the same, Ev -'ry day I trust His 
all my might, for I know that God is right, Won't that be a grand re- 
all in all, and will ney • er let me fall, And some day with saints in 

-l*. .tfci -A- -A- -*- -*r 



-A- -4- 






pow-er, since in love He took me in. Jast a lit > tie while, He'll 

un - ion when we meet them by and by. jf 

glo - ry 1 shall look up - on His face. Just a while, a lit-tle while, 

ld2i3aOKZl*z3t±^£=|ir=^^ 

S=t=p=fe=EEiz=t=^=r = prL==±iT = ? = t=tr^zfc^tE3 



tnr 




=;£=zs=Przpiz: 

-_i — ^--#-j — 



-^--C<»i ■.«_z] ;. 



(• r f» 
y L» u 1 



■ |7 v trir ~T~i> 






call His chil-dren home; Jast a lit - tie while, oor 

children home, Jnst a lit - tie, lit - tie while, 







*& ™ \j t *— •£•- 



-rfr-- P > f> 



On Wings of Love 



t=tz 



■1/ " DLL-' b b D t; 

feet bo more will roam; He will say "well done" to them that love the 



.__1=_tr_« 




Be will say, say well done 
-m #r p -. < e »- p_, 






:iaz:at: 



loT IT ^' ^ 



=3=5=fc 



Ai^-AI — . L| |K_iZ.__, ^— ^ -A — Al- L S — At *f— 



-+■ -r- *»— i" -A — Al- 1 -* -fc *i— 3 



Lorii, I will fly 

I will fly 



M 

1/ u. v 



I 




a - way, Ke - ly • ing on God's word, 

fly a - way ho-Iy word. 



:N-Nc 



No. 49 



H. F. M. 



1 1— ^— ^- -» — m — m—m — k 



I'll Live On Sonte-Where 



Copyright 1935. in "Singing On the Way, No. 2 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 




.-4- 



Homer F. Morris 

4- 



When this life is o'er, and I'mhere no more, I'll live on some-where; 

Though my bod -y lies in the cold, cold ground, 

Though the grave my bed for ten-thousand years, I'll live on 



-m~ e 1 



:fc£qs: 



±is=l 



.1 V 



LS=tlS=|XZ3i— |s 






"r 



P=P=t*: 



:p 



1 



=t 



feFfcSEEEiSieE? 1 



gpSgssp^ 



Fin* 

=1==: 



— r-A-A-«*- 



n — T-fr 



T 1 - , 

" i r 

some-where. 



In a bap-pyhomenev-er mora to roam, I '11 live on 

When the dead a-rise at the trumpet sound. 

Freefrom toil and cares .free from pain and tears, I'll live on some-where. 

ww ^2. 1 1 1 

i£z£ =&=-+ *-*-,,*-*-* ,£-£--■--—- £9*^, 



^£=fc 



D.S 



-With my loved ones gone, I'll iveenandon. 
Refraih . , - 



-J. 



D.5. 



— * — V-r-t — c PFFi — c r~r-t c rT-^~r JJ 

I'll live on some-where, I'll live en Bome-where; 

I'li live on, live some-where, I'll live on I'll lire on, 

:3E=r.=Ez=lz F-- | ^E^zt= FF-^ zigizlzdi 



trtr 



No. 50 WU1 He Be Ashamed of Me? 



Aw. W. L. M. 



Copyright 1944, In "Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



W. L. Matheson 






=1: 



*=*: 



^-*--— ^-- w _J=3^t«— fl— e«l— e| rT g_—-2— £P 

1. I am build -ing, dai-ly build-ing as I live from day to day, Something 

2. There are words at ran-dom spoken that may soothe or wound a heart, lean 

3. Up a - head the road's di-vid-ing, here and now I must de-cide, One there 

■0L .ft. _^_ .m- -1^- - ^ -m. .^. 






L D-(7-t7-D-T"5" 



fc=*=fc=fc: 



P=* 



faz*=fc=fc 



£==£=! 



m — <*■ — <* — i 1 1 

— 4m — a — a — a — I* — * — 



-*-f3i=*- 



^3tjt|=Wc: 3=2=- 

— »--a D"~tr 



good or some-thing e - vil by the things I do and say; Soon I'll have a 
nev- er re -pos-sess them, from the lips they once de-part; Ev-'ry word can 
is that's staight and narrow, and the oth-er smoothe and wide; Aft-er one of 

_^_ .,*_ >. .^. .«__*. .«. -m- .^-*%r* -m- +.,-.-*- >^- 



N=U: 






1 



♦-— ♦ m| 1 1- 



y ij — i— ■! — ^ - 

*~ *- 



*%*=&=* 



^£==fc: 



*=te 



-At A *!— 



fin-ished struct-ure standing for e - ter - ni-ty, And when Christ shall look up- 
bringsome blessings or a curs - ing it may be, When He hears the words I've 
these is cbos-en and I've reachedmy des-ti - ny,When He finds me there 1 

f*- -^- -hr- ^ m -*- 



:sza 



£ 



:a=c?=?=z?=^=-: 



Kefeaik 




tr-!7"tr * "* 

on it, Will He be a -shamed of mef Will He 

spok-en, 

won-der, 



be a-shamed of 

Will He be 






O li - 



fcfc 



rit. 



._^ r _^__C5-i 



-a— 



♦ — —i-| — i i — i—-— — ♦- f rt — *■ — -^-f-i — i — 



trtT-i- 



me, When His face np there I see? If He says to 

a-shamed of me, When His face 



Will He Be Ashamed of Me? 

a tempo 






:*:z^-gr* r [7 

me well done, At the set- ting of life's sun. Ha will Dot be a - shamed of me. 

J « - m - 

T 
I'll Be a Friend to Jesus 



No. 51 



Rev. J. Oatman. Jr. 



J. W. Dennis, owner 



3. W. Dennis 






V V V i 

1. They triedmy Lord. and Master, With no one to 

2. The worldmayturn a-gainst Him, I'll love Him to 

3. I'll do what He may bid me; I'll go where He 

4. To all who need a Sav • ior, My friend I rec 



de- 
the 
may 
om- 



?4zz — 






E -S- 



j 1 — —1 — **i — I — ufe — , 




^ziz^zzjzzsczj z:^:czfzzfc_z| — vizfrz&zizzzzzzzzq 

=3:^=s=*-t^zzzz^=S:EIzI^^ 

'fc^iJtvt R fj fj fj t " " 



fend; With-in the halls 
end; And while on earth 
send; I'll try each fly 
mend; Be-canse He brought 



■©>- 
3- 



of Pi - late He stood with-oat a 

I'm liv -ing, My Lord shall have a 

ing mo-ment, To prove that I'm His 

sal - va-tion, Is why I am His 



:f=: 



tT" 



c^frgSl -t=t 



: -=»: 



:^:l 



•ia— (* — a— = — cs r 






Refratu k (n |_ J _t *i 



friend. I'll be a friend to Je - ans, My 

I'll be a friend to Je-sus, Un 



life for 

til nay 



S=F^ 



H 



-, — -1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — ♦— r F- — f*. — * 



ft i nn 



a— 



SEKEzEEEEkEkHzzEzzEzEEE: 







. ipE^^zE^zi^izti^zzAZZiz^zr^zEsiz:^ 
Him(My life for Him) Fll spend; years(Un - til my years)shall end. 



-A— A- 



H h- -=l — 



?feSEE££ 



*e=S: 



z|* 



zr^ztzziF:==t==tzztzitzz^zctz-|tiH 

Efe^feEE£zE£Ef=zpEt^z^E11 



No. 52 



What a Song 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



C. T. OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 0OBTO TaTLOB 






fr I I \ " » 



17 b t> I t I 

1. what a song of praise ev - er my voice will raisa, 

2. GHv-ing me bless - ings . true, bless-ing what e'er I do, 

3. Look-ing to Him each day,keep-ing the glo - ry way, 

1. O what a gong of praise ev - er my heart will raise. 



«*" 



^■8-^ 



fi=t* 



« 



^H 



-D-A 



r-|r 



*=«=pe 



£ b b > > ^ 



rnr 



i 






j^-t-^P — fc^Pf 



For my Re-deem-er dear pardoned my soul; He it my true de- light, 

Let- ting my voice His love ev-er ex-tol; Sing-ing my glad new song, 

Tell-ingHia matchless love in a sweet song;... Try-ing my best to do 

He is my true de-light. 



. .my soul,^ 

z§zfeEEfeEf!±EE£E&^£^ 



•^--kE^-frfr; 



x- b fc b I D » ^ ^ l *"~ 

morning and noon and night, Making me glad.cheeing me en, keep-ingme 
'go-ing my way a - long, Safe in His love, look-ing a-bove, hap-py and 

loy - al and brave and true, Hap-py and free, trav-el with me, sing-ing a - 

morning and noon and night 



*=t 






:*£ 



:_=p(* _ (*_i«- 



— •*—■*•— ^- 



,D 6 b *" 




I'll sing, mak-ing His 



whole(yes keeping me whole)0 what a song 

whole (yes keeping me whole) 

long, (yes, sing-ing a-long.) what a song I will sing, 



rj* r-f> i. 



i * -^ t 






-*-*-A-4-*-*-A : - 3 ; 










b t * ^"" i 
praiB - es ring Ev - er with Christ the King, hap-py and whole; 

making His praises ring, free and whole; 






£=£=£: 






i 



Jd^ 




What a Song 

1 



b=r*=ziz=:*ir^-^-ft 



.-!- 



-l-n 



- hc ._ fcr _ «r — j 



-A-A— A--J 



Ev - er I'll bap • py be. In that glad land so free, 

Ev-er so hap - py I'll be, in that glad land so free, 



-• -•>- ■•- m-m- -P -*± 



*=£===te=S=S=S=£=S: 



*-*-*--— 



*=« 



-K-*—+.*~ 



»=£: 



—I— — — - — <w ~- ? -u 



tjj 



r-c 



^^f ^fe j ^^ i 



Sing-ing the song (the wonderful song)the song of my sonl (the song of my soul.) 



f: r P 






r^r 



-^ 



-_ a — I 1 i — [-a- A~ *" 



-S 4 - 



rs=^=F=?=w 



/ 

No. 53 

Annie S. Hawks 



I Need Thee Ev'ry Hour 

Coprrieht 1900, Mar; Runyon Loweiy. Renewal 



Rev. Robert Lowery 

. — I P — 






i i " If 

1. I need Thee ev-'ry hour. Most gra-cious Lord; No ten-der voice like 

2. 1 need Thee ev-'ry hour, Stay Thou near by; Temp-ta-tious lose their 

3. I need Thee ev-'ry hour, In joy* or pain, Come quick-ly and a - 

4. I need Thee ev-'ry honr, Most Ho - ly One; make me Thine in- 



Refbao 



■$=%=& 










Thine Can peace af - ford. 

pow'r When Thou art nigh, 

bide Or life is vain, 

deed, Thou bless - ed Son. 



:x~A- 
I need Thee, I need Thee, Ev-'ry hour I 



SEF= 



--£■- 



p «- j 



t r 



-I 1 — — -(•■- -I 1 V- - I P---i4> I •*■- 






«, «, #_L"1 ■ ™ « L « « BS_L«i 1 ^— L 1 — 11 



s 



need Thee I bless me now, my Sav-ior, 

1 1 — : 



T 



Ifei 



=t=t=tt 



t==&=&=e=™ 



T" 



r=: 



to Thee 
EI 



t==tt===z=±fr= 



a 



No. 54 More Than the World to Me 

Copyright 1944 in "Sing Aloud" 
JiMis bowb Owned by J. M. Hessom. 



EMOHT S. FIOK 



__£— Pi— D— A— N— ^ ^^-^ 



1. Things of the earth that we cher- ish, Rich-es, po -si - tioa and fame, 

2. Man - y to treas-ures are cling-ing— Treasures that can-not re-main, 

3. Let us be true to the Mas-ter; Let us a- bide in His love, 

*» «_* «. -^- -**■ *» -*- « . ■**■- -*=- -k- -k~ _ 

All with the a - ges must per - ish— Pass like a moth a • flame. 
When the great throng will be sing-ing Hcav-en's di - vine re - train. 
Joy-ous - ly la - bor-iDg fast-er, Lay - ing us joys a • bote. 






On • ly the won-ders sn - per-nal, Kept through the a-ges will be. 
On - ly the good we are do - ing, Yon -der, our spir- it shall see 
Let ub be read y to meet Him, When for our souls He will call- 

zzfcdi?^zzz*zzz*zz&zc±zz$i=ti=--\ 1 — | — yr^-jiEjg 

*-=^zz$=$zzz$=J5=z L;=Et=i=t==Efe= = t=z^=z^=t=^=E^t: 



D. S. -Things of the earth that we cher-ish, Ban-ished in time all must be, 

„ Fine 

j^^zzpJzzji^^J- T P =^- r . 1 Jle ^a 

So that is why Je - bus is now More than the world to me. 
So that is why Je - bub is now More than the world to me. 
Let ub be true, so He will be More than the world to all. 

^ a -^--^-z^-zg^ r ;zJZ^Z-z^_.^. r ^_-^_§^-zfz_g^i- r ^^^,., 
z-zr-fcKzifcr£z=E£^ 



So that is why Je • sub is now More than the world to me. 
Refraib 



:!=g±zzzzzz±^gg£zz=zzzzzrz: zjz^ z:z^E= E r1 — fl t , ^-1 

— tr-tr-tr-r-V- t7-tr"r- -*-*-*-«-*- t ^^ 

Love e - ter - nal, Some-thing that nev - er dies, 

Won - der - ful love, bean - ti - f ul love, 

_*i .m- -m. -*~ -fc.- -k,.- -I*., -i^- 

izz^zzz^zzz^rztiixttzztazzzttzz^ircztzzzztzzzztzzztir^zipA^xT: 



r : gz=f£—t£z:z|iz:ztii:Fti k =ziiZzztt=zt£i:czr:=zzpzzzpzzzc=zzxz:pA^xT3 



More Than the World To Me 

r^ » ,V -E— E P— 4= 



P. 5. 



— _ — _— _ — #- c * c m ■ — ■ CS^S±M3 

Glo - ri - oub rest, home of the blest, These are the things I prize. 



s 






„__*, £i-ijfc=LJitJfc^f£ 



£ 



:N==t=t= 






No. 55 



:N=br=^t= 



WHl M. BAM SET 



Eternity! 

Copryright 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by Moore and Heneon 



Jas. O. Moobe ( 



-a^Si-t^-V-♦(»- c 2i-S^-5-♦p- ,: ♦ i -♦--♦-5=Esz-♦F--r ::, 



1. E - ter - ni - ty e - ter - ni - ty, What will it mean to yon and me? 

2. sin - ner heed the warn-ing now, And eome be-fore His al - tar bow, 

3. E • ter - ni - ty, e - ter - ni - ty, What does timean, e - ter - ni - ty? 



— igz[>'zz > -ftg~; 










i tr 









- 2 - r i Erj 

When lift on earth shall end- ed be, We all must face e • ter • ni-ty! 

Con - fees Him now in hum-ble plea, Then yon can face e - ter • ni -ty! 

It soon must come to yon and me, How shall we face e - ter - ni - ty I 



I 1 C, 1_ 1 , CP-— P — i 1 — C_[ U.—[ R h > '-» — im—M 



-F-r-r-r-Tr-r**^ - t c 



Refrain , 



I I ^ ~ ^ J 

E- ter- ni-ty, e - ter • ni-ty I Where will yon spend e -ter - ni-ty ? 



gggggg 



t — 17~^ — r 






I \j 



s.rit.' 



L j £_ _j j }_ ffy™- _ • ' I _[ ' ■ _J_ 



I 

will it then be well with thee? E - ter 

Thro' long e 



i i 

ni - ty. 
ter - ni » ty. 

m- 






trrtr 



t I 



No. 56, 



HIV. ALFBED BAERATT 



u 



He Watches Me. 

Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud.' 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



-p — e — rs- 



w »1 3P ■■■■■■■■ 



1 



3!fcj^z^:fe3z*zs: 

-**, jj *■***! I -m, * 

1. All through the day, AH o'er the way, My Fa-ther 

2. Where-e'erl go, In weal or woe, I can -not 

3. When I am sad, Hemakesme glad He never 

4. I've naught to fear, When days are drear He keeps and 





' -0- I -# - f -0- ? v I i * i SF ^ 



from the sky; 
from Kis love; 
ail a - lone; 
shields my heart from sin; 



1 X 

All thru the night, When stars are 

His watchful care, Is ev-'ry- 

In times of grief, He sends re- 
He watch-es ma, Where-e'er I 



==>=«Z 

30— Eat 



.q__-. 



■tsh- 



-I-PT 



bf#=^^ 



tik 



1 - ^ -E P_J1— P_| -,: -| 1 __, a,-, 



J 

bright- He does not 

where- He smiles on 

lief- He ev - er 

be- Be - cause His 

-&J 4-JL 



c'ose His watch - fil eye. 

me from H av'n a - bove. 

keeps me f >r His own, 

love a - bides with - in. 




~l«=— £zcSz££z 






£=±~ 



i§§^^ 



Hewatcb-es me by nigkt and day,. 



§?E! 



He watch-es me 

-6>"- 



by night and day, 



HP 



■*=&. 



m^^ 









is* 



-P- 



HJ 



He guards and guides a - leng the way; 

He guards and guides a - long the way ; 



TfnlMr-tM? 



%=zzz=^zzzr=jzz3>=g=^=g==^z^=3t=fc-- l^-^-pzjpzj 



tnr 



He Watches Me. 



-- L - — f» P-r* * P h; rjii— j 



It mat-ten not where-e'er I be, 

It mat-ten not where-e'er I be, 



- s <jfcj — gfc 1*. £«- 



EEEEEEEEE 



:t: 



,vi ■ /!■ 



1 



-It kr he— fe 



^nrvmr 



Ji-r-l, 






D 



t u j \j ■ I 

My Fa-ther's eye is watch-ing me 

My Fa-ther's eye yes, watching me. 






-5 — ,-♦ — «. — | ^ (♦— I 1 M~ r * ft3JIZ3 — ^_ 



I 



*S IS + 

_a, — A — i — 



-tr— \r— -— — — H— hr 



mr 



No. 57. 

J.M.H. 



My Redeemer Liveth. 

Copyright 1944, in ''Sing Aloud." 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



EE 



1 



J. m. HBiraojf 



t-^ 



t-=tl 



§^faEl^EizE2EE^Ei^dEiE^^^ 



1. I know not why the leaves put forth in spring, I know not 

2. I do not know the dia-tance to the stars, How far it 
2. I do not know when He may call for me, How far it 



£==£: 



r££=te=£= ^ — ^=^=^=^ 



y- — y — y- — y- — i — — *"- — ~ — i-^ 



|=ki±fcjfr=3c= 



tr 






s 



why the tin - y birds all sing; I know not what aa - oth 
is be-yond earth's pris t on bars; But there's a place whose beat 
is a - cross the si - lent sea; But this I know that I 



■+- 



p m , - |fti^ =i£=fr: 



1 



-i» — p i-- — t— — up - — i 1 — 



E= 53^=5= 



• er 
•ty 

shall 

-P- 
zt=z 



tr"tr~tnr 



£=3= 






day may bring, But I know that my Be - deem - er liv • eth. 
nev ■ er man, And I know that my Be - deem - er liv - eth. 
read-y be, For I know that my Be- deem -er liv - eth. 




■I 17 



No. 58. 



RCT. H.FHBD BiHEATT 



Secret Prayer. 

Copyright 1944. in "Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY ... V. HENSON 



J. M, HENSON 




7 l£ 



L» " " I; 

A - mid the stress and strain of life (and strain of life), In weal or 

When days are dark and lone and drear (and lone and drear) And sorrows 

At morn-mgnoon .., and night I pray( and night I pray), For grace to 

There is no place on earth more sweet(on earth m»r«j?mt)WheB God cornel 



tnr 









y 1/ f 

woe in peace or stife'in peace or strife);Withferventfaitta..., 

on my pathap-pear v mypathappear)Begivesmestrength . 

help me thru the day < yes thru the day); I find re-lie? 

down my soul to greet(my soul to greet) ;The joys of Heav'n 

r 



?fe = ±tzt=t=t=t=t=c=^=^=5z5zNE: 






eBBSSEEBB&E^E^ 



-±-£- 



tr-tr 



£EB££ 



*E 



«#ta=sBBrf: 



— 5" * * pa P P 
V V ¥ 
will I re -pair (will I 



-*i-l 



§--=!— s C^=r 



re -pair), To meet my God (To meet my God) 
my grief to bear (my grief to bear),WhenI meet God (When I meet God) 
from sin and care (from sin and care), When I meet God (When I meet God) 
a - wait me there ( a - wait me there), When I meet God (When I meet God) 

, — ,♦ — P^ — t — ,-(♦ — ♦— ♦-»*— ♦ 

;, — * — i — b -ba — »~b ti~u — h ~~~ ~ 



:pe=te: 



— e rr- 



£ztk^=£=£=£: 



RmuiB 



L> v v I l> B p 



in se-cret prayer 



'Tis sweet to 
se-cret prayer. 'Tis 




meet ..with God in 

sweet to meet 



Secret Prayer. 



F -v 17 i I " — "t, I, v V * 



1, u 

pray'r The joys of Heav'n a- wait me there; 

with God in pray'r, The joys of Heav'n a-wait me there; 

r— -~. kw *, -p. - j> is r r J^ 

-♦— h — *— h — (♦ ♦-r.* — (♦ — i*-^ — Is — kt~i - ^l— ♦> — ♦ — -■ 



fc— t*— li— bfa— I 



EggB£5£^ES 



*— = — = — i»-ht=— i 



=i — =* 






— p__ £__^_, 






n; 



^ 



— P— ^-— -P-r- */ m — ^ P— ^- r— |-^== s =^=^- f>— i 



£fe 



al - ways find the time to spare, ".. '... 

I al- ways find the time to spare, 

-m- -m- -m- ^ «. -m- -m- -m- 8*- -P- 

.| 1 1 C| 1 

bfa bfa *, 1_ L-, 



-pi 1 — 



-tA. I* *- 



ffiEg^gEBEB 



I 



Nc 



13 



^=^ 




fczE == ^= 



kZZ."Azr_>zizal zzib~5! E;ssl 



=^* 



L, 



fr T 



To meet with God in se - cret pray'r. 



To meet with God 

4k- 



£= 



in se - cret pray'r. 

A: — b . p. j> r .J i 

-I 1 ^h- — r -* •> •<— , 



:p: 



t- 



3=& 




No. 59. 



J.M.H. 




Glad Praise. 

3. M. Henson, Owner of Copyright. 
h l< I _ 



J. M. HEHBOI 



1. We gath - - er here, Our songs to raise; 

2. Let songs a -bound In e? - - 'ry heart; 

3. Glad pr aise shall ring, From sho re.... to shore; 

oi tj-^— r*-*i * yk— r S — P— i 1— — r| — P-*e— *-.»— i r 1 ' — t 






?&£ 



TCfcU 1? 

With heart ....7. Bin- cere, Onr Lord to praise. 

Thy name to sound, Wheremor - - tals art. 

To Th ee King, Whomwe a - dore. 

K -- J.^-^^_ g^._-^__^ ^_- t - Jt _ r -,>.- -*,.,♦- 



*E 



1 



W.*3^^EEEEEB 



im. — r<* 



KpZfE 



H^l 



^-Fh-(*-!^-i— P-5 






No. 60 



Hehbkbt BcrruM 



Rose Of Sharon 

Copf right 1944, in ' Siag Aload" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



P-H — I 1 — — M — .—— »-r™" — ' — ^— -a--a<— a<— l-Ajj— ^ • * -F"* '— 3 



1. Sweet Rose of Sha-ron in Thee I see, All that I an need-ing, 

2. Sweet Rose of Sha-ron, wounded wert Thou, And crim-son Thy pet - als, 

3. Sweet Rose of Sha-ron, low-ly Thy birth, To Heaven trana-plant-ed, 




m 



t 



-, — l 1— r -*— t •— r-'v — «— r— ' ' ' i — K"»-1 n- 



I wonld be. Won-drona Thy fra-grance, thrilling my heart, 
hands, side and brow; May I be shel-tered un - der Thy blood, Its 
too good for earth. Some day I'll see Thee, on streets of gold, Yes j 



r-t—tr 



h— h- — - — * — *<- c:a — r=^-- c 




TTtr 

I wonld be graft - ed in Thee, of The* be a part, 

which Thou did'st shed for my soul rich crim-son flood, 

where all Thy bean - ty su • preme - ly I shall be • hold, 

e—-gj— 1- — H- — -j- — *£-- A— r-»- — ^— h^— A- 1- f— i-H 



■&=£=£ 



b £ : 



i 



:N=!*rFti=:! 



E^=frz ft:==l=g: 



•k-*- Ar*- 



Refrain 



:^z: 






:r*= 



Rose 









Bloom - 



Tt^T 



.ft — ft- 

\j b 

of Sha - ron Bloom - ing for 

Won-der- ful Rose sweet Rose of Sha-ron, Bloom-ing.yes blooming for 

__A — A — A A — A — A-, A — A- r A—A— A— A— A ,A- 




<A— HA7 7 -A— ^m A ~ rl 



£ -k-V-U-U--g = 



-D-r-tr-r-17 



^!E=^S 5S=E3Ei ~ £SEiE3 



% b b b \J 
how 



P 



I love Theo 
me, yes, for me, how I love Thee, how I love Thet and 



ifc* 



1 



-U- — V — \>- — ^^ — \^ 



*=£ 



£^£ 



Rose of Sharon 

Long -Log Thy bean- ty to eee; Fiil - ing with - in Thy 

Thy bean-ty to see; 

■1 i-1 1 \ m * 1 m- 



i-ry-t H ■ 1 i 1 \-m * 1 » i +| 1 1 1 1 






--D- 



*=: 



J*__f>_J>.__k 



8 ^r- 



— r — *-h 1 — „* «• — — i- 

-^ & -^ — — - 3 *- 



-M-- 



m 



fra - grance, Glo - ry and graca bo di - vine, 

won-der-ful fra-granca,of so di - vine, 

-u— , ' : rh " L-Kt»'" -*= -TW- J — ( Vr — -? s^-ii 

j-JZ — L _| — l—P-L)— X— w — F«t — ♦ a| — F— fe — 1^ — 11 



irlr-tr-r 



This heart is need - y, Make it like Thine. 

Just bow this yet make it like Thine 

IN 

No. 6! 






He Remembers Me 



MT. ALTBSE BABHA7T 



OWNED BY ,. V. HENSON 



J. M. HKNSOK 



1. Je - bob ii my Guide And will ev - er be, What so e'er be-tide 

2. Et-'ry-wherel go There is naught to fear Whteh-er weal or wee 

3. From the load I bear — He doth Bet me free In my grief and care, 

4. When I reach the gate Of e - ter - ni - ty Je - sus will be there— 



Fine. Refrain 



D, S.— When I'm lone and sad 
D.S. 




S. He re-mem-bers me. 
I can feel Him near. He re-mem-bers me 
He re-mem-bers me, 
And re-mem-ber me. 



He re - mem-ben me, 




— »~ r m—m — m—m-. m * i — -.-. 



No. 62 



Over Mountains 



Copyright, 1941 by The Sisk Music Co, owners. Toccoa, Ga. 
Mrs.THEODORE SISK THEODORE SISK 



±i 



BJ=J=3 






-i — f>— t; — ; — h — 3^- z F3 :==: ^fr~^ 3 ^ — n- 



t^ =g-. -j^- -M- -=j- -=j-. -^ 

1. 'Tis a - long, rug-ged road up the path - way of life, As we 

2. As I'm trudging a - long o - ver high - land and low, I'll be 

3. Je - sus will un - der-stand ev - 'ry wea - ri - some mile, So He 




^=3=3=3^^^=1 



gr- ii g 



car - ry our load, we may meet with strife; Up the steep moun-taio-side 
sing-ing a song where-so-e'er I go; Oth - er pil-griras I'll cheer, 
holds to my hand and He gives a smile. I will trust, I will pray, 



-^ r ■» — b— g— ft-— b--tf— t=d 




We need someone to guide; So in Je - sus, my Lord, I con-fide. (I con-fide) 
And will banish their fear, For my guide will be there ver-y near, (ver-y near) 
In His steps, day by day;For He safe - ly will lead all the way. (all the way! 



HffAte-irJr 



t=-_^^t=i;t=--^- 



: FETrtrfcfr--rT i- : - RBa drTCT 



r-i — p—r 




Chorus 




O'er the hill 
O'er the mountains 



on I go, 

wan -der, 



- ver rough 
■ ver bould-er and 




roll- ing stone, Look-ing up to the heights 

stone Look-ing up-ward ev - er yon-der, To the 



Over Mountains 



-fr-J— £ 




* r r v* 

of the heav'nly throne, lest my steps 

heights of the heav'nly throne, Lest roy foot-steps fee-bly 



:£=-- 



.^ — — ___, — 



-m — g- 



\^=z\*=K 



g?^ 



v~y 






go astray I must not go a - lone; To the hand 

wan-der, I must not go a - lone So I'm hold-ing 






w 



-«■■ -ma- ywm- ^ -^r o 



Jgl^gl. 




of the One Who will guide me on. 

ev - erfon-der To the hand that is guid-ing me on, 

J J "? 



Mfe^= 



:P=:ts=(sz 
J l 1 .A-Z 



*=SF 



.zz 



I 



No. 63 

C.M.TRUESDELL 



Consecration 

1931 




OTIS L. McCOY 



£3tt«E 



1^:^^5 



^S==t 



Ai ^ — jfcj' 



=tj=t 



t- 



=t 






:2=ifi 



1. Withtrustingheartlseek Thee Lord, Surrend'ring ev - 'ry sor-row, 

2. Wilt Thou but hear my fee-ble plea?Eesound from lips that fal - ter, 

3. Lord, now I feel Thee drawing nigh, Tho'Sa-tan's darts op-pose me, 

4. Thy gracious sanc-ti - f y - ing pow'r, That comes with full sal-va - tion, 



* 



11 




*Hte^- S ' m • m — *l — w- 



Knowing to - day that life's small cord, May rendin twain to - mor-row. 
And send Thy love to com-fort me, My sou! lies on the al - tar. 
It seems my pray'rs have pierced the skyrThy cleansing blood o'er flows me. 
Has filled my being's pennant bow'r; Im-ploredby con » se - cra-tion. 



No, 64 Where the Flowers Never Fide 



C. T. 



Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud". 
Owned bt J. M. Hesson. 



OUMM TAYKOB 






1. I can see the home-lights gleaming in the cit - y bright and fair, Heart! 

2. Here we can - not know the pleasures of that home be-yond the sky Where tb 

3. the glo - ry that a - waits ns in the saints e - ter-nal home Where tt 

_A— A— A— A A_A, r A— A— A A A—A- " 









=£±£=£=£=£1= 



F=F 






an-gelB sing-ing to the One most High; When I've crossed the silent riv - er 
spark-ling liv-ing wa-ters ev • er flow; We shall nev - er have a sor - row 
tree of life grows by the jas-per sea; When we all get home to - geth - er, 

, A A_A— m— A- r «3^ _A_A_A A. 



>&-—m — m- 



X=X=£ 



itr~\ 1 ►— — i 1— 

-9- — ** — *, — m — A — A- 



W b4.-tt Mk IA- 



mnnrix 



\rv^Mhniririr 



in it's glo - ries I shall share, While the a - ges of a - ter - ni • to roll 
and shall nev-er say "good-by"Io that country where the fade-less flow-ers 
nev-er-morefrom God to roam, what shoat-ing and re-joic-ing there will 

r 

-A— A_ r -_ j_ A— A— A— m — A- r A__A_ a— A— A — A- 



3M 



P=5F 



ifcfcfc 






wSt 



\>~A j I \j 



& 



■~-^-^^-^^^=^ 



Befbauei 




4 F-- ji— »i— »i— »i-F»i--j— ^j-r»i— -;-^-- »^ 



u v v u i 

by. (roll Bwiftly by.) 
grow (forever grow) 
be. (yes there will be) We shall all be hap - py there, 



Tos, we all shall be, sore - ly be hap-py there, 



'^^^^^^^r^A^JLjL ft ft J jj ju4 

-^h 1 .—cg-^-Ci 1 J— ^ . 



:Az= ^c— ^izz=F=^= Sg 

-S--5 ft 1— =!—«•*. — =1— a^a— =1 — I— 



£-_fc_J*__fc__fc 



:*-« 



3«=fcjS=r== 



■*—*~*-?*— *—*~Z9Z 



Where the flow - ers there nev-er die, nev-er die, 
Where the flow - ers nev • er die; Heaven' 



c_i,_3Z — 5P f ' — -— — • F « — «— 



Where the Flowers Never Fade 

0--U J> £ A £_£_-£ &_-£ V & ] _ 

f-tr-m — ♦-si — *-m — f---*— r-* « — m * " — «l * a — 1 

kp-~ 3 — i-l-!* =) a!- 5 ! — i— l-zi — & — S — =< — a — 3 — =j — -X -H 

7 — -~^ — ^-— * — »~t: h, ~~ h ~~ bb '- - m zz^t - :""" 18 """ — ' "" » 

Heav'ns great joy to Bhare, eweet-ly share, fnl - ly share, 

glo - ry we shall share, While the 

2p_Z^~ — t— -— F--I— -.^-A-F^r— — — — ZZZZI ZZ ZZZZIZZ ZZj 



-H 1 — h — P-A-F- — 



1 ■; ■* ■ — m-— ~*r — ~ jr - \r J —^j— ■=£-* *r— *" ^j" J . H 



While the years go by, while the years all go by. 
count - less years go by. 



._q. — 



gz==EzZ*==z 



:t=: 



. A X 



No, 65 

J.M.H. 



Jehovah Reigns 

COPyRIGHT 1 944. IN "siNC ALOUD - ' 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



J. K. HE5SOT 



La — ,icz!=v t _ l z.zl = ^_,:pzj — I — zc_, — , zc — ~1X r-v { - ^■T hI 



S 



1. come be 

2. Give oat the 

3. All earth re 

A- -A- 

tjzfzc&zz-pz 



fore Him, The Lord of life and love, Ex - alt, a - 

sto-ry Of this great ccnq'ringOne,And sing of His 
■ joic-es In Him who leads the way, Each com-rade 
-A~ 

Ft; 



r. 



— *— <*-r<»— •— •-ttsr-rS» i -!»-r«'— "-I 



t= 



£ 



Et=t=tzt|z=t=fc = -ife^Etr===tzzzEd 




| ,>- Refbath 



t-felsl 



_± 






zz* — — fc-F^i _~ ia — ^5 



-Z5<- 



He reigns, 



dore Him, Who reigns in Heav'n above, He reigns, , 
glo - ry, God's great e-ter-nal Son. 
voic-es.His wondrous praise today. He reigns, Jehovah reigns, He reigns in 

A- :*-A--i*-A-i*--A- jL 

Lzz:z?Etz}zz£^tz:t=t:Ebz^^^^ 

fcizzzzzz^zzzz?==:p*zzzzzzzztcz1zr*zzi- 



%FS* Tzprzzz^==^zzzzzzzqzpzrr^zz 2===pp 5i ^1 



He reigns, Our great Je-ho-vah reigns. 

pow'r to-day , O'er all in holding sway, He reigns. 

-A--A-A--A-A- A- -A- -A* -. I I I J I 

-»-4==t= 



i^ =g=b=a ^EE3l^=pz±z £ Egige==a 



No. 66 I Know My Lord Laid His Hand On Me 



J.M.H. 



Copyrighted 1941, in "Songs of Gladness" 

OWNED BY * -4. HENSON 



J. m. HEirsoar 



1 , I was go - ing on with no aim in life, And was bend-ing low nn-der 

2, Now I work for Him as I go a - long, And I tell His love in an 

3, I will fol - low Him where-so e'er He leads, And will trust in Him to snp 



±s=#=z=& 



f"fr-~ k — SC-i — — - n" e > ~ o .C— ^ 






TT 






A— A- 



-3£=-i 1 i 



rmr 



*c 



^ - -*--*»= P V v V \j 

care and strife; All my way a - head I conld scarcely see Un - th Je - bus my 
eod - less song; I try to lead burdened sinners in. To the shel-ter-ing 
ply my needs; His glad servant I will for ■ ev • er be, For I know He in 

1 X X. 



^p-E 17 B EEgf 



.--s—k— m—m-r^--^—^- 






-m'-* 




Lord laid His hand on me. 
fold a new life to win. 
love laid His hand on me. 




trrtr&f 

I know my Lord laid His hand on 

yes my Lord 



6Et#±=! 



afckari 



;zUzzp=N=li=U4 






±jz±*k=£=£j 



r^-rV-^^-^- r >■ ' 'S-h' 






U b D b 

me, His sav-ing grace has set me free; 

laid His hand on me, His saving grace has set me free 



r 4zzt=t 



-i*-pt. 



.(=-- 



I=^_* 



t^rt— -' — i — i — i — i — i 1 — i — i — i — i — — «— -flfcr - r m~^a^-^r-m^ 




E^E^Eg==~SE3Efe-E^==^, 



And all my days He shall have my praise, 

yes all my days my un-end-ing praisj 

rr. -m- ~ — — h — — -i t— - -i ~- -w- 



^_1=— (•-^-t: 






I Know My Lord Laid His Hand On Me 






I know my Lord laid His band on m» 



1 know my Lord 



II 



* ft 






laid His hand on me. 



NO. 67 



J.M.H. 




I'll Call It a Day 

Copyrighted 1941, in "Songs of Gladness*' 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



J. M. EDTBOH 



h- r n'i>,. n i 



a=t 



^?s 



JL The sun of my life now is sink-ing, 1 look o'er tnehillB to the west; 

2. 8o ear - ly the Sav-ior once sought me To toil in His great harvest field. 

3. The milestones each day I have counted, While stopping a-long for a rest; 

4. My Sav-ior will call me some morning, And may 1 stand the great test; 

-A- _A- _A- A- -A. -A- ^. -A- -A- [" T ,-s 

t==p^=r=g-r- r =tzzp^zgtzr=^:F^^ ^qg-r-r-r r==g: 



£ b |/=^-4>- 



-EEtii=33=:*=«35E*=rr: 



^zt^f^Iz?^: 



^ 1 1 — M-Sf^-3M — i 

M— xi — gr-^ -H — i 1 — j — 




MMM^^^^*- : 



Of those gone be-fore I am thinking, While do-ing for Je - sos my best. 
With blood that was precious He bo'tmt, And so I have gath-ered the yield. 
And man-y a peak I bave monnted, Still do - ing for Je - sua my best, 
I'll go where the light is a - dorn-ing, Where I shall have glo-ry and rest. 

.A- -A- .a. .A- -A A- 



I T.i 



Ifr - A 1 A — A ;A A — A aTa— A — A-AI-F ^ — 1^ — P* — 



Refrain 



I'll call it a day, tho' lit -tie I've done. And then slip a-way to beet Sod's dear Son, 




zJC^Hr»S»rifcfcJ 



rJU-St-fr M ^ 



^r j b^L; — tff± ^ -U 1/Vl ] f j j -ffi j 



I '11 fold op my tent and call it a da 



I've fonght a good fight, this may I say, I '11 fold op my tent and call it a day. 



Ira 



^±^4,4,_fz=^±r;=^z^ 



TTT. T Th MS F^^^ -^Ffrr Tl 



No. 68. 



J.M.H. 



Love and Home 

Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud". 
Owned by J. M. Henson. 



r ~£- 



/. m. morse 



4-14-r-fc 



"-trtrfr 



:£=to^ 






Tt : 



1. Sweet is my song as on-ward I go, I sing ofj love, 

2 C:os - er each day to Him would I be, 

3. Soon in Hisglo-ry He shall ap-pear, I sing of If 






,4: 






^^43c=^zziszt»=rf^:: 



M 



V 



r4 



w 



■*— s- 



A— pt 



^=?irai=W 



*~ inrl r-fr 






and home sweet home; Great are the b'essinga Christ dotii.besto 

E v - er I kno w His grace shelters rx | 
and home sweet home; So be ye read- y, it may besooi 

• r n rs_t m m i r* 




tX 



I sing of love...... and home sweet home, 

I sing of love, my home sweet hone 



-P— t— - 



-P— Pt-A- 



H— BE — aj— 



s 



i#=^ 



^=N=N=t*=^: 



-*-l 



i» 1/ W V- \j - 



inr 



ffzqztsi 



*S=: 



Kefeaih 



it 



£±t 



M; 



* 



▼ i—i 



a. 



*zz£=*rf===t 

■m — m — S — -• — m 



I sing of love, andhome 



I sing of love, .......... and home sweet home, 

r £ J 4 ;j 



-=1—36- 






__£__D_4L, 



3E=&H 



=1: 



< , * A . 



fe^EEe! 



:tx: 



r 



J* \-m — A— --UA— p-| 



Of won-drous joys that are to come; 

of won-drous Heav'ly joys to come, the joys to comi 

J— ■ -J M - - ,» g l» F — pe_se_p. 






£ — zzz^zrgz 



v./i/'irtr 






tp 



Ltve and Home 




_r _r _r _r 



i 



e e *. 



a 



1 X 



-^ — ^ — ■»- 



fr U 1/ 



F 3 ^: 



— n* 



iS^ 



I sing • • long the Glo-ry Line 

I sing a -long the Gl«*ry Line, 

ft ft ft -ft 

^ ) — h — | — ~+< _3- -J. 

1*— * — 1A— * , a — i*. — *. 



*=$=£3E. 



-fc= kc k: fcr- 



:^iz 




-fc— fc 



A song of love and Home Sweet Home 

A song of love and Home Sweet Home.my Home Sweet How. 



5H~trR~ w" 



E^5 



i- i~ 



.J j£jL 



\j b b 



$c=fr=*=*cz: 



IK 



1 



£^£=£=«* 



No. 69. 



J.M.H. 



Somebody Follows You 

Copyright 1925 in "Special Sones" No. 4. 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



J. M. BEN801T 



1. Brother a-long on the high-way of life, Strive to be good and t.ue; 

2. Lit - tie yon think if you turn from the right, Who sees the things you do; 

3. Nev-er for- get that the Lord keeps His own. So to His word be true; 

Jft. .m- -fcr- -•*- -l«- I*- . -!»- -*■- -^- gfc- -^i 



iSE 



i 



£E£ 



l=£ 



£=Nc 



a 




Take Je- bus with yoa to aid in the strife, Some-bod-y fol-lows you. 
But oth-eri watch you by day and by night, Some-bod-y fol-lowa you. 
Man-y are long-ing the way to be shown, let them fol- low you. 




1 M b~\j T^ 
XS.-Walkin the light, and be pure in His sight, Some-bod-y fol-lows you. 

D.S. 




Some-bod-y fol-lows yon, Watch-ing the things you do;. 

fol-lows you, the things you do; 

-m- 



g J> f"f^= P = 



-m- -m 



:*fc4g>»r,f-JK 



g=j b 






No. 70 Why Not Be A Christian? 

Copyright 1944, by 0. A. Parris. Gospel Song Publisher, in 
L. E. S. "Banner Songs." L, E. Stephens. 



bfc«^z-^a~ ,|-g== ^zz^M=M~ S^ ^^^ M 

1. If yon want to be a Chris-tian in this world be - low, Yon must 

2. Ton can nev - er be a Chris-tian cling-ing to the wron?,You must 

3. You can be a hap - py Chris-tian when yon have be-lieved, God will ' 




J [>> fS [V 



£r=fc=!=:z£ 



f— «-■— ■-■ ^— c *-»— * — a 



v 

take the pre-cious Sav-ior with you as you on-ward go; Go to Him in 
stop yonr sin - ful way o! liv-in? as youtrav-el on; You must keep youl 
make y our load much light-er and will give what-e'er yon need; He will help yon 






&&=&=*==&=& 



f=v t v \ a 






:g-- — — e— p— tj- 

earn-estpray'randlet Him take your hand, You can walk with Him in hap -pi- I 
self un-spot- ted from this world of sin, Kid your heart of ev-'ry tin and 
thru temp-ta-tion, guide you in the right, Aud yonr life will be much sweet-er 



EBffi^: 




N=N: 



S= 



5= 



fc=fc 



Refrain 



^~rr ^^ 



— — — i 1— h« — « — 



ness to bless- ed Can - aan land. 

let the Ho - ly Spir - it in. Will yon aik the Lord to bleu yonr 

as von travel in the light. 

J ^ J J* J* I s [» N 

- f? ~ ~- ~ *+ - *** J: 



.«. .*». .ft. -f*~ ^- M. M. JL g4 A 



:£=*=zfc=t 



*=± 



— *t M 5 *J H 



$z£z£z4ezz£ 



<3y - ing soul to - day? He 



k _,*__f*__j*_^, 



m- *- 



i> r> 



Pi: 



:*==£ 



tzds: 



is read-y now to give yon com-fort 
#i A ^. fl 4 A J'frj J 



1 NM - 4 ^ 



$==£ 



Why Not Be a Christian? 

p — #■— ♦ — - 



r r 

all a -long the way; Would job be • Chris-tian in this sin - fal world be- 

II 






! J^^=E|EE?=^=^^iEESES= 



D~ trlr 

low? Take the Sav-iour as yonrLead-er, ev-'ry- where you go. 



42. J* 






r r 






p r 



JU 



i — 



«=*= 



S== 



ii 



No. 71 



Go On! 



J.M.H. 



Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



a. m. moraov 



-i — i 






1. Te who are in the home-ward way, Go on go on; 

2. His word He left to light the way, 

3. The Lord hai gone the way be - fore, 60 on, glad sonl go on; 

-I*- -T«- -.-..• -r*- — ^ -I*- -^" -r*- I*- -(• "" 

r- - tx- - **i — - 1 



z?=ps~tx:=^z=ts--c^=z^=3sc 






ftg^z^=l=t==t=tt^=t=fc 



3H 

E6 



js=J»: 



-N=tU 



t_t=t 



$2 



t=t= 



I 



i±S=c=tzr* 



[ N— fS -A! A— -Af— 1 



— d=r=|— iicztzz: 



^ — 



-©ii — 



FlNE. 



go 



j 

on. 



Keep step with Christ from day to day. Go on, 

Lift high your voice, sing and pray, 

And He will guide to yon-der shore, Go on, go on, and on. 

-«- -1*- '-m. m -m- ^ _, >. -m- -*- -it J w l J 



D. S. -With Christ a-head,you're safe-ly led, 




D.S 



ward, Let fear and doubt be gone; 



ward, home 

go on 

1 1 1 

-a — rl*-W-r— — s— I 1 






No. 72 Oh! What A Glad Singing 

Copyright, 1941, by Parris Music Co., in "Sacred Echoes." 
MILTON A. DODSON Term. Music Ptg. Co. owner. O. A. PARRIS 






1. I read of a cit -y o-ver the way, Where praises will nev-er end, 

2. We nev - er shall hear a mi-nor re-frain, Nodis-cordswillev - er be, 

3. When all of God's singers up in the sky,Saall gather to sing His praise, 
■rW. . - A- A- -A- -A 




Oh I what a glad sing - ing on the hap-py gold-en strand; 

What a glad song what a glad song gold-en strand; 



r~l- 



Ai-iAi-iAj-Jk,- 



^i£z£=U=£ 



P*3c 



«^=^^ f^r^t^r^ £=«= 



P=£ 



g-HK-S 



te 



£j fe-fa"r* i^ffi p^ 



t±H3 



And when the re-deemed ones gath-er that day, Our voices to sweet-ly blend; 
Our bod - ies will nev - er suf-fer a-gain, From sorrow we'll be set free; 
With nev-er a heart-ache nev - er a sigh, Our voices we'll glad-ly raise; 



P m 



A-_A-__A-_^_ 

t — P— t 1 f*-4A — f» — t — g 



, — A-r A — A - A" 



A- A- A- A- -•■ - s - 



hh- 



-t=£=; 




• ^ * 

Ohl what a glad sing - ing O-ver in the glo-ry land. 

What a glad song what a glad song glo • ry land. 

A- A- A- A- A "£"-A -A- .«. m. A- -m- 

m ^ M i g 



g ^EjM^J^^^z^ 



-h— 



— ri 1 m— A- 

^p£ 



Hg?1 .M.r » 

- LyP a H M-M—M P- 



iSS^^^S 






£ 



I— ~NMi 






I* 



What a glad song what a glad song cit - y o-ver there, 

Ohl what a glad sing - ing in the cit-y o-ver there, 




p-y-pr-V- 






Oh! What A Glad Singing 




v - ¥ r 

When all of God's singers, Gather in that land so fair; 

When the glad throng when the glad throng in that land so fair; 

-P--P: 




Want to cross o'er want to cross o'er _ Join that hap-pyband, 
1 want to cross o-ver Join the hal-le - lu-jah band, 



m 



£* 



3r 



UN 

m * m > m — 



%=Z 






No. 73 

Anon, alt. 



What Did He Do 



W.OWEN 



in^gi 



=1: 



m^ 



3B 



efcfc 




I ( Oh! list - en to our wondrous sto - ry: Once we dwell among the lost, > 
" ( Yet Je-sus came from heaven's glo-ry, Sav-ing us at aw-ful cost,) 
o \ No an-gel could our place have tak-en, High-est of the high tho' He, > 
- * { Nailed to the cross, despised, f or-saken, Was one of the God-head three! V 
o I Will you sur-ren-der to this Sav - ior? Now be-fore Him hum-bly bow, j 
I You, too, shall come to know His favor, He will save and save you now. ) 




Who saved us from e-ter*nal loss? What did He do? 

Who but God's Son upon ths cross! He 




-I 1 -*r-t5T-*-r 

Where is He now? In heav-en in-ter-ced - ingl 

died for you Be - lieve it thou, In 





No. 74 When I Survey the Wondrous Cross 



Isaac Watts 



Copyright. 1944. in "Sine Aloud" 
Owned by Henson and Dye 



John M. Htm 




1. When I snr-vey the won-drous eross On which the 

2. For - bid it, Lord, that I should boast, Save in the] 

3. See, from His head His hands, His feet, Sor - row and 

4. Were the whole realm of na-turemine That were a 



. r t> r 



j>j» tu 



#=£&=* 



&~ 



S# 



h — *— W L 



-r* 



-»—« 



-4-A 



5= 



£=*=? 



£=&= 



\j 




*=£=* 



5C=z£=fc=:£=a|_ 



*==<!==* 



~D— D-D" 1 

Prince of glo - rj died, „ My rich- est 

death of Christ, my Ged; All the Tain 

love flow mingled down; Did e'er such; 

pres • - ent far too small; Love bo a« 

n -a- <»*- -«*.- -M- _ y m -m — *.- -vk- -*- 



-0f- 



:S— a- 



#~=*=P=«Zji 



mnrt 



£==£ 






gain I count hot Iobb, And poor con-tempt oi 

things that charm me most, „.. 1 sa - cri • fice thei 

love and sor-row meet Or thorns com-pose so 

maz - ing, so di • vine, De-mande my soul, my 

i r- p-? i r r> r 1^ 



nfii-A- -Ai~ttH-- *- 



-J- r-j- 






-I — M 



17' 



:»t=t=fc: 



cp: 



«■: 



~D~ t7" 



t= 



JS 



Refrain 






^=d~£=*= 






=£ 
« 



all my pride (on all my pride) wondrous cross e i 

to His blood(yes to His blood) 
rich a crown, (so rich a crown) 
life, my all. (my life, my all.) wondrous cross, 



• 



Fr 



--* 



,__,— — I I — r l 



£ "TTf 



tj-t^S ^ l* 1/ L > U" :: U: 



When I Survey the Wondrous Cross 



i=tf 



*=* 



— al — r~~~AJ — ^j? 



zt^zzzwrzfz: 



-«P-=J 



Eatt 



-fc 






i 



Christ, On which my 

cross of Christ, 



V D C D tr 

Lord and Savior 

On which my Lord 



EEfa-^£z=5=3 

:EiEt-t=tz=t:z:it=l 



$=£=£==£=-$— £=£=* 



V (7 D trtt 



:=£ 



:=fc 



r r ■* 



died; bless • ed cross of Cal • va 

died, my Sav-ior died; bless • ed cross 



*mnnr 




-ic. 



£f r rv 



3t3fe3t 



5 E & iTfc "" 



ft-i -J-.-. 



!^=3B=4=5=2Sl 









iy. Be-neath thy shade I safe -ly hide. 



b b 



dark Cal-va-ry, 



I safe - ly hide. 



No, 75 



I Watts 



Am I a Soldier Of the Gross 



Thoa. Arne 



JE3=^^^=3^^=^=^^=^^^==3=aj -*2§y | 



1. Am I a sol - dier of the cross, A fol -'wer of the Lamb, 

2. Mast I be car - ried to the skies, On flow »'ry beds of ease; 

3. Are there no foes for me to face? Must I not stem the flood? 

4. Since I must fight if 1 wculd reign, In - crease my conr - age Lord; 



8- .*». Jft. .*,- 






4L- .ft. 



£_ .ft. -!*- 






\ 



•f> i 4 1 J-J J ■■.,■ ■ r-J 



And shall I fear to own His cause, Or blush to peak His name? 
While oth-ers fought to win the prize, And sailed thro' blood -y seas? 
Is this vile world a friend to grace, To help me on to God. 
I'M bear the toil en - dure the paiu, Sup - port - ed by Thy word. 

.ft. .*.*. .«. .ft .j,., ^ -. ■■ .m- -fcc- :ff: -m— *- J 

: : g=tzr^iz^=ztszzt=F? I = 2 ==^~tz F t^E=itzz=t==F5zai 



r- 



No. 76 Some One Will Call Too Late 



W. M. W. 



W. M. Walls, owner, Searcy, Ark. 



W. M. WALLS 



£ 



t- 



-^—^t 



£ 



^=^=S 



> -* -w- 



X- 



l 73rz= 



F F F F f ~^ - ¥ 

1. Soice-one will live , his life in sin, 

2. Some-one will hear the gos-pel true, 

3. Some-one will seek for world-ly joy, 

IS 



■ar 

v 



7 



Y 




f*rzf*^ r r r 






And fail to let ^thelovelightin; Someone will lin 

And fail the Sav - - ior's will to do, His will to do;Oh sinner friend. 
And ne'er enlist * in God's employ; But linger on. 



rrrr 



= 




V T 7 7 '7 * * F F 

ger on and wait (yes, on and wait), Some-one will call 2 

now choose your fate (e - ter - nal fate) ,Don't make your call. 

in sin and wait (in sin and wait) , Un - til his call 

is rs n 



*F 




the 
on 
will 



f 



Lord too late. Some-one will pass 

Him too late. 

be too late. . Some-one will pass 



fcStz&zfc 



=t=F 



±* 



P 



*==£ 



:=£ 




t=t 



£=£=EgS 



t=£q 



=fc 



B 



n»K 



2 K 



7^ 



His mer-cy by, 
His 



Some-one in sin 



■ ■ ■ * a 



i" i" 



^=#3 



will sare-ly 



mer-cy by j His mer-cy by, Someone in sin will sure-ly 




Some One Will Call Too Late 



* 



gy^ra; 



^g^n 



die; Someone will pray to en-ter heav - en's 

will sure-ly die; Sameone will pray to en-ter heaven's pearly 



■P-fc- 



-*--^ -t 




gate, Someone will call but oh too late, bnt oh too late. 



mt 



-*-- *-fte- ft fee- jk 



gE F=^s — 3-DL-C 



t= 



if- 



fe 






:tr 



SF^ 



No. 77 



w "P ^ 
There Is a Fountain 



-^ 




1. There is a fountain filled with blood, Drawn from Im-man - uel's veins, 

2. The dy-ing theif re-joicedto see That foun-tain in his day, 

3. Ee'r since by faith I saw the stream Ihy flow-ing wounds sup - ply, 

4. Then in a nob-ler, sweet-er song I'll sing Thy pom'r to save, 



— *, IBS ',JS— 

1 1 1 r-r 




^M 



i— p- 



s^ 



1 



&-J. 



Fink 



^ilpipiipfl 



_sin-ners plunged beneath that flood Lose all their guil-ty stains. 

And there may I, tho' vile as he, Wash all my sins a ■ 

Re - deem-ing love has been my theme And shall be till I 

When this poor lisp-ing,stamm'ring tongue Lies si - lent in the 



way. 
die. 



grave. 




Lose 
Wash 
And 
Lies 



all their guil - ty stains, 

all my sins a - way, 
shall be till 1 die, 

si - lent in the grave, 



m 



i — i — g-F- 
' i E — 



m 



Lose all their 
Wash all my 
And shall be 
Lies si - lent 



guil ■ 


ty 


sins 


a 


till 


I 


m 


the 



§ 



stains, 

way, 

die, 

grave, 



No. 78 The Day of God Is Now At Hand 



A. B. R, 



Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



Eld. A. B. Robinson. 



& U b L; D L t; b" L 

1. The day of God is now at hand, (is now^t hand) To earth He's 

2. bless His name _ He conies to reign (in po-'r to reiga)The kingdoms 

3. The kingdom of onr God has come(to earth has come)And it shall 

■-♦— ♦— - s — " — •> — - — — 



|feEE*: 



:£=£=fc=U;=t=t=: 



gfe^B^ 



h- 



_=— q- 



iS 




-4^--fc--fc— £-, 






come in pow'r to reign ; (for- er-er reign) The whole earth 

of this earth shall fall; (shall snre-ly fall) And Sa - tan's 

spread . from sea to sea; (o'er land and sea;) And right-eons* 

i— * * . H % 1 "g' 



^c3S=S=S=S=S 



:*=$==SP 






•r 



£—£—£-, 



45— fc- 



h — — ■ — ^ — ■ — ^- — ■— t- — i — . r -■ — ^-« i - 



shall 

host 
ness., 



.__ His glo - ry see For by Hie 

.... Bhall powr'-less be, For they'll be 

.... shall e'er pre - vail,.. And from op • 



-A — 



-K = — — >*— F'* - 'A — « — m — 



-4=m=m=»: 



__RBFRAIH__ _ |S ps JN |N 



:3s=^z^qrf:=fc:zj£;Fz;: 






1 b ^ l> b D b b b 

grace we've been made free The dpy of Go! 

bound once and for all 

pres - - sion we'll be free(for-ev-er free)The'day of God 

^-^-tj-^-tj-^-p-^- -^-j*-^.— _ --^ 

is now at hand, God's bless-ed truth shall set us 



-.— 3"-£ 



- ^tit j - 



M> 






The Day of God Is Now at Hand 



--£-- £-— fc-JvJ. , 



Y 



free, Yes it shall spread ( Let's spreat it, held tpread it, 

fer - ev - erfrec, Let's spread God's troth, His 

r r 2 p. J r ^ I s J- ^ 

t^—^- £-^-J ±-tJ 1— -a-zic =r H 

... God's truth lets spread. jO'er all tbs earth from sea to sea, 

truth let's spread, Let's spreid it from sea to sea, o'er land and eta. 

_:*!_ ***■ LJ_ £ -*- r r- ^ C 

^r^Ezrr=Eg^iEEE^zr—t7C ^ _gfe" 




No. 79 

J. T. M. 



The Sinners Only Plea 

Copyright, 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by Henson and McEibben 

-J CL- J— 



J, T. McKibben 



-^- w i w 

1. As on the cross the Sav-iorhung, And for the sin - ner died; 

2. bless-ed fonnt of love di-vine, The sin - ner's on - ly plea; 

3. There I shall bathe my wea - ry sonl In seas of love di - vine; 



1= 



-*1- -*E- -*- -*0- 

=q1 — I — r—^zzcmzz- 
zzzbxzzr*z=£z=!sz:psz:Z 



:i=)x==ta=t:| 



tr-r-tr T— tj-t— ir 



Fine 



£3 ^tS=5z=f!— i-E^==§~i!=r*-E^=p— izz-*zE=!iz=a 



rt 1 

From cut His pre -cious bleeding side, There gushed life's cleansing tide. 
When we get there to that sweet home, The Sav-ior's face we'll see. 
There I shall sing for - ev - er - more, What glo - ry will be mine. 

-A- -A -*.- -A- A- -A- -A- -*,- -A- -Jk- m , 






S. -There we shall meet thosegone be-fore, And with them ev - er stay. 

zz£=E»zz: ^z=J=::p=Esz:=i?--5z=*z:E^z=:3iz=3z=^=?:E$ii5:3j 

[7 r u i -- 

O won't that be a hap - py day, When sor-rows have passed a-way; 




mm 



m-- J 



No. 80 Keep Traveling On 

Property of Tennessee Music & Printing Co. 
M. A. D. MILTON A. LKJUSUJN 

k, > P — i 

1. Tho tempted and tried and sorrow betide.your spirit be-low by sad-ness and woe, 

2. In darkest of night where seemeth no light, and troubled your soul mid sorrow un-told , 

3. He's building a place for ev'ry known race, when we shall cross o'er to heaien's glad shore, . 

-A.-A;— A— A,— IAtHA— IA>— IA— iA— iAr+A— IA.- ' 




rfrrr 



Keep trav-el-ing on keep trav-el-ing on; 

Keep trav-el-ing on keep trav-el-ing on; 



§§i 



-£££ 



7 j Ai Ai IA lAr -W 







& 



R 



S 1 !^^ 



g^^ 



When shadows dismay the hea»ens seem gray, when living seem vain no happy refrain, 
Tho heavy your load and rugged the road, when vision grows dim keep trusting in Him, ! 
H weary the mile just look up and smile,for soon we shall reach the heavenly beach, 



*=e* 



S— I A Aj — Mb- 



i=t=t: 



-|A- A>- A— iA— 4A— IA— A — A. 




A:— tAr— IA— A>— -IA— IA— IA>— IA— Ai— |A>— A- Ai— A— tA— 4A— IA— A— jA — 1A>— Av — 



c*=. 



^s 



^: 



*dfc3=fc 






I 



k * * c r\ 



Keep trav-el-ing on * keep trav-el-ing on. 

Keep trav-el-ing on keep trav-el-ing on. 




tt.ftt- 

Keep trav-el-ing on keep trav-el-ing on, 

Keep trav-el-ing on keep trav-el-ing on, 



m 



Keep Traveling On 



ta^ 






^^ 



£ 



r 



s 



Thru sunshine and rain in sorrow and pain , Keep traveling on 

Keep trav-el-ing on 






*?BEH 






ic=tn=Mrf 



^fr-X_fc_> 



Tt-g 



-? — 3f 



f-pR 



-AAA 



Keep trav-el-ing on 



Keep trav-el-ing-on 

Af» I*- A-- 



keep trav-el-ing on, 



t 



^S~A" 



* P \> ^ 



keep trav-el-ing on, 




m 



Along the bright way keep trav-el-ing on . 

Along the bright way keep trav-el-ing on v 



£ 






No. 8 1 WHERE HE LEADS I WILL FOLLOW 

E. W. BLANDLY Copyright, 1890, by J. S. Norris J. S. NORRIS 



I 



1 h 1 



=51 



S 



* 



■* 



&$- 2^ ni ~ 2 



± 



*= 



1. 1 can hear my Sav-ior call-ing, 1 can hear my Sav-ior call-ing f 
2. I'll go with Him thru the gar-den, I'll go with Him thrn the gar - den, 
S. He will give me grace and glo-ry, He will give me grace and glo - ry, 



t=t 



i» 



&^ 



w^- 



v=* 



*=$ 



D.C. 



V r v y r v 
— Where He leads me I will follow, Where He leads me I will follow, 

■ IS | N k ad lib ** . ** D.C. 



* 



£=* 



£=£ 



*~4 1'^ 



aMfr 



>— ™ ^" -mi- -mp-'-mh- im-'-m- -m* 



zji±l 



^ 



I can hear the Sav-ior call-ing, "Take thy crosa and follow, fol-low me. 
I'D go with Him thrn the gar-den, I'll go with Him,with Him all the way. 
He will give me grace and glo-ry, And go withme.withme all the way. 




No. 82 Going Along, Singing a Song 



J W. A. 



Copyright 1944, in ''Sing Aloud." 

OWNED BY ASKEW 4 HENSON 



J. W. Askew 








1. Go - ing 

2. Go - ing 

3. Go - ing 




s- ~ ■*- -s- 

loug, sing-iDg m song, Help-ing all the sad and wea-ry, ] 
long, sing-ing a song, Keep a hap - py heart while workink, 
long, hap - py and strong, Fol-low-ing the bless-ed Savior, 

-A- -*r -A- -A- -*k.- m 



=qM^4M=tg==g==g=i 




^i^^^^p^^^ 




Sow 
Do- 

Tell-ing 



Ht 



B 



=tzfp=t: 



4ft. 4p- -ft- _f*. 



.(•— (»—*—)». 



-p. 



i=-tr__. 



»— »—— m— !-• — » — m — m—\-m — m — • — » — m m — H — I I 

JU*4- D_.- r -R— R— D-4- 






rrtrr* — r 

Je - bus will bless, still the dis-tress, Give you a song, all the day long, 
Go with a smile, all of the while, Tell of Gcd'a love, Sent from a-bove, 
Trust-ing each day.learn-ingthe way, That He doth lead, fill-iag each need, 

_ -ft- -ft- -ft. -ft- -Ar -A>- -Ar 

. p-^-p_s^r^— *— <ft-jl^tzi4^tr T" .t"' f-.T- <» . 



. — t; 



P r> N P ^ 

- r^-17-t-Tr-r-f — ^ r-*-tr t— tr 

Then yon will be, hap - py and free, As yon go a - long to Glo - ry, 
When life is o'er, then we'll a - dore, Je-sus Christ oar Lordfor-ev - er.. 
Soon we'll be there, hap - py ind fair, Rest-ing in His love for - ev - er, 

-A- I R -*r ~ K K R -*>- 

Refrain 

X?-ll-+ _ + _ L ^ ^ ♦ -F* — « — ♦ F- 5 — -5 — 3. 

U h U f Ut * ■" ~ h | f -ft- f* * 

u u w u w y i i ^-^i 



y u v V V V 

Prais-ing God from whom all bless-ings flow, For Hisjbonn-lesslove,, 
Praise God bless - ingB 



flow, For His bound-less lev 






3=— feEEEE 



*=fc&: 



Going Along, Singing Song 

Qif-icg Christ His on • ly Son to die For this sin - fal world ,0 praise Him 
Gave His Son ' yes 

-m- -&- 




H E'f C - Lll . ; =g=F| 



#gE*=^=*^ 



it7 = P = i7-f- t rT*-#n* = 



1 1 p I » «» — m — i — 




We will sing His praise for- ev- er-more, Loved ones there we'll iee;„ 

Praise Him ev - er - more, Loved ones wt shall see, 




< *-r4— r — += r*: — ^ — •* — I 



^^ ^^ ^^ 






b F 



gfc 



BE 



rj * u D * b p * w fc 

Prais-ing Je - bus and His name a ■ dcre r Thro' e « ter • ai - ty. . 
Praise Him praise Hira All e - ter - ni - ty. 

m m r £— — »--£-- * — h--?-*. 






H^lililii 



r 



b£: 



£= 



V 



No. 83 My Faith Looks Up to Thee. 



Ray Palmer. 



Lowell Mason. 




=t 



tt 



\&-& f W- 

I— Q 1 2- 

U+C J — w_ 



~W ~J" 



a - ^ >-£— ^£ 



1. My faith looks up to Thee, Thou Lamb of CalTary,Sav-ior di-vine ;Now hear me 

2. May Thv rich grace impart, Strength to my fainting heart,My zeal inspire;As Thon hast 

3. While life's dark maze I tread.And griefs around me spread. Be Thou mj Gmde:Bid darkneis 

4. When ends life's transient dream, When death's cold sullen jtream.Shall o'er me roll;Blejt Savior 




While I pray, Take all my sins away; let me from this day Be whol-ly Thine, 
died for me.Omaymyloveto Thee, Pure, warm ami changeless be, A liv-ingfire! 
turn to day, Wipe sorrow's tears away, Nor let me ever stray From Thee a -side, 
then, in love, Fear and distrust remove;0 bear me. safe above,-A ransomed soul 

-A- _ _ 









-m-m- 



a 'a !A'-jg'>, |a 



is fr k 



I 






F 



No. 84 The Lord Is My Light 

Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud.'' 
J. M. Henson Owned by Henson and Morris 



L. D. Morris 




IpI^i^^i^ii^S 



1. The Lord is my light and my joy by - 'ry day, He leads me in 

2. He lead - eth by wa - ters bo qni - et and still, My soul with His 

3. I walk in this light as 1 trav - el a - long, He . fills ma each 

J 



.—--A-rA — rA A-r-A— -A--|^- r A A- 



P- i^ -i*— {■< * >- t* — A 



gt2fc=fc=r==r=fc=m^fcir=-P= 



t=t= 



t=t 



5^ & =# = *: 



tr~ t — jr- 1 -! — t 



x — t — r 



g=3#=#fe5fefeEEE=EjEg 



^— fz jF^— 9— ^ : 



3=3=3 



*-*!- 



^6 



1 



right-eons paths all of the way; I fol - low Him trust-ing. and hold to His 
good-nesseach day He doth fill; My cnp rnn-neth o - ver with bless-ings di- 
mo-ment with ju - bi - lant song; I talk with Him oft - en, and sweet is His 

— m — i — —I — i 1 1 h & — * — h » — •-H * 




hand, I know He will take me to heav-en's fair land. The Lord, 
vine, His lovt is my sto - ry, His good-ness is mine, 
voice, In this bless-ed Sav - ior my soul shall rt - joice. The Lord is 
~- m — *— A- r A— A— A- r A — A — -_ r A-r-A-r-A— f 



the 



-A— A 



E=| — r~E=E=l=:l==EE-E:ztizE 



pA-«-A-p-A — A — A—| 
h^~ \r* "■| "A"" Li — 'a, | 



-tr-' 1 ' \ -r~tr 



i 




1 -1- 



A — ^ — ^- C J — ^ — ^— L^— A— C A — A — A-*-A — -^ — 3^-t-g fc, .. -^ -^ , i 



light 



is the light of my soul, I live in His bless-ed 

is the I live ev -'ry day 



con- 



g gtTi ril fiEE 



-A-rA- A 



t—r-r-T-i — r- u r- 



~bt2=|z=tt: 










■ :-i i V r •■! ■:/: .■ ■:.• rl.J .A ; 



-zgzE*i^=*zE§=*=*=:Eg 



fe=*=Er*i 



_.£_ 



* 



sal 



His love keeps me sing-log as on - ward I go, The joy of 

1 
A- r A— (* — A-.-A— A— A- r A— A—g- 



___A — A- r A—i* — A-.-A— A_A- r A— A—u-pA— ^-r-Ai-A A_ 



The Lord Is My Light 

i4- 



:^=i: — c_rr0 ' •"♦ — "•- 

t T t I I r I I 
Tft - tion is mine; I praise .. Him with heart and with 






sal - va - tion is mine; I joy - Jul - ly praise 



— t — t c c c t — i — |r-T~t — r- 1 



A-,-A__A , 



r _ r _ r . 



^ I I I I I I - t, 

voice, Be-cause in His love I re - joiee, He is the 

Be-cause in His love, His great 

,_ -— •- rff— A— "1^- r^— ff— ^— r&—-£—&- r A — A— r Ai_«r. — a — 

|P=E"=!!:iE-±*=3 = *:Eg:=:^ 

•ne bless - ed light of my soil This won-der-fvl Sav-ior Di-vine 

this Savior Di-vina. 

A -, J I I | 






No. 85 



Christ Satisfies 



J. M. H. Ref ."by L. D. M. Ovtzted bt the Authobo. 



L. D. Morris 



z^=g-«=Egiz^~giEi=lE8i = Eg ? =Egz:^:^E-z=^ = =^ 



^-3 

1. When e'er yon need a friend, Who is all -wise, On whom you ceh de-pend, 

2. When darkness hov-ers near, And torrents rise, Christ comes the sonl to cheer, 

3. Notb-ing of earth is sure, Vain hope soon dies, Things of the Lord endure, 




D. 8.— On]Him your burdens roll, 
, Fink. Refbatu . , » . * D.S. 






He sat -is -ties. Christ sat-is-fiea the soul, When Ha has full con-trol; 
He sat - is - flea. 
D. 8. -Christ sat-is-fiies. 

~ i— - S-, 1 1 — *J A_ ff _ r AU_ s _A- r A_i3A A _J?iA_^ 



:t: 



r-tr 



No. 86 I'm Glad I've Found a Friend 

Copyright 1944. in "Sine Aloud'' 
J, O. T. Owned by Honson and Townsend 

i— .— _- r -t^-£-HW & 



J. O. Townsend 

1. I once was sad' and all a - lone, I had no friend to call my own, 

2. No more the storms of life I fear, As I go on each pass-ing year, 

3. Since that glad day Chr'iBt came to me, And bid the shad-ows from me flee, 
A — A _ A--A— (*— A- r Ai-=— A— A-r-Ai-A--: A- r »i-, 








=*fe 



Bat in my Lord, I now am glad, I've fonnd a friend I nev - er had. 
For with me now I have a Friend Whose love will keep me to the end. 
My days have ev - er bright-er been, Since I no long - er live in sin, 



s -_Ai-A— m— A- r Ai_A— 






-A — A — afc- l - iA' A — F — | . || h — h — h — fcA^-rf — ^— ! — h*- 1 -* 




O yes I'm bo glad since the Savior came in-to my 

OI'msoglad, yes I am glad sineethe Sav-ior 

_ ,_A_A-A-A r 




rr^ 



rrr^ 



heart, .. I'm glad, trn-ly glad that He made all the 

came in my heart, Yes 1 am glad I am glad glad He 

-m-m-m-m-. -m-m-m> m- 






^a K <r vur j j. .1 ^j - J J / J a - . J j .r / 1 



^ ^ r — -I it i" — u ^ •> ^ 

shad-ows de-part; I sing/. of His love 

made the shadows de-part, Sing of His love won-der-fnl love, 

)5^E*E^EtEtEtEtEi=Et^^EtEgE=EEt^Et^= 

— -- — Vtnrr — Vinrv Trtnnr- 



I'm Glad I've Found a Friend 

is' is _£ _^ p r r i 



*•-&- i ^ nr 



rnj^fr-tr^-*-*- 



y y .-■ y y - ■ . - y i "• -i y y y - - - y 

As I trav -el the heav-en-ly way, _. yes I am glad that my 

tray -el on the heav-en-ly way, 



r A — A A— A r A-A-A-A-A- r A_^_--_ __^_ 



^c • r v f - 



"H^PT 



-hJ-.--I 






^: 



-C>j_^_ 



i * - 



Sav - ior is my 



\f 



7 D u 



1 




— tr 



D y 

best Friend to - day. 

Je - bus is my Friend rr-'ry day. 






v 



11 



Joe. H. Pannoll 



I'll Be Satised 



T. N. PANNELL, OWNER 



T. T. PanneU 



c"f .ft [*> ft r-P- j--p— ft" I— r-| fr— 1 ,-r — 



I 



1. When the soul is sing-ing in the promised land a-boye, 

2. Liv - ing in the cit-y where the soul shall nev-er die, I'll be s*t - is - tied; 

3. When I meet the ransomed o-ver on the gold-en shore, 

♦• ■i » -j 1 h— .-i 1 — A- -♦- A-— A-A- 



l^yz:4zazi|s=*n^=5Kz-Js=pz:^=b==l=^=g=ps--tt=iy:=t 



t/ fcf-Lr b D 17 



^325= 



-£--&-£ 



-4— £- 



I 

Fine 



Prais ing Christ the Savior for re-deem-ing graee and love, 

There to meet with loved ones never-more to say good-bye, I'll be sat-is-fied. 

There to join the an-gelB sing-ing prais-ea ev-er-more, 

-♦•="!♦— I — -( 1—- -i 1 A- -♦- -i—- -i ♦ A- -4+2- 



D. S. - When my eonl is rest-iog in thepres-ence of the Lord, 




D.S. 



1 y tf L 

I'll be sat - is - tied, 



a 



_£ ^— ■-eg— p»- n -g _: 



=t 



r 



ll 



I'll be sat -is -tied; 
sat - is - tied, sat - is- tied; 



. ^ v .y-lr^. y y-ir . ^ ^ -r tl h£fe± ^ -,f' . 



^C ^ZTZ^SgE^E E-l^EE a; 



1==!= 




«o. 88 It is Almost Night 

.M.H. OWNED BY J. M. HEN80N J. M. HENSOIT 

1. I can BeetheBun creep-ing o'er the hill, 

2.1 re-joice each day as I go a - long 

3. I will see the saints Beat-ed near the throne 

As I strive each day to per-form God's will; 

For 1 soon shall rest in the land of song; 

And will know them there as 1 shall be know; 

J=S E__g:.g=p_^ 1 __g._g._fc_fc_t t __ rr . 1 _ 1 _. D: ^ 

And it won't be long till J hear the call, 

There the saints all play on their harps of gold, „ 

the rap-ture great that we all shall share. 

•^- ^-*- g -r — =I ^ ; r > ' ; *'~^T*~r g 'fcr^- fc-ff --| 

— -*r — s — t *-f J % = trir* *--^*-~*=g* 

And I'll fly away to my glory home, Where 1 shall behold Christ the Lord of all. 
And the crown of life and a golden lyre With the throngup therein my handl'll hold. 
Singing near the throne of my Lord and King And the saints of old in a pal-ace fair. 

-r -tst •* — r ^— ^— ^-^-fcf— ^--i 

" * — r^f^^f^ 

&22EL , N-N-*--fS-£ r --jU^-E-N ' 

Eg; ! ==-EEj=;rt j j^z^ ±EzdEEtt ^i_jj 

It is almost night and the snn4s low, 
It ii al-most night and the son is low; 

* ft jv r> i- ^ r x /fc^rr 



It is Almost Night 






All the bells ring home and I soon mast go, 
All the bellsring home and I soon mast go; 

b £ b ^ . 



_v_ _- 6 E h p p 






I am read-y now 



1 A)-l* — I ak- L — --*)—* — — ■ 



I am read - y now 
— *_r 



for the fi - nisi call, 



for the fi-nal call, 



rtt. 
-&*—.- — ^. — 



mrtr 



;fcfczzfct^====^3; 



=*? 






And I'll Bee my King when the car-tains fall 

And I'll see my King when the curtains fall 



S~=?: 



I 



F*=*=p 



fj- 



No89. 



AmenCi; 



tf £ \j 



f*= 




I ■» -•>- ~tf- &r- 

1. My country 'tis of thee, Sweet land of lib-er-ty ,Of thee I sing;Land where my 

2. My na-tire country, thee, Land of the no-ble free, Thy name I love;I love thy 

3. Let mu-sic swell the breeie, And ring from all the trees Sweet freedom's soHg, Let mortal 

4. Our father's Godlto Thee,Au-thor of lib-er-ty. To Thee we sing; Long may our 




fathers died. Land of the pilgrim's pride, From ev'ry mountain side Let freedom ring! . 

rocks and rills, Thy woods and templed hills, My heart with rapture thrills, Like that above, 
tongues awake, Let all that breathe partake,Let rocks their silence break, The sound prolong, 
land be bright With freedom's holy light; Protect us by Thy might, Great God our King. 






No. 90 



J. T. 



Melodies Of Old 

Copyright 1944. in "Sing Aloud". 
Owned by J. M. Henson. 



John Taylor 



E4=*i-zal-a)z:aj-^==^=zl=Fxi=aBz=^:-^==t:tez:?;i=f==*l-i: 

1, Tber§ are grand old mel -o- dies ring-tag in my soul, Cbeer-ing me from 

2. Mel - o -dies of long a - go, rael - o - dies bo grand, Mel - o -dies that 
4. Mel - • -dies I learned to sing at my moth-er's knee, Free -ly now a 

-At- -A- -*r -*r -■&- Tk- 







-r-V-^-tr-V 



— ik— w — — JS-JLJl±-, -E $-^.4Ur S -4 L- h -- g _-, 

day to day — mel -o- dies of old; AH a - long the up-ward way 

long ■ - go 

cheer me so-from a bet - ter land; These, the sweet-est mel • o-dies, 

bright land 

meB-sage bring fiom be-yond the sea; Grow-ing aweet-er ev - 'ry day, 

roll-ing sea 









V=^ 




w=p = ?-F-mrz 



=p:zp:zp-p=m 



D, S. — I am in the np-ward way 



fae-ing heav-en'Bgoal, 

nev - er can grow old, Je-sns keeps the mel - o - dies ring-ing in my soul. 



sweet-er than of old, 



m 



Glo - ry is my goal, 



jREFRAIH 



.A -— . 



J r -E fc 



M-~*zz 



*=^= : 



-r — £ yV * / ' IHj^— * — — *~ 

O those mel - o - dies of old, 

thoBe mel - o - dies ring-ing 

Keep those mel-o-dies ey - er ring-ing, 

i i r r i 

-*-_ _*l_ -m- Z**2Z m 



£ 



-r—C.0>z. 



E*^EgEEE^E=SE^EEEeiE^EEEEE6EE^ 



:t=: 



-t— 

Sweet 

Sweet - est 
Sweet - est 

1 1 



heav-en - ly ma - tic 
songs of all 

p r i 



ring-ing in my soul; 



ran-somed soul; 
s X. 



;<■; -">; is :■■__= -**._« «_=__*? 

Err — ~i y r v ^ZaJzg ^_ ii _*_FPi_pi_r_tz_^i_ kr _ 



: : z:=:=-:=*=*===™===^=-=*=pieii|B=r=t=^-= hr =-^;i:3i 



Sweet- est mn-sic from heav - en's poi-tals, 

No. 91 



Waiting At the Gate 



J. M. HENSCIf 



Copyright. 1944, in ,.Sing Aloud" 

OVTUED BT THE ACTEOB8. 



fefe£& 



:4=*z:4 



rt 



te£* 



:=fc==£::zk:r£= 



zzs'izsir*'—* 






= 7 htt 



1. I have man-y friends o - ver yon - der, Who with glad-new 

yon- der sing-ing there, 

2. Tri-ate that they bore have de- part - ed, Dwell-iag there ia 

de-part-ed from them all 

3. Sor-row, pain and care can -not reach them, They are sing-ing 

reach them in that home 

r* 



^=p: 



. Jt J* J* J -*»*-*- -*--<*- 

i- ML.- -A A_ .£l l-^i I I 

1e=EEE£E 



4- a- -a — <* — a — £4 1 y— H*- A-— H w — y — \j 

-^ ^p--^==^ S — J * =3 

Br*- t — *- c r— It— h~ fr— r~ c * — ^ — *-ad.~ *-T— 27 — *- J 



r"&« 



: §f r 3r-^ , - , -r i -Cr-[7-Lr- — ^--^ 

for me wait; (who for me wait;) As they look this way grow-ing 
that es - tate; (in that ea-tate ; ) While we lin - ger here heav - y 
as they wait; (so fond- ly wait;) While we la - bor on we be ■ 

I 



RF^ 



r= 

-j 



U^UUU^- * 



r, 






I I7.7l7-t7-r- 



- r -U< jL'-fc 



rit 



* I \J w b I -^ f* > I K F B»- P 



nr| 



the gate. , 



b b 



fond - er, They are waiting at 

fond-er day by day, 

heart - ed, 

hearted while we wait, 

seech them, 

seech them in that home, • yes wait-ing at the gate. 

1 rj -*- j. r 



J- r is *N- J. A . JJtjt .AyJL;j> r. 

*i^ 1 — * ___— r A^~ ^ — A-n» — ^ 1 — , A — _ 1 ■ i M 



^ 



r- 



No. 92 



All Through the Day 

COPyRIGHT 1*44. IN "siN6 ALOUD" 

Owned by J. M. Henson. 

1=5— *-_£-£ 



— « — fv 



*--£-£- £ 



-£* 



*_ _ t_ _fc 



v * *i 5 



83j 

1. Theie is a thought that rings with long,. 

2. My Savior's love and itv-ing grace,. 

3. Though I most bear in weal or woe,.. 

4. When in my grief my heart is sad,.. 



F^m- 



gg l^El=gg— _S£ 



_ 






1 



n ^S 



A-fc 



-fc£: 



trf 




ta u ^ . » \ '< \j » 

With com-f ort fraught the whole day long; (the wholi day Ion e)I t cheers m 

Shines from a- bove in ev-'ryplace;iinev-'ryplace)I can-not. 

My load of care as on I go; (as on I go)When-e'er I 

He brings re - lief and makes me glad; (and makes meglad) He is my 

«*1 IN fN fc 



*\j£ 



-A-A- 



#£E 



~m 



g=*_jJf-frTg: 



~£-m 



q-5z=zg=^=cpLzz:===rp=r=w=rzcgzipzr=pz g =rz=*zp:' 



trr 




J53_N._P.45 



z__jr 



r_{— g— zg : f — - 



-453- 



__ 



-D-fc 









-«!-«l 



way puts fears to flight All through tho 

stray, from His dear sight All through the 

pray, my faith is bright, „. All through the 

Stay, my soul's de - light All through the 

ii___! 




j&^___^fe___3F=__g 



rt-JM 



day, all thru the night All thrntheday, 

All thru the day, • all thru the night. All 1 a 

gg^E6_E^-=fezz___^BE=- 4 - 



._„_^_ r --, r -_ 



-e= 






All Through the Day 

E r h r r ^i r ^ 




y^hd 



^ 



5^-^rr— 






all thro the night, Love's cheering ray sends oat its 

iy, all thru the night, Love's cheering ray, 



i£=P 



,*M-A- 



£=£ 



^ 



IT f'jfr 









W—\ t-j — I — w- 



r __£3-_*_JU> 






3=*3<33t*i_3-_ijf 



H 1 1-^— 

m j»_ 9- 



5=3C3=* 



i*^=S=S= 



V 



light;! To show the way, to guide me right, 

•ends out its light;To show the way to guide me right, 

n -* T is r<» "i is n n in „ jr « ^•T'-f r> 




iHHm 



W-U-U-4>=&=E 



L(S2- 



^18 



All through the day , (All thru the day,) all through the night.(all thru the night.) 

IN 



B «> _: 



SL 



_^fc <A fA ,« 






5=£=£=&=^ 



:*=:£: 



Z- r A^ ZZ_ 



^ 



Sg=^ 



^E^*3l 



No. 93 



J.M.H. 



Tomorrow 

Owned by J. M. Henson. 



». H. IBIOK 



24 



J 1 



F=t 



=fc 



£— £- r 



£=at=«t 



.-U,~ 



i 1 — 3-J 

■ >■ . ■ i » — J 



a|=:^ziP^ 



4: — » — f^ ( 1 — "J mi 



«* — •- 



To - mor - row, to - mor - row, A day of 



&—m -[ \ — r =t= 



r 

song 

•A 1 



t — r 



or sor • row: 






t=ts: 



fc=3= 



t — i — I — u r 



•D~ D"~ t/T 



*= 



r d— j — ^_-fc--£ 



:p 



* *— — lr 



r 4 a|: 



-« 1 1- 

-♦ — ♦ — ♦- 



-U-j [ 



w*- 






z* 



II 



-r 



To - mor - row, to - mor - row, Where will wt be 



to • mor - row. 



t=t 






£=d 



H^iS 



or- r 



No. 94 It Will Be Glory Wnen We Get Home 

W. Oliver Cooper Copyright 1944. by David Moore Howard Denson 

1. Some morn-ing the saved of ev - 'ry land shall gath-er ap - on the 

2. With heaven's un - nnm-bered, hap-py throng, we'll sing a glad, new tri- 

3. The bean - ties of E - den we shall share, with all the re-deemed ones 

-j-i >_ ~' fo "— r- r £L_ : £L:g--g-.^-_ c? ._-g^-: ~ 

-1%-l A I* A- afe— h*t A &A «* m * 






!E^iE^i=tife&=EiEi= 



t &=£?= 



£— *> — s= 






gold-en strand, 0, it 
■m-phant song, 
o - ver there, 



will be glo - ry 



when we get 



it=£-: 






— t/-v 



it will be end-less glo • ry 



fc 



4l_j>. 



J5 — D — DJ 



=fc=d^ — ' 



home; And what a re - un - ien that will be just 

We'll gath-er a - round the sbin-ing throne, and 
yes when we get home; Such won-der-fal things we shall be - hold, the 






« 



- 



SE^3e^EjE33^EgEEEjF 



* r-r 



1 f» — w- 



o - ver the dark and mys-tic sea, 0, it 
sure-ly we'll meet and know onr own, 
half of which nev-er has been told, 



-trtr 



g=5= fcn irti», \ ! J* 



D—tr 



will be glo • ry, end-less glo • ry 



4i 



s^ 



Fink ^ Refkaih 



bdfcJizlira — ZAi=^z^EA!£Eai3?— rJzBz 



^ 



ti 9 



o, 



when we get home 

when we get home. 

1 v*/ 



it will 



be glo 
it 



will be 



r~i — r 



-•- - — -♦- 

-H ,-♦ — r— 



Es= 



It Will Be Glory When We Get Home 

J— — t— — a 



-^-z^Ldr. 






F£iEEfcf£i^E£E: 



when we get home Where trou-ble and 

end - less gio - ry when we get home, Where 

»- -m- -P- *-t— — ■- -•- -•- 



&£■ ~ *_Z z£ — i T ...rp_Cg — p — p — T — I 



HI 



SEEEfe 



sor - row 

tron-b!9 and pain and sor-row 



:?===j-*z=I=fe:=^A=A=A=*==S== 

nev-er can come; , We'll 

no nev - er can come; 



_j_ — _t_s — £ — fo »\> V rrr'V 



E- T^ - 



2>.S. 



— y _p-g g gp—£zr£zfcf£=JJFz£zj 

- ^ fr I* (, 

^^EE?ZEiEi=i?EE?EiE?EEi3^iEiEE?EiE^iiS 

have a new robe of spot-less white and sing a new song of pnre de - light, 
' A- -A- A «n 



- — = — _— i — r i — t — u — !z — i — 4Z — h- p fc. — ♦- "*i_Jt— -1— — ■*■ — ^_, 



No. 95, 

Sarah F. Adams 



Nearer My God to Thee 



% 



Lowell Mason 



l' Su ea ^ my God t0 Thee ' Near-er to Thee; E'ea tho' it be a cross 
o m?° a wan " der " er Tbe Bun S°ne down, Darkness be - ver me, 

3. There let tne way ap-pear Steps np - to Heav'njAU that Thousendestme, 



fc r 1 >r * fT"^ g^^Egfe^ig^^Ei 



*=£= 



Fins 



D. 8,— Near-er my God to Thee 



D.S. 



That rais- eth me. Still all my song shall be, Near-er my 60* to Thee: 

My rest a stone; Tet in my dreams I'd be Near-er my God to Thee; 

In mer - cy giv'n, An-gels to beck-on me Near-er my God to Thee: 

a— xi g m- 



9 -EE^S=EtEE~i3^£E3t=t=g=§|^^j 



Near - er to Thee. 



No. 96 



5. M. KBVsoar 



What a Wonderful Day! 

COPYRIGHT 1944 IN "SING ALOUD" 
Owned ey the Atjthobs. 



R. W. Bahwbttb 



1. On thatmorn-ing when we shall rise, All the mil-liong shall come re< 

2. Saints will gather from ev -'ry where, Shont-ing,sing-ing, and Je - sus || 

3. Sing-ing, shont-ing, all safe at last, Past the sor - rows and earth-ly 

. _ ^ — A k^-. A * A— 






fr t, 



►— **sh> - — ^ irfW^i 

joic -ing, And the tron-bles of life have rolled a-way; (rolled a-way) Then 
prais-ing, All their hom-age for-ev - er there to pay; ( there to pay) ! 
dan-gers, There for-ev - er to priase the Lord on high;(Lordonhigh) With 



m 



BSE 



*=>: 






tfcp 



*~ — — A- rs — , 



Et£3 



i=i: 



£E£ 



s=:ai=; 



r 



£=*= 



■tr-tr 



&=«=* 




fN f\ _ 

^nztpszztszz* 









with our Sav-ior and all the ran-somed, we'il Hve in that home e- ter - nal 



i^=i=s=4 



what a meet-ing for all the chil-dren, whose garments are whith and shining 
Baints and sag-es in that fair cit - y be - fore Him our robes are wear-ing 

♦- -♦- -♦- -A- -^-- -*". -f0- -*" . •*- ^-- -•*.- -K 



;SiQi^i3=I 




Hap - py for - ev - er, 

Prais-ing Him on that 

-A IS S * 

..^_ A __ SB _ r ^__ lid _- _ Zi=$fc 



what a won - der - ful 
hap - pj 



i^|=^E^ESEiE|E^EiE| 



'0"T 



:r 



=6= 



£: 







Refrain 



F=:=£ 



e=S=zfc: 



*=3E*=^S 



r*E3 



day. ( a bless - ed day) Hal - le - la - jahl 

day, On the ReB - nr - rec-tion morn-ing, Ho - ly 



fj 






m 



T 



m 



-0-0" 



=£=*=£ 



m 



«s & 



js — rs- 



FHI 



;S^Ei 



What a Wonderful Day! 

— ■•- — m—» — • — « — m — •— *-m — * — m — -m — ■•— 






Praise the Lord when we join the won-der-ful tong on 
light onr brow a-dorn -ing 



SEfc* 



r 



II 



— I* ^- — is — £=— I- 



£=£ 



tnr 



:tK=ix=:Bt=p 



£= 




»—&- 



heav-en'B shin - ing strand; With joy-bells ring - ing 

shin-ing strand; sweet-ly ring ■ ing 




^=fc 



:fc=k 



sing - ing, 

joy - bells ring - ing, 

* l\ IV 



tr—D — tr — 17 — tr— 

All the ran - somed sing - ing, 



What 



gl»d 









■M 



i 



-m — a. a- 






=r 



__N__fc__fe_ 






SEE 



0, glo-ry, glo 
time 'twill be 



V v D " I 

ry in that won-der - fnl land. 

in that glad land, that fair hap-py land, 



: £=£ 



3>* 



=£=£ij* 



jjqg^^ fe^ 



No, 97 

J.M.H. 



Stop and Pray 



j. x. marso* 



1. When storms are raging.Dreary is the day, In Christ engaging, 

2 . When sorely tempted To the foe say nay . Prom care exempted, Brother, stop and pray 

3. In ev- 'ry tri - al Onthetoilsome way, With self de-ni-al, 

4. Talk to Him gently He will not say nay,Lit-en in-tent-ly, 

-A- -!*- -Ar -A" I * I A A -A- -jfirf -■£* -M—^r — -f»- -A- 



-d" -t»- -«a- "33t- 1^1 O- ^ -A- -^ -^ -AI--A- _ -f«- —A- 



No. 98 Bless the Lord, My Soul 



J. M. HEN SON 



Copjriffht 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by J. M. Henson. 



John M. Dn 



1. I am sing - ing on the way To the hap - py land of day, 

2. I am His by sav-ing grace, And shall look np • on His face, 

3. All His ben - ■ • fits are mine, Shar-ing in His love di • vine, Bless the 

-* 1 -A- -^- -A- -A- -A- -4t- ~ -* 1 » -A- -At _> 

^zei^zpt==tz:t==t=t==j=:=t=: E t;=^=^=fzit==E :: ^3 



tr-tr-V- rtnrr-nnr^ 

>*~ m , **! ^zz*.zzzzx.s*z:kez 



:=^=^£^-=EE^g;=^E4=^==&|^==fe==^=^=g=^ 



Bless the Lord 



Lord, 
1 



my bouI; 



O my bouI; My trans-gres-sions all are gone, 
He is guid - ing me each day, 



By still wa - ters 1 am led 



J> 







;==^=^i 






I am march-ing on and on, Bless the Lord Omy soull 

All a - long the np-ward way, 

In green pas-lures sweetly fed, Bless the Lord my soull 

^r -*- - -a* • -a- J: J jo* t^ji 



REFRAJffi 



■I — r i y- — i f — s =- 1 — ■- , avs— a 

J h-fe-v-fe- k- fer hi- H — 1 r*-—W" * 



. ^-^-4^-1 



-r^ — e r m ; 



_ r— -5- r ^-4^-P-l r P-P-P— 1__ 

Ezizzzt==$i5i5=J==z:z:E^=ilzi^=?z=EEEzr^r^z^=zid 



Wonderful Lordl praise Him soul, wonder-ful grace, 

BleiB the Lord, my soul, By His grace 

* ft J. -- * 









■*- '- g= — a- L'^zp— m-m-^-m 

s^-* Ex-a^aZa-s — i^-a-a a A_g — -.fe=£=E-£=l= 



trtrtrt "- — Lr-tr-tr-^- 

~*zztzzt— — 



^^^^^^E^a^i^.^^^ 



hap-py and whole, He's my light, song, 

I am whole, He is my e - ter - nal light and song, Who to 



■£ fc 



4 






p £ 



-tnrirtr 



-I ... »CL_ S* — i » 



p-^-p' 



Bless the Lord, My Soul 




Who to save me came,free-ly He came, Praise Him a-gain, 

save me came; Sing for joy, hap-py 

j ^ A t> rj. £j± 



> — Z9L5L5L5! 1 — ^_i^_^z: 1 — 3_3_5=5=:s P 



a 3 

sing the re- f rain , Praise Him again, won-der-fa! Son, Bless Him 

one, Praise a-gain God's dear Son, 






-^ A-A 



tnrtr^ 



^V-U-U- 



— Cg-A-A-A-A- 



-=£==& 



t- ^^ I r 5 f I ti-li 17 I 



I" I I* - 

O my soul, while His bless-ings roll,Praise His ho - ly name. 
My soul joy a roll, Praise and bless His name wonderful name, 

_ -J- _£ _p 1 i. 



—3 

Owned by J. M. Hensojt. j. v? hestsoit 

r -=f-3— F 1 * « 3 ^— h — I =UE-=1— ^ ^— ;— g Tj-E"*— rt _ 3 



H 



No, 99 Down to the Sacred Wave 



T^- 1 * 



t 



-P- 



1. Down to the sa - cred ««**e. The Lor* of life was led; 

2. He taught the sol «mn way, He fixed the ho - ly rite; 

3. The Ho - \y <»host came down The bap - tism to ap - prore; 

4. Den' 0av - ior, we will tread In Thine ap - point -ed way; 



3_a — i 



4=: 



illH 



z^ztzt- 






zBEE i 



t" 



r 



r 




1^' ^ — w d l t 



And He who came our souls to save, In 
He bade His ran-somed ones o - bey. And keep 
The or - di-nance of Christ to erown, And stamp 
Let glo - ry o'er these scenes be shed, And smile 



J or - dan bowed His head. 



the 
it 



path 
with 



in sight. 
His love, 
to - day. 



-12- .*.. 
ttlfc 



Z-£- 



^tt- 



XZJZ7, 



JESS 



-w 



fe 



^ztz^z: 



m 



z~£zF 



tzJag = U-g4ct==t: 



No. 100 Will You Meet Me Up There? 

Copyright, 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 
J. T. Mc.K Owned by Henson and McEibben J. T. McKibben 

1. I've a beau - ti - ful home in a won - der - ful 

2. In that beau - ti - ful home there is nev - er a 

3.0 my beau- ti - ful home— how 1 long to be 

y A-*-— -A- — - A — * W ^ m *f - K, A: - A— *>— A— A-!- A * A(— 

'"T^T^Tr^ — Hrrfcr&--D-ir-*--*-~ 

land (beyond the bine sky) By the riv ■ er of life there my 

night(it al-waysis day)FortheSav-ior Him-self is for- 

there (to rest in His love) And with loved ones and friends all its 

mansion shall stand; "Tis a home of de-light 

ev - er the light; There we nev-er a - gain, . ... 

glo - ries to share; In that beau-ti-ful land 



fcfcifcrfa=t!s 
— ♦!— 0f~^ — -N-^- 









^ 



Death the heavenly dorae(ia glo-ry land fair)Willyou meet me up there 

in the darkness shah roam, (but be with onr King) 

there no sor-row is known (so happy we'll be) Will you meet me up there 



$ZZ*I=fcJ=z3kl&Z^5- *==== 

-AI--y-|-aSJ A- 

- * * * --$- j- 



-*-«: 



T i n : -t-^-r : 
RErauji 



i 



In that beau-ti-ful home 

in that beau-ti-ful home, Will you meet me up 



y^tt— y. — hr — <» — » — *>-R— "* ~~ — i — F* — "" — f- — ™ — •— ■ " 



Will You Meet Me Up There? 

| N.-JV-&— £_N— t . N fc & N N __ 

T— c N — fs-m— m 1— «— = = h= N — ?»-•— — Pv — I fS-4 

— 3— ••)-<* 1 1— •* 1—" 5 r~ — *|- — ♦ ' — * — 9* 1 — T 



Will yon meet me up there 



when this life here is o'er? 



there when this life here is o'er? 



fc ft 



ft r J 



&* S _. =^__ 






zzd!=^^====^^^zz^=^-^- r zt^. 



I 



*==S==&==^=^=^:F^==^====^=^-^==S==fe==i!=: 



:^==N==R=R=^==p:r:3zrz zzzzzzzz zzs^zspizszzspzRZzcz] 

And the path-way of sin. we shall trav - el no 

And the path-way of sin 

xzz^zzSzzfczzlszzlszfcSzzizzfizzJfzizazz 



Mzzzzzzzzzz ?=£=£=£=^=£=Efefc£=£=Et:: 



£=?- 



:z~&— :: 

l — e»_|*_|«L 



:=£*=§ 



=*=tefcdfcfa£= 



more; ... 

we skall trav-el no more; 

:|=t=z:t=rft=tzE=t=-: 
p*t— »—•—»— i — i——' — •» — =i- 

:z=£p^z*ZK=pE£=rz: 
» V D 



— -— ^— :z.~ :zzz zz ~ ~zz rE — *z. ^""zzzzzzz:* - — z— 
A bright mansion of love 



bvvvv^bfi i 



A bright mansi^ E * { Iove 



p r^ZZ^ZZ^ZZgzZtZZZ^ZZ 



-_3 -^ 5 F 5 !-^— Ti— *1— ♦!— *l— -z*—^-*— ♦ 



-*j — *j — a — a — *c — ---^— — — — — 



He will give to His own, Will you meet me up 
He will give to His own. 

F 1 & k it r^"" ^ 

i _^__Jz_Ji_ w fc._^_-z:i«_^__ _,«- ; 

?=^Z^E^fa^EgsgE^ SESEL*=Z^ 



l-t: 



— .^zjk 



t*K 



rzzzzizz«zz»zzz&zz£czz:;s=== 

1 1 1 «i _|-L 1 

-> — t*. — A — A. — A! — ^-p-AAl- 



5* 



P D P U U 



there, by the beau - ti - f ul throne. 

Will you meet me up there by the beau-ti-ful throne. 

fciO-i&J* r ^ r a & & & * r 



..V^zzzzgz*.-* 
^z^zzzzzstzzzz 



^^zz^tzEfecz^zzz^z^zzTzz^:!^^] 



3= 



zziizz|£zzpzzfzzj:=zzz:zz;zzzzz:.:B^zz:z=3i 



No. 101 



The Love of Our Savior 



J. X. HENSON 



Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud.'- 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



w. o. ttoslby 




.-£-.+.-£- 



V 

1. We sing of the love of our Saviour, And praise Him with heart and with voice, 

2. We tell of His good-ness and mer - cy, As on- ward we go with the throng, 

3. We'll see Him some morning in glo - ry.Wherean-gelsfor-ev-er-erre-joice, 

f~T-, — 77 r i*d— Ai— a r riU a— A-i-i — I — I — I — I — *-*-<*--*-■ 



\j \j \j h \j b D 



I ~l 




We live ev -'ry day in Him fay - or, In Him ev'r mo-ment re-joice. ] 
He helps ns to tri- umpho'er e - vil, And gives us a won-der-fol song. 
Where saint-ed ones sing the glad sto - ry, With raptnre each heav-en-ly voice. , 

—I ta— I 1 K-H — s- .1 — 






^^ 



■r 



«sitz| 



_. — — — — — i— — t— — t— — *>~r»r" 

zBtPzt=|=t=l=#S: 



i \f~ "D" t7 \J \j~\j~\j 







We work and we sing for His glo • ry, Let oth-ere en-joy our glad long, 
He keeps us His own by His pow - er, And helps ub to win in the fight, 
We'll crown Him as king of the a - ges, Be-fore Him a-dor-ing - ly fall, 

^-tt=Zt 






I \j \> b b i> fr 



-t. 



fe* 



&=*=£=£ 



r-4- 



/7S 



*=s=; 



-fc-fc- 



ta^^: 



— f--™?--"- **■ ---•- c * i — r- tr [7 ~- u -t:~ 

And we shall,keep tell-ing the sto - ry, While joy-ful-Iygo-ing a - long. 
He's a most won-der-ful Sav - ior, The soul's on-ly comfort and light. 
Up there with the prophets and sag-es There praising the Lea ■ er of all. 



«ii.. f-yi fc 



■*— *- 



^=i4="_ 



t=a 






I ~l 



The Love of Our Savior 



Retrain 



F\f - — t-jb p aj ^i-4-ai- M-gi- gr^- ziizziziizzzzzzirzzalzzq 



b u b 

Won - der - ful love of our Lord, Keep - ing ua 

The won-der-ful love of our Sav - ior Is keep-ing us hap-py and 

rs 



rs r r pj* r r i. 



- A — rfk-r^r *- 






hap-py and whole, While liv-ing a - lone in His f av - or, We sore - ly shall 
whole, 

^Fj?-t-^==a==^| — [7-F17— &•— t^— -— -— --F— — --lu ■ b —v--- 



-m 



- - iw — » — * M-^-- 



b b b 



zii=^zz=c:cz1==zz1=z:z*!f 

!y~~7r*l r 3lj ai-pac ~aL~ad — aiT - ; 

a — i Z^-g — <* — pi — « 



reach the bright goal; We feel His prerence so sweet, 

reach the goal; We live in the light of His pres - ence, 

p p pj tAJJJJJ»Ja I 

• — ~r~ a~ ^-r^ -^-*— _— gb — ™ r — :~r~ — ~ A zz 



-tnnr 



(LJU-fe. 



b b ^ 



r-j 1 p c ^ i 1 r ~i P r N N I 1 r — 42— «k- 



Kept by His maivelois grace, it will be won-der-ful 
Sup-port-ed by mar-vel-ons grace, ...„ It will be 

" i. i r I s r r i 
L z±zi£zz£=p=?r- f j,!r x Lk- - — -U -.-.-■:. 8*3 



SE 






SS 



JL--D- 



b 



rz!zz7czz=|=lsdifci^^ 

i— £j * y b" b b i 

yoE - der To look on His glo - ri - fied face , 

won-der-ful there glo - ri- fied face, 

^ ^_ _^ r p r i 

"ZgzzazzpzzSzztzfczzctfr — f*— fep==piz:zg= 



^?=^=^=^=^ 



3t 



i^zzz:^: — ^:_ 






Voices From Heaven. 



Copyright 1944, in °'8ing Aloud." 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON BjTrOIl L. WhitWOrth. 



No. 102. 

J. Graydon Hall. 

1. Friends have de-part - ed from earth be -low, Leav-ing me here for a 

2. Loved ones so dear to my heart have gone, Yon-der to be with the 

3. When we have gath-ered a-round the throne, Part-ing and heart-aches all 

-*- -Jb- -A- -*r 



a 



S 



fetf—fc — a~at— fas: 



-a- -a- -a- -a- 



*£ 



.(». .PL .(». 



y m m m — m — m — | 



**= 



JSZ3C 



£=!=£ 



sfc=t 



tazzife: 



trrnrtr i I . 






'T 



5-^=^H=^±*=*=^; 



nr- 



while; They are now wait-ing a-bove I know, Wa J t-ing for 

Lord; I amnowclos-er to Heav-en drawn, R;ch-er will 

' through; We shall know there as we here are known, Fond-est of 



-A- m. -jfc- <m -A- -A- -*- -A- -A- -A- -■&- 



J*—** — *__ , 



-=£ 




Refkaih 






(7" fjr_>' ■* 

me with a smile.. Voic-es from Heav - en 

be my re - ward 

hopes will come true Voic-es from Heav-en 



=|: 



V < u 
are call-ing 

now 



fgijEEEl^E^feEE^l^ 



-^r 



\j l> V 



■rb- 



t==ttX=Z=3=* 



r 

J — Ri 



p tJ* «_£jjp_*_^ —- f- 

me, Voic-es fa - mil - iar and clear, 

are call-ing, Voic-es call so fa- mil -iar and clear, 



— -7 



ji*. .?>. ft: 
~ip~ t=: 



J* : _J*-_ 4*-_ 



-t~~ 



_*} — i 1 1 t-i i =1 1 — , — ^ j— 

— tr — 17 — D~ tr — t D — t — D- - ^^ 






5=5= 



.* K-fc-fc 



sp V-r-Hin- — i — ^^>"T5 — 



Voic-es so hap - py, from sor- row free, , 
(0 Heav'n-ly) Voic-es so hap-py, free from sor-row, 

__^_____=___§__§£_S____^^ 



Voices From Heaven. 



V -«- tr r> -F " 

Gent-ly they fall en my ear; (Sweet roic - es) 

Now they to gent - ly fall on my ear; 

/55-b — w — hS— i- a Sp— -m— — m— : Ft — t — ^t a — •} 



~&=E5 






t-^-^t-^ 



j ?--r-g — ufc-rfcz ^- J 



They are in - vit - ing 
They are in - vit - ing 



s 



£ 






V i ^ ' 

me home a - bove 

me up yen-der, 

^- * S:%^t 



r 



ad lib. 




Thereby the crys-tal clear sea; 

With them thereby the crys-tal clear sea; 

_*_ -«- -|»- -|*^|«- 



Voic-es from Heav - en, 



:g?-E 



E_e: 



EmmMMM^W' 



a tempo. 



^ u lempu. f- s 



ef those I love. 



Sweet-ly are call-ing to me 

Sweet-ly call-ing, they're calling te me. 



m 



.J* -*3-J fee - £ £ ^ M-J J 



Coda 



nfc 



D~i — tr- c 






Syt 



Voic-es from Heat - en, of those I love , Sweet-ly are call-ing to me. 



3s~xzr*i|x 









■m—m—i — t-_L. 



m—m—m- 



IS 



fe5=t=5=t=tz 



~ It — b-i — i — hi" - 



No. 103 



J.T. 



Onward, Forward 

gopyright. 1944. in "Sine Aloud' 
Owned bt J. M. Hensov. 






John Taylor 



'^9=^: 



1. There's a might-y ar-my marching forward, Tramping, tramping, ev-ermoTing 

2. Rich re-ward is wait - ing o-ver yon-der, There is naught whj fainting hearts should 

3. Strains of mu-iic bring-ing jn - bi -la-tion,On-ward,for-ward?Een of tio'd'ecre- 

- A- -m- -A- -A- -Hk- -Ar -A- «. .1 -P- «. -A- -»*- -■**- 



?£*=£ 



t-rrt 



: p r-r t — U fi i 



_ t __ r 



IT 



i — r 



tnr 



$ 



._|_. 



Trt- 



on - ward, Gath'ring new recruits and call - ing for the way-ward, rov - ing 
pop - der, Ne'er a-gain my broth-er pre - cious mo-ments squan-der, leave the 
a • tion, Will you not ac-cept the roy - al in - vi - ta - tion, join our ; 



_ -a- -m- -a- -*r -vi- -m- -m- -m- -t»- 

*— ' — ' ' ' — rtz— tzzztzztz— tz^-=— =— 






Mt=6==t?=S==l 



— P-l 



t tr 



je=3K== 



tr-t7-t7-D~f 







sons of men; (my broth-er) Come en- list while loy - al friends are plead-ing 
paths of sin; (turn backward) Why then wait till yonth-fnl locks grew hoa • ry 
ranks to-day; (come f orward)Christ oar Lead-er smiles in love be - fore m 
i 



__p__p_c p-P^c^— t — P-J-J+-. h— l-— (-— f — r =a 




rq: 



irTrtr 



zzzczpzziizpir^z-rzaiq 
=31S3iaffi3E3EJ 



i — zj ztzp_ — _Z^_Zp — k_ 

march-ing.marching, foes in haste are speed - ing, On - ward to the front with 
come ye, now and spread the wondrons sto - ry, Tou may now my broth - er 
with His ban-ner prond-ly wav-ing o - ver ns, Hal - le - In - jah, you may 

I -F- _ -a- -*- -a- -m- -j*? » -a- -t*d- -Mr 

szzi=z^=p=:fipt=z:cz:t=z:p=*z > r:_«z:tq 



*=£ 



_ -ta — w- 






:?s=a- 



D— D~ t7~ tr— Lr^tr— r 



___K ZL 



=t 



1, I s ■ 






Christ our Cap-tain leading, He's your truest friend. (and He U sweetly calling] 
march with ub to glo - ry, You a crown may win. (Ohl hear the call come ringing) 
join the might-y cho • rus, Come with-oat de-lay (the Lord is sweet-ly call-ing) 



Ir-f^PT^ f f" Pi 






_;i_'A_A 



_ r =t^z±zz ir g r ..u ; 



tr jj~tr 



Onward, Forward 



Refrajh 



Jk—i 



_-4-r-4. 



_t 



- C->. ;f^TC= 5^ fe* J jTr~*~"Tic3 



IS 



On on foes we now are meet - ing On, on, 

On - ward sol - diers, On - ward, for- ward, 



rpqp w— 



1 






t~T "T~ Dr— trtr-r— r 



■-E h h h — I ,- r-J r— ^— f> & f> -*— 



We are not re - treat-ing, On, on, fear- ing no de-feat-icg 

On-ward, sol-diers, 

/*_^~__»_ s^" -•*2Z <to ~ I »_ -AH -MH -^- -A- -A- 



r 






1 — V 

On the gos - pel road; When onr fight - ing days arc 

to glo - ry When our fi - nal 



igz^=cgz:^--===c^-i=t=fa:!=-=>g=e: 






|a '4 k I U ., i»- 



t-rrtrtnr 



1. 



^ — * — i — -j- 



r-£- 






t=ft=fc 



-4 






end 



i=t= 



ed, All who have His nam* de ■ fend *• ed, Shall 

All who tra-ly We Shall 

JK. _ JL -*- -M- 



m 



f„ jF— jF_ ,g r E i» — y - l» ■ I -^r = a- = rfc : 



*==t 



£=£E£^ 



? — t=~ 



"I — r 



g— 1 ai d r-FfV— h-aJ g -^!--^-P^t 



H 



EE^EE?EE*E3Et£Eg 



_j — 

sing 

sing 



i=*=fc&:= 



t? — 17 

safe-ly we are land • ed At the soul's di • vine a - bode. 



t: 



*=*e 



-i* — =-,-■ 



sH 



-tBEEp 



r- 



tTT 



=£?=£ 



No. 104 The Sun Will Shine Tomorrow 



BW, ALFRED BAHRATT 



Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by J. M. Henson. 



j. m. araaoi 



-I \- T 






1. ye whose hearts are longing, Audyeam-ing now for rest, With troub-les, grief 

2. When paths are dark and gloomy , And days are lone and drear, Trust God and all 

3. To-mor-row will bring gladness, The air will ring with song, Your faith will then 

4. Then cease your sad re-pin-ing, And trnst in Christ the Lord. Ac-cept Histen- 

-*« -<*- -a- -a- -a- -a- i i -*- -a- -a- -A- 



:_ r _C | r _j r -Cj , r _C _ — C | tf*- 



,- r l-«- r -l 1 



4—L.,*— 



and sor-rows, With burdens Boreopprest, Lookup by faith to Je-sus, Tho' 
the shad-ows Will qoick-ly dis-ap - pear, He waits to take the dim-ness, And 
be bouy-ant, To r heart will be made strong, The night may have been lonely, And 
der mer-cy, And juBt be-lieve His Word, Tour faith will be re-ward-ed,Tour 









m 



^=t= 



p-~ 



:p: 



— «— ■ 



z^zzgz-r- r -mzc.c=m^zz2 

~r- c r-r-r--r- c r-| — F 3 



j — i 



4- 



_4_— J^-t, 



skies a-bove are gray, 

drear-i-ness a-way,— The sun will shine tomorrow.To cheer you on your way. 

filled with sere dismay, 

trust He will re-pay, 

>*- -a- -a- ib'. -F- $*--*- -*--*- -f 3 - -^- _ I -a- _ 

-■$fcEa?E?E?EfeeEEE5EE^^^FS 

dzp^:t=di=z:==r:=zzrEti=p=|ziEbEESEE=tE!J 



*=t=t 



RmUTJ 



nfcd — r~= r' ; » l ~» l ~ 



k^Eg=E3=*I=H£r.K 



y^.1 r m 



e££ 



atat 






-o- 






t — -t-- 



The sun will shine to - mor-row To cheer yon 

The sunshine wi'l come to-morrew to your soul, Tee to 



The Sun Will Shine Tomorrow 



J^_JV_£__£__£__£__ 



3d=3ti-jf 



— K-- 



T: 



zszzx:zzq_« 



.♦— =1— ■< 



pjzz^zzifczp* 






—m — I — 7 



V 



on your way, 

cheer you all a - long yonr way, 



To - mor, - row all your 

To-mor-row yes all the 






inrir-trT 



-» ^— J14L-I— r k— - ■»*— fV — E r ->— rV-fv-^-sJ 3 

-tnr-T "hrV- i — f— rr ^ a 3 



dark-ness Will pass and tarn to day, 

dark-ness will be gone, All will pass and turn to brightest day, The 

-j*- -m- m- F F-&+-W- I s 






:i=5: 



irtrtrtrr 



«,_!»_: 
£ 



J*-4 



r» ~i »~ 



iazz^zz3Jz=giz:g- : pgzz^z:^r^z^_ x _4^Egzza{zzazz 



» — « — ^— ^— m— ** - 



£-4-4- 



— rrt; — v 

The tu-mult the tu-mult and the tern-pests all The voice of 

tu " - molt and the tern-pests, The voice of 



"i -**- -ai- -tA- i.-*- -M- Hr 



-(■*=- 






*- r r p i 



zfczE^zzjfczzjazz- :: :z*t 

5*= 



Sq— A— A— ?C 



jsjz^ ■■!*— ^ -F il — 



"D— D" 



£_4-£--M- 



aj:}=a|zz*z.-ajz-^z_te 



-£-- 1 



trirlr 



Srzzzzzz3jzzz«zzzzzzz|?!z : 3 

tqzizzizz^zzq-ffzczz^zd 



w w 



tr-cr 



the voice of God will all o- bey, The snn will shine to - 

God o - bey, The son will shine on to - 

I. 



-J* 



f>^s I 



s zz^zlz. gzzg - ^z^zzzzz zz-rczzzpz-gzz^zzzrrfzgzzfa 



■trtrtr 



=^- 



z=*zF^z^4z^5^^zz^t^z:C:to^^fl 



zNizj: 



v * 



V \s 






mor-row. To sheer yoa on yonr way. .., 

praise His name, To cheer you a - long your way ,a-long your way. 



zrrzz^zz^z^^zzszzz^zz^zjgz^zzq zz^gz^ z^zzzzzizzzzVzz^] 
z^zzzzzzzzz^zzzzzzfz^zz^zzzz^^ 



No. 105 



D. W M. 



Blessed Be The Lord God. 

To Wiley G Milam. 
Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY HENSON AND MILAM. 



D. Ward Milam. 




i/ 1 if f • 



Bless-ed be the Lord God, the God of Is - ra - ei, 



r _^ |_JijL^_l4-4- 



l^E^gEg^Sg^: 



n 



—I 1 1—, — 1-£— l«=R 1 — -f-« 

(■V r^ —A 1 i-r^— m— P-r 



jfc£3f=E=UZ 



i 

Ha 



£ 



Tt 



I 



-j. 



s£ 



t^j-^ i a 






S3 



Bless ■ ed be the Lord God, the God of Is-ra-el. 






fc= 



-BA-'f 



*=ttc 



-r^ 



i r i— -— A — s- 



djfc 



1 



£=£=tfc«=z3=ze 



SB 



I^^S^S^ 



4^==^=^iEi: 



1. Bless - ed 

2. Great and 

3. Bless - ed 

_A A- 



be the Lord, be the Lord God Je - ho 

mar - 4 vel - ous are Thy works, God e - ter 

be the Lord, be the Lord God Je - ho 

-it- — 

_a,_4=: 



vak, 

nal, 
▼ah, 



-F4-; 



^ 






:tr=t 



1 1 

U-4 1 



fc=: 



r= 






=t 



3H 



Bless - ed 
Lord of 
Bless- ed 



TO 
be the Lord, 

life Thou art, 

be the Lord, 



__A A m A 



*E=fc 



—Bit: 



be the Lord, God Je - ho - vah! 
Au - thor of all Gre - a - tion; 
be the Lord God Je - ho - vahl 



15ft 



i^il 



£=& 



1 



2P=t 



;S 









^ 



Bless-ed be the Lord, be the Lord God Je - ho - vah! 

We praise Thee, Lord, for the great Re - demp-tion, 

Al - might • y in pow - er, art Thou, Lord God Je - ho - vahl 



•f — — TV- r™ — — i-i 



-i — tr 



t^z^t=S=£ 



r= 



eIS 



Blessed Be The Lord God. 









r r 

For He is the "Great" 
Which Thy love pro - vid - ed, 
The Al - pha, - me - ga, 




and Might - y 
bo full and so 
the Great Three in 



One. 
free. 
One. 



■m- -m- -i* 



A a — a :p: — ~7-— r T-~ "P- — :!^l_ a^-P-A— -. 



* 



a 



fc__£. r _D 






-l — i- 



q ^ 1 1 



-4- 



l~wt- 



-fc—fc. 



OhI come, let us sing, let as sing an - to the Lord, Let as 



^- &- 



f 



-Z=3r- 



:£=£= 



A A A — -"5-rA A--A— -, 




heart -i - ly re - joice in the strength of our "sal - va - tion; 

P J _ 






q~ 



Let ua [come be -"fore His pres-ence, His pres-ence with thanks- 



fl£=S=F 



gleHfe 



.A m A— r A A— UA— 

-I ! hr kt fc- F — 



I==* 



= :ai~^=: 



t= 



5a—! 



— tr — U— t -P = -- 1 — — :t i — V — & — £ 




-j — .-, 



■— Fp? — 5 E1E Fzd— fl 



giv - ing, For Be is the Great and Might - y One. 



St 



k — A- 



*=*= 



r- 



±t 






->^-rA^- 



^r 



t= 



glggll 



No. 106 Cain Slew His Brother Abel 



C.T. 



Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud" 

OWNED BY J. M. Htksui. 



OtTBTia Tatlow 



=*— *r~ L -st li * W if «- L S "H «-— ^— L -*H ii 1 *— 






1. The sods of Ad -am in the days of old, Eachbro't an off'ring 

2. Cain talked with A - bel, and while in the field, Hit an - ger and His 

3. "No more the ground shall yield her strength to thee, A fa- gi - tive from J 

* h * 'ft 



m — ^ — -K— m- r m — m — m ~* — 






A Zfct&^Ztp^Z £ 



p 






to the Lord, we're to'd, Ne'er tried 
ha - tred were rtvealed;He rose 
jui - tice thoashalt be, A - way 



the oth- er one to ex -cell 
np and his broth-er there slew; 
ont from the pres-ence oi God; 




§«1 



— m — —| * p» *+«( — -^ — * ^— F— i— — ^ ^ — ^— ; 

.^ — ^ — jj _^__g._ j r .u j. -jjH_— a — ai- 1 -*) — *;-- ^.--H — 

To A - bel and his gift God had re - ipect, Bnt Cain and His He 

The voice of A-bel's blood cried from the ground.God asked of Cain where 
Cain thought his pun-ish-ment too great to bear; God set on him a 

* __ 



*4F*5=&=*=£ 



1 



£==£: 



£=£ 



*=*= 



T 



V 



*_S- 




— --w — f- c :gr— 5.~ 1 — je- 1 -* — zl — ^ — a) — *!— a— aF~ xr- 1 

on - ly conld re - ject, So Cain was ver • y wroth so much his 
A - bel con'.d be found, "Am I my broth-er's keep-er", be de- 
mark that all be -ware, And slay not Cain, the ex - ile in the 

17 7 \7 F ^ ^^ ' ' 

=3zz=zz^tl^plEi 

connt - 'aanee fell, (it fell.) 
nied he knew(he knew) 
land of Nod of Nod) And Cain went ont from the 



m 



J UU- 






Cain Slew His Brother Abel 






r 



tr-y- 

pres-eoce e* tht Lord, Dwelt there in the land, 

And dwelt in the land in the 



■*- -A- -m- A- 



p r* 









m 






» v -hv iv tm — ^-- (•— n»— 



b u 



land, in the land in the lone ■ ly land of 

in the land in tht land, in the lone -ly 



&tt=Sf=t 



»$:§=z-=m=.*=m-- 



V V y 



^ 14. J i i 



t=¥ 



H t 



— — iv — •> — ^ — iv ■ 

■# £ U (7 



fc-f-E-fc 



*— ^— »i- 



^=^ 



fcz=fcz^=*==fc 






T 



P^ 



Nod; Pres-enceof the Lord 

land of Nod, And Cain went oat from the And 

r* j* r i ~ ^ -a. . • -*«- -a- H^-' -a- . : -i 



fz=£EEfe£E±zE£ 



=6=fe±&: 



IT 



J5 — D- 



eeee3ee3ee5 



:*=* 






*r-* 






Dwelt there 
dwelt in the land, 

J* — » — m- 



u—\r 

in the land of Nod, in the 

the land 



gfe=fi=;&o=l 



*=>:: 



& 



tfc 



:i==p 



* 



?$=$ 



!B==* 



*=^— A^=PT * * 



t=tf=t=^=^=±- 



V V _t7 " 



^4>- 



=i^Etl=^^ 



tl 

Nod. 



y " I 

land, The lone • ly land of 

in the land of Nod. 



*=t= 



_a.. _A- -A- -A- 



Wr^-S ff g Inf— E 



-A- ♦ _ 1. 



=*=3=:: 



:£E33 



No. 107 I'm Walking With My Lord 

Copyright. 1944. in "Sine Aloud" 
J. M. Henaon owned by j. m. henson Harvey A. Lewis 




17 s 



rHP 2 




1. I have a happy song of praise each day, While go-ing on the bless-ed 
2 what a hap-py song of love sub-lime, My ran-somed soul is sing-ing 
3, I'll look op on His face some hap-py day, When tri-als all are sure-ly < 

-A- -A- -A- -Mr -A- -A- -*- -A- I 

home-ward way, I'm walking with my Lord, andtrust-ing in His ! 



all the time, 
rolled a - way, 



Walk-ing with my dear Lerd, 



:tt=t: 



S=lF 



-=i— s- 



=£=M 




D-rrrtru t 

_^__V__» S £ k, k £ b C fc TN_ 

— , — — N — K-«^ N — A ^K— ^S— — < — ^— C— N — _, ^4- — J-l 






Word; He tells me of His love for sin - ful 

And it is such a joy to have Him 

I am trnst-ing His Word; With an - gels there to Bing a - round the 

-a- -a- -«*- -A- 

-.-. — ft— »r — s— *— »*— * — * — :t"__ "t=— tr_1=" (« — ., — — ^ 

-t * |a f X jX 1a — te | a -fat — !ag U. " ' A — hJ A - |a |T' , | 



>fcE^^z^=^=^==^z^:^=:^^=^=^z^=: 




=£-=*: 



::*=*□£=: 



-P-- fs— =1— a 






|-==F^=F2^^-=^^: y 



B 



man, Re-vea!s to me sal - va-tion's wondrous plan, I'm walking with my 
near, the home-ward way to lieht and sweet -ly cheer, 
throne, Re-joicing there with Christ my ver-y own, 



,-^.m ^_«_^_l£_t 



r_*_-c_ 



tez£==fc*=*==i=ff=f.p:zs=ts=t:zE- 



-=i—5- 



1 




— 1--» — ^ isiz*: — •" 



-*- 






-5^_ — !-♦- 

-F— a— — — c**- 









Lord andtrust-ing in His Word 

Walk-ing with my dear Lord, and I'm trust-ing Hii Word. 



: *— «-a: 






3a: 



EE=tz^:=:fc=tS3 



£=£=£=£ 



m 



I'm Walking With My Lord 

Refrain 



=t 



. IN IN 



= — -= — »♦- — ♦ £♦ — '♦--H« — ♦ — ^ — i ' 



I'm walk-ing with my Lord, Who keeps me ev> 

I'm walk-ing with Je- sus, Who keeps me ev 
I walk with Je-sas, Who keeps me ev 

^_x dL_ -^u^_-_ J1L.-B--B-- ft 



BE 



£ 



Walk - ing witfe Christ, Who 



'ry 
'ry 
'ry 



=£=: 






:£=*= 



~D~D" p g p g t7 "^ 0"~ g 










day, andtrnst-ing In His Word,... 

day, yes keeps me ev'ry day, I am trust-ing His Word, 

* ' r i i -r- 



-)—- r— -l*--F- -l*-F- -t— 
1 — ?z2£=£_£_£_S=2_£t= ^-^7- 



^4^^^-===F=^^^--^=f=^ 



BE 






I'll fol-low all the way, He holds me by the 

I will fol-low the way; He 

H~ — >x m f¥ — n hr = — r: 






fc*=*==j=£: 



£=&=£=&=£ 



i 



dtJ:: 



iBS 



„ IN IN 

:*i=atZA=£=A=:..=:Fl- 



P-F3- 



==*-*- 



hand, and lets me feel His love, .. 

holds me with-in His hand, 



33 

tf £ l! F ' 



holds me bj| the hand, 



yes lets me feel His love, 



.*_J^^^?_Ji^^e-eiit- r t=^t=: 



.(»-i».-i«. .f»..:j^ 



Yea Je - sua holds me. 

Z -k—y.-SK—^-— L^ S_« ^— U._ CL_ | W A -L^t h~" * J 



I'm walking with my Lord, To that sweet home a- bo ve. 

Walking with my dear Lord, to that mansion above. 






inrrmr 



No. *°8. 



When I Join the Girde 



Copyright, 1939, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Ptg. Co. 
E. W. . in ^'Joyful Songs" Eugene Wright 



^^-^■- p i^ L ^ - - ■ - sm 



1. I am just a wea - ry pil - grim, 

2. One by one my friends have left me, 

3. That will be a great re - un - ion, 



7 F' 

Toil - mg down this lone - some 
Sailed a - cross the mys - tic 
- ver on the gold- en 



M^m^mmm^m mm 



S'-flnr-tT— f 



^l^^i^tiPP^^ 



a* 3 

road, And my heart is oft - en heav - y, Seems I can - not bear my 
tide, Soon I'm go- ing there to meet them, Safe in glo - ry to a- 
shore, When I see my pre-cious loved ones Who have gone this way be- 



jkrn t€ : t£fc £ 



tte>--h— i 



1&E &3&&&&E&e3£$=$e£££ 




SiP^P 



load; 
bide; 
fore; 



aI M M g Al ffi 

But I have a home e - ter - nal, On that hal - le - 

Then I'll join the glad host sing - ing Songs of love and 

Walk-ing on the gold - en pave - ments 'Neath that bright ce - 



S=£ 



*=fc 



■ 4k A A A 1 



K Mk — Lfc-H 



I? 






^ 




£= 



F 



^— ^— r-u 




lu - 
vie • 
les - 



jah strand, 
to - ry, 
tial dome, 



All my pain will be for - got - ten, 
Stand a - mong the ran-somed mil - lions, 
I shall lift my voice in prais - es 



•r,T-r- -£: i*" 






Chorus 



^im =t^tm m 




^ 



I reach that 
the shin - ing 
the One who 



i*— F=b 



hap - py land, 
crys - tal sea. 
led me home. 



tey^£ 



tt3 



When I join the hap-py 
When I 



J5 



a! 



3=*: 



I 



When I Join the Circle 



feS 



:^,: 



tr 



S^^ 



^ — 3J ^ Jkl 



W=+ 



attat 



:atf 



cir - c!e In that hap- py land a - bove, 

join the hap - py cir-cle In 



1 



— a— tz± 



that hap-py land a -bove, 

4 AjULJJ 



•& 



&—\-+r — &f — «^- 



T5i — ej — ci — es — p — \> 



1 



daj Ljt^ M=3= 



I 6hall stand a-mong the an - gels, Prais- ing Je - sus f or His 

I shall stand a-mong the an-gels,Prais .- - - ing 



I 



*$=9-V-4-\>=tt 



±z 



^t 






£=* 



3tt 



rm 



love: There I'll meet my pre-eious loved ones, 

Je- sus for His love; There I'll meet my pre-cious loved ones, 






^= P^|=0=l =|^ 



« P F ^-*- 






JJU _ p,J^ 



£ 



S£ 



y t) " p 

Who have gone this way be -fore, When I join that hap- py 

Who have gone this way be-fore, When I 

^ 4 AjuljLXg.^ 



-?-•*: *r 



fc he »k »*= hE k 



mm 



££= 



i= 



&*$ 



i 



te 



* t* ^ 



ftp 



-B-ff-ffff 



£2 



^F 






aa a ac. 



cir - cle, - ver on the gold-en shore. 

join that hap-py cir - cle, - - - - ver on the gold-en shore. 



wm 










No. 109 Hail the Lord Of All 

Copyright 1944. in •Sing Aloud" 

OWNED BY ... ». HENSON 



J.M.H. 



J. M. BENSON 




^_J J . )__)_ 



4 — 1. 



-4—4- 



-U-l- 



k t — •— *^ — ■ 1 — *i — ■-! — i 1 — t£t- F^ — ■ — *! — > — ■-F^f-3i-1 



1. Hail to the won-der-ful Lord of all,Might-y in bat -tie He; 

2. One who can speak to the dead now live, Ye are made whole to -day; 

3. fclo - ry He rosefrom the new made tomb.Death could not keep its prey; 
.A- -A- -A- -A* -A--*- _ V . 

4=—. — : ^P^npi: 



.^. .a- -A- -A- -A* -A- 

^ : ^-3=r=?=t==t=t:=Czg = zr=j:^r:t=: 

EgsggLu 4-^ ir r = P-ir ft m 



*; 



gg£S% 



:=t==t 



^-- 1— I- 



3£ B^ ^^aa Lr jTRl 



Lift-ed are we from sin's aw- ful fall, Vic-tors at last to be. 
Worth-y, thrice worth-y of all we give, Death He has pnt a - way. 
Gone from all hearts is the aw - ful gloom, Hap-py are we to - day. 

^ ■£--£- '* : -&--&- ■*■■ -A- -i** I I I I I ~ . 

:ggbzz= — ; — =_— E — — Efcal- ^ -gJ_B±=±==3 




-J— L 



:*=a* 



4-4^-4- 



3H=J: 



:2=3=cr» 



4 



■=■!: 



:p= 



Si 



r -^-E>- »<— ^— «- — *l— *}— ^i-r-gi 



-j=zJi-t*=:> 



sizbg— ^~ * L_ | a z: 



Join in the song of un- end- ing praise, Of the great Con-q'ring King; 
All that we are is by His own pow'r, All to Him now we owe; 
Hail! to this Sav-iour who lives a - gain, Bless-ing the hearts of men; 



. m . .A- A- -A- 

-| — I — [~=i=z 



-A^ 

(5> m— ^r- 



\»fcfP — I* — * — I* A — * A— l-i£i bfc. £*— r-A <* — tA 

l!E^Vi ,u-i i i .TTJ Er- r- i !.r-u-B ! 



-!♦— 



gq 



^— V— »— * *- c [ 1 1 C»_»_| 1 1 CSI32IJ 

Hon -or and wor-ship Him all your day, Lift high your voice and sing, 
He is our strength and our great high Tow'r, Ev-er to Him we go. 
Give to Him hon-or in love's re-frain, Sing of His love a - gain 

-A- -m- _ -A- -A- ▲ -A- -A- -R»^ -A- -A- f?- -m- ^ , 

/SSJ-fyt-- 4»- — ^ — K — I 1 1 — Ft m — Ut- F 1 - — ' »- — F — i r-— ^-v 

E?SE? — t — t — I ' ' — l' E — ^ — C^ — A — * — ' >— 4-A--ift- 



Refraiu 



M 



-L 



frit* J — — g~^=: 



I i . I I I III 

♦-ttW-B»J-J— J T 1 J w * 






-t — 




Hail our won-der-ful Say-ior, wor-ship and hon-or His 

Hail to this won-der-ful Lord of all, Praise His 

' A A :£. V 



• . •▼• - 



*sa 



p= 



J i I l i i 



Hail the Lord Of All. 




__4_4_.J_^ :F=1===: 






.^i. 



— ,«_ = — ^ — . 
—I*— I — -I 1 — -(*■ 



tr 



_ _l__|_zl_J— UJ-, 

— h- a — a — m — -l 



Sf^- 



won-der-ful Name, Saved the na-tions from bond-age when 

name, Lift -ing the na-tioris from sin'a great fall, 




- q t — t — t — t — r-— r-1 — = |r— | — | — i — r~l- 

Je - sus came; - Hon-orHim 

Christ our Kedeem - er from 61o - ry once came, yes He Came, 



esE*=E=f 






Z--A--Z--^-t-^-±t 



:$— t£i= 



dkfa =J — 1 


r- -1 -J H -l-n 
1 — 1 1 A 1 1 A — 


r— | 




wor - ship 
Oh I 

K : i^ ,_ t •■■■ - 


1 — 1 ^ 1 ^ 

Him, Land Him for - ev - er with 
praise Him, 

J 1 J J 1 J 

p__ <>< _ & 


-Z5lT 

t_|» pt~ 

1 1 

hap 
Praise Him, 

rf ' t 


1 

Oh 

-A. 


^ffl^g : 


L. 

... 


'7 


1= 



:^=^i^i= 



^ 



-t — I — t— L 

P> song; 

praise Him wlih won- der - ful sing - ing, Ohl 

_A. .A. ^A. A- X >£ -— i . 



-L 



1- 



-A- 



=t 



'1 ="l 



fitzfc 



Hail to the won - der 

-A- 



ful 



m& 



!*■ — ^ — h rzrtT^ff— "h* — * — * — a — a — a-h 




-^i-r 



--I, 



Lord 

Sav - ionr of all, 



1 — Gij 1 1 1 j — ^f^ — ' — ^ — ' ^ 11 



of all, Sing of Him loud and long. 



-t— r- 



loud and long. 



wm 



t==t: 



£M^ 



t= 



zN==Ib— (a: 



-P_jS: -*- -*■ 



*=t= 






H 



No. 110 



J.E M. 



Our Traveling Days 

Copyright. 1944. in "Sine Aloud" 
Owned by Henson and Marsh 



J. E. MAESH 



1. We're trav-el-ing on a jour-ney herefrom earth to a bet-ter land somewhere, 

2. We're trav-el-ing to our home a-bovs, where Je-sus is reign-ing therein love, 

3. Comesin-ner and join us aa we go, our Sav-ior has willed it for yon so, . 



-tAi- -A- -A- t* -A--A--IA- ■*- -A- m, 



^^:=*=*3d 



:z=c:^--^-~^-^ 



-4^-^- r J- 



tr 
-fel 



-*--a--fi»t=2-- t - 5 — — — — — *- =z ^- t t7-r tr-^ - ir 



We're head-edfor glo 

-A' 



\J y & 
ry and we knowit won't be long;(it won't be long)' 



/K: : zit=P^^=PEiFt=:t==it===t=t==:^=tz=t==pfcfi="-p=?=i 
B=*=a= B x=ttzE»==i=iii=t»=|s=:p=?==i^EE=E=^=&=t=} 
Tr— fc^— 1^~ r7- c -h~ h~- It— h~ h~ y 1 — y-— y— 1 -- -~* 






*=d*=z* 



-♦ — 



t3l: 



We've started for our e - ter-nal home where all the redeemed of God have gonej 
Our trav-el - ing dajs will soon be o'er.we'll dwell with our Savior ev-er-more,! 
He's wait-iag to wel-come you come home no long-er in dark-ness you shall roanl 



—Slz-f. :r_ «- 



}=c:z:«-i6z:*2(:t=^=:C:=t:-t=^=t:=r=tiFe=:C=^=t=itq 



-n-0— B~ rr-^fr— h— rr— rr— rr~ fr— «— £=£- c ^-^ 






'7' 



-A 



Trrm 



We're headed for glo-ry, there to sing re-demp-tion's sweet song 







* 



we know, we knowit ean-not be long, 
We're head-edfor gl»-ry and we know it won't be long, Till 



i X 



_^ * bm-^m--'-m---'- '--'- r^ 



^ZL—^1ZZ—ZZ.ZZ- — t ?^ r—p — *~ *» F~ 



I b 



^nr 



i 



Our Traveling Days 

Till we 're a-round the throne , the beautiful throne , 
we ihalla-bide with Christ around Heaven's throne, won't it be 

I J js D is Kf* 






b 



trr-= 



^-^-^-^ 



£ £_£ £ £ _}_# 

_ _ j_ ^_ 

Loved ones see, with them be, Praise God 

grand to see our loved ones and with them be, To live with our Savior thru-out 



r p i 









„ _" _£ _£ is ' ft ^ NE ..fN __ 

we'll live with Him.yes live with Him there. Christ now leads the 

all e - ter - ni- ty We're headed lor glo-ry and cor Savior leads the 



aeMtzscpt 



— *rcs: 






trt 



— Jf*-*^-"*- m ~+t +i- 






r— i — ■Vrrrtr- 



■U — m — \-m-*r^-m — I • 

r-^-^-r^-v* 

way, He's leading the way, He is guidingev-'ry day, evry passing day, 
way,.- He's guiding our path from day to day, 

r. js * js p n ij^jij. i r & a r* rJP 

^===^^A^Ezzr:z:p=Ez=r4:c3z=_-fd 

rv^f- 



££**** 









— 1*» 



Days soon o'er, reach that Bhore, 

Our trav-el-ing days will toon be o'er , and we shall reach heaven's peaceful shore, 






— f*— * 



I 



No. ill I Want to Be a Friend to Man 



H.R. 



Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud' 



OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



Cpl. Hale Reaves 






1. Down in this lone-Iy and troub-led land, So man-y souls need a 

2. Some-bod-y's spir-it is lone and sad, When just a kind word might 

3. If I can helpjnake some path-way bright, By caus-ing some-one to 

~aV- 9 -afcj- -A- -A,- -i*j- -A— -*p 

:iEiE£EES=fJ=S^fct=*=E! 

EEEEEEe:3i~£Ee=E 



-i -i 



^.*±£zg:=£=z£zktz=\z: 



■\J-\J- 






ii^^ 



££— F3^33i£=£p3: 



£==«:: 



-I r—l-O 1 — 4V — <W — 3"MJ-|-«» 1 ♦•? — •* — ejl — -* 



•b»: ;*- -* 



i A- A. W 1 



help - ing hand; In sin they wan-der from day to day, I'd like to 
make him glad; Some-bod-;, 's bur-dens are hard to bear, And help-era 
see the light; Whi e in this lowland I still a -bide, I know I 



dErz£zEt^fc=k=t=fcrEt^ 



' p_*^_*»_,,_*_ r ^____^_**_ 
:=^=^Et=t=^:=p*=b^-^=^^=^: 



REFRAIN 



I I _ 



: & z iS^*^-^E==PE:S=Ff=gE^ : EfS= 






help them a- long the way. 
need -ed now ev-'ry-where. 
then will be sat - is - fled. 



t7-p— p— -=~-; 

I want to do a neigh-bor-ly 

want to do 



g:^==^EEttE^=^z=x=£a=^=^^E s EE^3 

^Ozt3t==^=r=^=Ep^&=EE^=E^bt==t==t=Ez=iEEE3 




C7^ r Li 17 L, I ^ .C L y 






i^ " U I -> -V V ■* y \ 

deed, For some poor soul who is in need; 

kind-ly deed, For some poor soul, who is in need; 

^^E*=ts^=zjEEI^E=B=E=E^E^EEI=a*=*=iEt»=l 



v v v * 



I Want to Be a Friend to Man 



-^— s 






S 



dt 



I want to do the best that I can, With kind-ness 

Want to do, btst I can, 

-a- -*- -A- 



:t: 









for my fel-low man I'd glad-ly 

With kind-ne88 for, my fel-low man. 



fe3EpEg£gE£EaES 



-F- 



£-_:t=_4=L 



trnrtr 



-lA^^t 1 B B y— H-j^*-"! * — I P- L A * 



leave my hum-ble a - bode anddai-ly walk 

glad - ly leave, my a -bode, and dai-Iy walk 

-*- -*>- -a- 






:a=Si==pr 



=i — ^ pi— i — i — i — >_— 



V ¥ ¥ V 



t- 



k* ' ? . k - 1 - -£ ">?" ?" IT I - Aj ~w D V 



& v * 



that lone-some road; If I 

that lonesome road; 



lay find at close of 

I may find, 



HE 



:=" ^=ti^=fc=!*==?==s==fefcfc=?=^=:s 



£=£=»: 



t=$=fr 



m 






day, I've helped some-bod - y on life's way. 

cloie of day, I smoothed life's rough way, 
helped someone on life's way 

7.-5 f— i — £ r — — m ^-*-r~=l— ^-*- 

■ * ...... -.. _ . .. . , „ .->— — _ P-A—A 



S 



£=£=&= 



tT-t^tr 



r- 



=0=3= 



J] 




No. 112 Lord, Stay Close to Me 

Copyright 1944. in "Sing Aloud" 

J.M.H. OlVSED BY J. M. HEXSO.V. J. M. HKNSON 

b ' H J* 4 " 3 i 

1. Oft my way is filled with dangers, Foes are hid-den all a-long; 

2. To be lost is so appa'I-ing, Let me feel Thy guiding hand; 

3. Lord I don't know nhat's be-fore me, Wilt Thou go a-long a-head; 

-A- -*r-*r-sfc- -*—«*- -A- I l_ I I 






And I feel my-self with strang-ers, With no feel-ing for 
TJn - to Thee I'm call-ingcall-ing, Help me day by day 



Hold Thy blood-stained banner o'er me, Then t e way I 



a song, 
to stand, 
shall not dread. 




-__fsi=fc>: 






.*. -*- -r 

Now to Thee my soul is cry-ing, Such a Friend in you I see; 
There are times of trib- u- la- tion, Let me now Thy mer- cy seo; 
Thou a-lone has pow'rto keep me, Ev - er near Thee would I be; 

-*--Jk- -A- I I 



-t— t— rz_u 



rb-b-N-fe«— ■( 1 1 — N— 1« — ^1— — — ti P — m — ^£-«t-— I h— |— 

And up- on Thee I'm re - ly-ing, Bleis-ed Lord stay close to me. 

Let me feel Thy full sal-va-tion, Blesa-ed Lord stay close to me. 

When the threat'ning dan-gers sweep me, Kess-pd Lord stay close to me. 

-*- -A- 

.*— P— t— f«— fcr ^-r^r 



z?'S^Efc==^E^E£Ez^EEpEpE^EtiE^ijz ^^ I^Efez=d 

u u V 1/ - I I 1 ' 



Lord, Stay Close to Me 



Ears a re 

i i i 



J .— .— c -l 1 i- 



-ff-.-fr" ai— g|— a -^ raj 1 1 — r J— J— -j | -i 

* - 55 U r " "~ ' ^~ ' • $ C5 [7 

Lord.. stay close to me, . ... Til!.. the storm is 

Yes, dear Lord, stay by me, Till the rag - ing 

m £ ^ £= :£: I I I -«. 

-jS-fr =-=zr=r^-Z^:=ir=— F^~ ^-^ E==q 



-£ 



*==t3 



.'* ' ■ * ^\" k ■ -- 



i i 



I r -1 %a I ' III 

. 1 1 — raj— a;— ah- S r^— g— ai — -i-aj— aJ— aj ; 

L -+ *=- -p- -h — i— -£♦-,— — FiO ♦-— H-,0 ♦ 



past; Calm the rag - ing sea, 

storm is past; Calm the sea, rag- ing sea, 



■h 



*rf 



Sav - iour 
dear Sav - 



tsu 






:=!== 



-*— *L_J. 



|=3=|==«=g=^=al— zz^==:pa^zat=zl 



2 ?5 



hold me fa?t Thy pro - tect - tion Lord 

iour hold me fast. Thy care, now Lord, 



-^- -ma- m -i — ■+-" -i — m _ -i — 

-Pi K — ^-S-FA — A— | ^ -j-i^ — ,*— A-2- 



- -I 1 -■o- _ -I -I -1 

: __ j= ===^zk==£fh^ 






:^=fc: 



c4 



Let me feel and see; 

Let, let me feel and see; 

I I 

— »4 — ^- 



w*-*-t~0 



_g_t »_i_zpd 

-*^-F* — ♦ — <♦ ♦ — ♦h 

C| — , — j jz-^ - 3 

In this try - ing 

In this try - ing, 
-*- 



g — m — 5—— — = r ^ — ^— ^ r f*—tm—m 



=t 



rr — r 



r 



-r- 






y — * — ^— L *.i&i - i»-^-A)-[ 

* . I • ' 

hoar, Lord stay close to me 

try - ing hour, Bless - ed Lord ver - y close to me. 
in this try -ing hour, 

'— ^-^^-^fc^-^ — c i 1 — 17 — [7 — [7 — 17 p -—^ 



§ 



No. 113. 



A.E.B. 



I Dreamed I Met Mother And Daddy 

Copyright 1936 by Hartford Music Co. 
in "Charming Bells of Spring." Albert E. Bhtjmxet 






-afcari- 



tr-r 



=5= 



1. It seemed I had trav-eled for a - ges Thru the val - leys of 

2. I re - mem-bered the last time I'd seen them They dwelt in a 

3. So with faith in the Mas-ter I'll la - bor Till the end of life's 



*=fc 



-A-^A -A- -A. 



►—i» — ♦ — ♦— pfe — t — tzi 







£f* 



*=*=* 



■I — A — A - 



z3=tzzt=t 



£=£-« rja ^^ bi-fes^E g-^Fi ! 3 j i 



shad-ows and night, 
cab - in so bare, 
long, drear - y day 

>. .a- -A^ 






Then I came to a beau - ti - ful cit - y 
Just an old - fash-ioned Moth-er and Dad - dy 
Then a pal - ace of gold I'll in - hab - it 

.A- -A A- 



ct==tzzr=r=Pt===t==t=:t==r=£F?=^=irq 

r-at—IA A. A.— t-A, ▲ 1* 1 1 1 l-ttfc. ▲ lA.— I 



zferz*=&rtrz«=i|^ 



Where a sign read- "God's cit- y of light; 
With their wrinkles and sil - ver-y hair; 
In that cit - y just o - ver the way; 

.A- -A- A- -A- A- -A- -A- C 



ar3S 

-m~ -m- -*t- ■- 
And I came to a place in that 
But there in a spa-cious white 
If God will bat grant me the I 

_A^A- -Aw 




:p=|=zpt:z:t:=t:=t:=p=r=F5=- = p-pirp 

-A.— A-piA. t*— ▲ — A bk— A.- 1 1— *i — ▲->-▲' 




-£ fc 



*=*=* 



«=& 



r=rE* 



— ^i-ai— jt^ - ^- c y— y—t/— y- C1 -^ 

cit - y Where the mansions ars grand to be-hold, Then I dreamed I met 
man-sion They re -sid-ed in splen-dor an r told And my heart beat with 
cour-age Just to stem all earth's bit-ter and cold, Some day I'll meet 

,-s A--A__A-A-A--A- A-A. -A^A--Ar>. jL A— Ai 

z=tzz!izpt=t=t=fe = :t=fc=Ftiife=t-t=pt:=it=& 

-'Jk. M. lA— 






16 







Fine. 




EiHiEEi£E!!EEiEiE?ESizEi 



— ~^=fc=fe^3*— 



R 

Moth - er and Dad - dy 
rap - ture to see them 
Moth - er and Dad - dy 



r=* 



*=?: 




-tr w 



On the streets ef that cit - y of gold. 

a- -a r r ■ h ^ 



5S-1-*- — u 1_ L — 1.1 1_ - 1 1 1 L| 1 1 1 1 | \->— r-t 

g ?"' l I ftt A yk. bfc— pofc * — A A A— p'A. A A 1 1 I t-iA b 



Dreamed I Met Mother and Daddy 



Refeaim * 




-^JL-MU*. 



I* 1* 2ZZ 

. _ - L l* — r » « UBa ^i' -| 1* — v 

tf • IT l r ^ : • -■" V. V 

I was walk-ing down the streets of that cit - y When I 

Leis - ure - !y walk-ing streets oi that cit - y 

35-W+-— -— — — £&■—»— z &~ = —— •+■-—'* — i — 

.^.-tih — S5 a& — =4i A A A — ~- 



-A £ — £ r- 



1 



f=m 



i?^ 



-89 — ft> — ttk- 



*i — as - *1 — sr~ or- 









**-* 

a 



1, U J L, 

spied an old couple I knew, They whispered "Tis our Little Boy 

Spied an old couple couple I knew 

_A.„A._.A„ .A->- -A- A— A- -A- -J*- -(•»- -IT- ■*- -**- 



mqulb— | 1 1 1 1 =|— -■al— tA.— a— a- 



—A—!*, =1— H 1 1 1 1 1 =1 A 

:=kzi=z3=±EE=EE— jgzgzjgzfr — -j 



£==fcfc 



£ 



£=j=3£=a 



H7- — P — i 1 — -4-» F-m — ii-fep — ■ — ■ - 1 — m—s -H 

Blue" and said " we still loye you" So 

* ' Lit-tle Boy Blue" I hear them say" ''we still love you" 



--£& 



v— 



:^=P 



r-^=w- 






v : — ^— ^ : 




-.-£--£ 



-A— Al — I- 



"t7~r 



; — A— A A -" A — AHH— a- T A -A - A-fr^ — ^ ~Fii "« " " "~^j 

^^■zpz^z-i^i^zpzzz^^zr^zz^iE^z-zizjz:^"!: 



when " I lay m e do wn * dear Je - sus Just an or-phan so hun - gry 

when I ' 'lay me down" "layme to sleep" or-phaDsohun-gry 

__.A~A--A_a._a. 

( ^Jfp —S— -S— — -a—a— 1a — ^ Fa— a— a— i — =1 ~ h^i — (— — >— — i— — i— — 

B-gfe£__S_-_g:-:fc- i -— -•F g- U '-UZ ^— — H^ffl BE 









A~A — »""al — 4J~ A~ A!" 



D.S. 



l^: 



p8 



-~t_* 



"P :ji> jji 

and cold...... Let me dream of my Mother and Dad-dy 

hun gry "and cold Dream oi my Mother Mother and Dad - dy 

A-Ar A- _ -A_ A _ A 1 -A_-A 1 _ 

:rJ==^:=|ii^F=^ 






:£_£=£=£_£: 



No. 114 



t. U. HENSON 



We March To War 

Copyrifht 1044, in "Sins Aloud" 
Owned by J. M. ILenson. 




btboh i. wimrom 






tr* 



1. We march a - way to war, comrades, with • long of joy each day, 

2. Our song of bat • tie rings a-cross the land of lore and light so grand, 

3. The gates of heme will free-Iy o - pen for those true to Christ the Lord, 

• l zr^=^=lzilz:.iz:,i-E-E-rr~^ i i 




fT^^r***-*-' 



To-geth-er, keeping step with Christ our Matchless King, Come join us 

Oar Cap-tain leads us as we fight to vie - to-ry. (to vie - te-ry) We know that 
Where we shall wear a bright and shining glory crown, We still ma ve 

.^JV:rflK.:£:.,^tV m ^. m NJNjJV^ I s I s P I s ! 

K-M^k-K-i-wk— i*.— ny— & — i 1*— i l"-r*i H^-liW—^j — ^ — ^i_ - 



«=*=»* 



:?E=»zal=aE 



^jjLa^-a^^L^ — - ^ ^ ^-^_fi -a.-D-a^-K 

as we march te vict'ry go-ing with Him on the way, we arevic-tors as the 
with this matchless Leader we shall gain for Him the land , We fight w ith all our might t hi 
on-ward,ful-ly trusting in Him and His all true Word .There we shall rest if ben ire shall 

-f*-»-ae-t»-br-C^-%— H--t-E-t-tr-t 



g= ^^-^B£^ g3 =£Eg^=^^=B 



Refraik 



— -»-■ m— y— (-— •-- r-— t — c — ■ — 1« — -■ — -«-3 



P : 



tri-urnph song we sing (to Him we sing) 

world from sin to free (the world to free) 

lay our burdens down ( all burdens down)Come join uijin ear march to 



Join us in the 



tiV--t-. 









fc-i 




r F]?-q— <w— q— i^-g — =i — £ p i-w| -3-»j-q-»|- q -.wj-w-^i — =i— ^— 

march each day, Don the ar - mor of our 

Heaven's hap-pyland,Pnt on the ar - mer of ear bless-edLord of 

•<♦- -*!• -♦--<♦- ^ s - *.< ^ -■*., r _ w i _ i 



We March To War 



U j i> v ' u w 

bleB8-ed Sav-ior,Join us with «ong, Hear the war - cry, 

all, Join us with might-y sing-ing.G hear thd war-cry ring-ing 

P .1 l#ltjpe-'* 






S3 



Hear! ye all hear the call; Wage the 



hear the 
List-en to the roy-al Captain, as He sends the call; Help wage the bat - tie 







sd — fa— H fa— I 1 — m — 1 1 — 1 l-H 



fight for truth and right, On His pow - et 

for the bless-ed truth and right ,Ke-ly-ing dai • ly on His 

Al |Sl *fl 









*£==* 



li 



i* 



:^r> 



^^^-^ 



»Z!^=(eZC|«— ^=rzz=f^ 



-4 



and H is might comrades , March on 



-m — m- 



3— M—H- 






sing, march on, 
pow-er and His might, March on with joy-ful shout-ing, Go on the 

^ * «, f> n * * „ „ ^ rs l 1 

-.-r- Pe-*-.-i-5-^-*-A-«!-^-»-^-l^-S-l- r J-J-F- 



fight on, On, with Christ the Lord of all. 

foe now reut-ing, Onward in the name ofJChrist the (Christ, the Lord of all.) 



^oJ^-l-^-i^^r 



mm^m 



~ y:^fc^^^ 



1?: i CTaTi b^- JJjJV^l 



r- 



t-r~ 



1 



No. 115 



Look To Jesus 




This song is dedicated to the boys in service lor our Country— B. L. W. 
Copyright 1044, in "Sine Aloud" 

ENBON BTHOlf Xi. WHTTWOBTB 



lirEJD BAHBATT 



OWNED BY J. 



fad-^-r-^=s=fe 



i$B!!&g=£^=^£&M 



1. When the cares of life are press-ing And your heart is lone and low, 

2. Bring to Je - sus all your sor-row For He loves and caret for yon, 

3. As you tread life's va - ried path-way Mur-mur not, no more re -pine, 




*=£=fc 




.4. 



:=l: 



fe= 



4. 



^mgm& m&u i om 



a!- 1 --*! — ^k— 



When your sor-rows are dis-tress-ing] And the tears be - gin to flow; 
Peace and com-fort you can bor-row He will then your strength re-new; 
When your heart it sore - ly troub-led He will give you grace di - vine; 



-A 1 A- -*r- 






l==l==t=: 



ifs: 



fafc==fc=*=l5=r 



U=*=E 






S=t 



r^tr 




§1 



=t 



-T-+-J-* 



£=r^ 



3 



.51 — e) \+*—kh— 



=^f-^-g=rpz 



\— 



P=* 



Pnt your faith in Christ]our][Sav-iour Seek His face in hum-blepray'r, 
In this worldjthere is no oth - er Like this nev - er fail • ing Friend, 
Day by day His love [shines bright-er Ev-'ry need will be sup-plied, 



^ -i — 



fc: 



:t=: 



fc 



:t=: 



£=|=t=|= 



I 



e 



5-3K- 



=£=&=*= 



t=H~l fcp^ff 



2r=5=fc 




.4 — 1_- 



5iE253=3=£^ ^=ti3=z3i=5LE£:s==^|^EE2fi 



He will man - i - f est His fa - vor — All yonr sor - rows He will share. 
He is clos - er than a broth- er — He will keep yon to the end. 
Je • sus makes life's bur-densjlight- er — When yonr soil in Him doth hide. 



Look To Jesus 



Refrain 



llliglli 



=t 



— s- 



3(=fer^zzg: 



Look to Je - bus now Keep yonr 

Look to Je - sns in your sor - row Keep your faith and conr - age 

* - X * X - J J X ^ X X 






:±:^--=fcn£=====pd===t===Gd=^d=d=i 



j — v.--,,— — 1_ — i — g- \—\ — g* — ^-~ _ :E"~ ^ — ♦ —■ -* 1 — 



conr- age true, Yes, the sun still shines 

true, Thra the clouds the sun is shin - ing And the 









wm 



i: 



mm 



:*: X 



'-&— - A 



-r 



1 




-X 



And its light breaks thru; He drives 

light is break- ing thru; He can drive a - way the 

:*: jj :£: X- J. -J- -J. X m X ^ x 



fc- 



i 



fc=l— : 



H 



rt== 



^3 






t^Z===2 Pi 



"*— 



clouds a - way That spread o'er your way, 
shad-ows That are hov-'ring o'er your way He 



can 



Hdtz 



B5 






:t: 



»P 



=&=&=*£ 



§Sl^l^l^^»iia 



tarn the 
tnrn the drear-y 



. ,3=* 

dark-est night In - to ev - er - last-ing 

dark-ness In -to ev - er- last-ing day.... 



day. 



No. 116. Jesus Walks With Me 



J. M. Henson 



Copyright 1943. in "Billows of Soni" 
Owned bt the AOTHOM. 



J. W, Askew 




^JL4L_fL_fc 



1. I am hap - py in my Sav-ior's love, Ev -'ry day I shout and sing, 

2. It is joy to know He walks with me, As 1 make my way a - long, 

3. I will sing with saiutsand sag-ts there, Where the an-gels all re-joice, 



"i— f«- 



^$*=£=~z. 



4z}s=ts=is=^=:*=acEz*zqsz=5=Eix=i 



i 




I t7 D I \ I 
D — D: — D — D- 




III L" 17 t; ti I 



- — m — »^ — ^ — i — \- 






» 



— ^ — ^"i 

Look-ing to the cit - y fair a - bove, Trus-ing in my Lord and King. 

All a - long the way He talks with me To the hap - py land of song. 

Praise onr Sav-ior in that home so fair, With a per-fect heart and voice. 




He will keep me till the shad-owi flee, And will lead me all the way, 
I will dai - ly fol - low where He leads, For He sure - ly knows the way,] 
Glo - ry light is gleam-ing round the throne, Of the might-y King on high, 




=» 




'— zd-H^ g^ g-^— ?&5 ff 



Bless His ho-ly name He walks with me, Holds me by the hand each day. 
And I know He will Bup - ply my need, Hear me when in faith I pray. 
Where I'll dwell with all my loved and own, In that cit - y by and by. 



B — K — *i — "k-rfik— t— - 



£^b-_£L 



■e* 






£_J>.__£__fc. 







i^T^ -r-tr-f--^-" 



Je sus walk with me, i 

Je - sus walks with me, yeB He walks with ma, 



* 6 

long ths 







Jesus Walks With Me 

_j__^__._^ — r .£. f r_r j — 4 — , 

-^ — J* — sq £ j^__^_.^ a q « « ^ 






1 b b b ^ 

rog-ged way of life, Andsweet-ly Je 



^=P=ft* 



1 b b \j 

bob talks with 



On 



the 



: — £ — U— s- 



way of life, 

m-m—m. 



Je-sas talks with me , He 

jm-w-m-m-m- 



$=$==& 



■ r r — y~- — r* — 1— —1— » | 

=^==Eht=t=tr=tzt=:l==3 




'^ b- b b " r I l I" r\ 

me, His love dia - pels all gloom and strife; 

ewaet-iy talks with me, And His love dis - pels all strife; 



^ — D — Pi — D-4 



izKs=3szi!s=z>K: 



_L 



b b ■ t & »■ 

:•)— *— *— «*— ~f— 5 — g -H 

I have naught to fear while He is 

I have naught to fear, have noth-ing now to fear, 



?-j* — 9 — m — * — * afcz — 






3s=q*: 



1 



ispzzg: 



b b b b t 



b b b b b 



j __\ * _h _h Jl L 1 J_ £_r F h 

—- 1 — j-— p-cp- p— tj__. -^ 



1 1 \is 

hold-ing to my hand Ha 



While 



to my uaua am 

He is hold - ing to my hand, He will lead me, He 



r 

will 



r 



3 I US __!_ "1=1 -g-r <• 'I' /"J ! -n 



lead me all the way, To the bless-ed prom-ised land. 

leads all the way, To the bless-ed promised lanl. 



=*£ 






w> x ^ x 



:MJ 



3 



II 



^g 



L=tZZZ=b^ 



Prom 



iied 



Land. 



No. 117. 



W. OLIVER COOPER 



Looking For a City 

David Moore, owner. 1943. 

MARVIN P. DALTON 




b4rf-t-M^f=r£: 



£=F=^ 



£ 



5^£ 



^3 



A Ai— Al— i 



:5=3=* 



1. Here a-mong the shadows (liv - ing) in a lone-ly land, With strangers 

2. Herein dis-ap-pointment(oft-en) we so sad-ly roam, And earth-ly 

3. In this laud of dan-gers (we are) go -ing here and there, We're simply 







£=*= 



*= 



t=£ 



T^F 



Thru dan-gers bur-dened 
But tru - ly we have 
And mer - cy tho' we 



we're a band of pil-grimson the move; 
friends no long-er speak one word of love; 
trust - ing in the bless-ed Savior's love; 



•£- •£- -ft-dfc ;*L- j4L 



■^ — A- 



g rt g 



WB& 



V \>—\£ 



3E 



£=£ 






-m — PR- 




r rj r 



t=£ 



£ 



te^ 



5= 



•down with sorrows,And we're shunned on ev'ry hand, But we are look-ing 
found contentment, Je-sus prom-ised us a home, So we are look-ing 
may be strangers, Living in this world of care. We're al-ways look-ing 

91 X - ,1* ± 



m — P — & 



£=£=£ 



E -l-g- 



^ 



Fm^ 



£=&=&=£ 



£=w=£ 



k 



-*--*- 



Chorus 



£ 



-=p .r j j j^ 

-♦ — ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — 



afca* 



■y— s- 



e 



^ 



-al— ^ «h 



for a cit - y built a - bove. Look 

a - bove. yes we're looking here and there 

■^ ^ n ■ _ -f — ^~ "r ■ -^- \^- 

jl^-_ ^ ,*,»» , 1 j r .. ^ — r ^-_- r r r r 



:g=g: 



| [A ■ [A — U, JA . [ A 



^ 



S=tz — £: 



« 7 g 



fr 



__ I i^, y^ (a, (^ j^. 

-p— f-'-F- u i7 r — F 



£-£- 






^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



^-^(-^- '^ ^ % ■ 



-7— s- 



-?-* 



6 



£3 



*=* 



ing for a cit - y, 



Jf 



Where we'll nev-er 

Looking for a cit - y, Yonder where we'll never die, 

-:r-t- "t^t^-E 




Looking For a City 



■♦ ♦ ♦ ♦> 



g7 X 



S 



rW^i 



-Ai S- 



^ 



-P- 



^ 



"r^ 






die, There the sainted mil-lions, 

nev-er die no never, And up there with all the saints, yes, with all the millions, 



£fct=t 



A-A 7 A A A g rt=t 

i — i — B L i - -1— t- 



j*-(c-m-m-m- 



^mi 



- f V £ v f ^=$ 



A>-iAHA!-AsHA- 



-^-«- 



•* ft T'7i~i~r 



^=pt 



r» i - 

P * P * V 9 

I s * h h 



V V * l / V 



SS 



^ — £ — fc — fs — h 7 ^ 



-M^ 



IS ' 



"^ g w 



£ 



P= 



Nev - er say good-by, 

We will nev-er say good-by, say good-by no nev-er, Yes and 



■Sfc- -fe- -fcr >r- -fcr 




There we'll meet our Savior, And 

when we gather there, We'll meet Christ our Savior , Glory and we bow we'll meet 

jp- jt-4L.-m- "SLfL-ytWft 






r5=£=5=^ 



:«= 



=t=t=^ 



r y ztezfczfc- 



-^ — -^ — ™ — | 1 

Ml 



^5 



^=fc=^=^=tc= 






T Y 



£-t- 






^ 



t t I s I s - 



1 A 



U 



=»: 



*T 



our loved ones too, Come ho-Iy 

friends and, all our loved ones,Now we pray Thee quickly come, 




All our hopes renew. 

Pray Thee come spirit, Come come! on Thee we call, All our hopes renew. 



No. 118. 

V. B. fe. 




Heaven's Joy Awaits 

Copyright, 1942, by Tenn. Music & Printing Co. 
in "Rays of Hope." 



■4-jp-ip z3cjtg 



: *=£ 



£ 



1. When we leave this low-land, 

2. Heaven's breeze is blow-ing, 



*£S 




3 P< » 1~! 

We will cross the Jor-dan, 
Gent-ly to me call-ing, 




Past this chil - ly tor-rent, tor-rent, Heaven's joy a - wait. 

I will soon bo go - ing, go-ing, Thrn the pear - ly gate. Heaven if 



EEL-e 



SS fcElE 







F""T' r» fe 



Refbain 



^ 



s 



pn 



W—J. J J 









r^ 



-I — 



±£ 



Past the blue ho - ri 
Just be-yond the blue ho - ri 

Be-yond the ho - ri - zon, 
Just be - yond the az 



m 



- zon, 
• zon, 
ho - ri ■ zon, 
ore 



blue, 



Is heav-en 
Is heav- en 



@fe 



9 J LpJ^ Jh JLU^J^ ^ , ~ N J J 



Egg =? 



Just 




1 



r k if it 



a-bovethestar-ry sky,star-ry blue sky, 
Justo-ver thestar-ry sky, sky, a-bove 

Past the star • ry sky, 



I 



US'. 



±2 



Sky a-bove, 




is 



p . 



*=?r 



_* ^T f IS 

1 



--*• 






-fc. 



Par a - bove this sor • row, 

I'm leaveing this land of, of sor - row, 

Par a - bove this land of woe. 



I'll go a 



Heaven's Joy Awaits 




¥ V 

way, a* bove each tear and sigh, ev - er - y sigh for -got - ten, 

tears are gone. 

r- IS js N |\ 

-■- S * J J r 



H 



SeT 



r^=p: 






s> 



rft 




3t 



PSt 



P -A' 



=t 



i 



And there is 



T 3 * 



1/ k 

Pew more miles be - fore us. 

Just a few more miles be-fore us, 

Not man - y more miles to be go - ing, And there is 

Just a few more wea - ry miles, 



•*=3t 



E 



jf-*i- 



m 



$=3t 



-P-S- 



£=£ 



ff 



Just a while to wait, 

Just a lit- tie while to wait, pa- 4ient-ly wait, for Je - bus, 

There's just a lit- tie while to wait, Then we will 




Sing re - demp t tion's cho - rus, 
Soon we'll sing redemption's cho - rus, 

We will sing redemption's glad cho - ru9 

sing re - demp - tion's cho - rus grand, 

7 +i +} ** l — 9 — ^ J i 7 * =* —7 -*- 



£=i 



i 



£— * 



*=£=£=*=*: 



¥ 



m 



±=* 



=43 






Heav 



Up there where heaven's joy a - waits, heav-en a - waits. 



I 



en's joy 
n -A- 

4 tZZ 



-P- 






a- waits. 



fr=feszg: 

-- w — 






i 



No. 119. I Know I Have a Home 



J. T. M. 



Copyright 1043. in "Billows of Song" 

JWNCD BY J. M. HCNS9N 



J.T.McKibben 







1. I know ' there is' a bright • er world than this, (than this) 

2. Some friends are there, bo hap - py in His love, (His love) 

3. I know my Lord is wait - ing there for ma, (for me) 

.tat. -1*. 



&%: 



t==t=: 



r — a A- r A— -(=—!=: — A- 



^—■^ 



:fc=fcz*:zifc 



1 



«£§£=«= 



t=*c 



tP$=X=S=& 



trtr 



tnnr 



tnr 



gfc-Aj j- Dt-h -rVr—E ^ £ ^-r- 1 -■ 



It is * land of end - leu joy and blissC of bliss) 

1 would not miss that oit - y fair a - bove,(a-bove,) 

To come and live with Him e - ter • nil • ly;(up there) 



fefc 



P= 



£=£ 






*4g==S==E=q 



trtr 



tmr-tr 



U U b/ U p W * 

It lies be - yond life's ev - er chang-ing Bhore (life's shore) 

It's just a - cross life's dark and storm -y sea, (life 's s«a) 

Will yon be there to share its joy with me, (with me,) 



F=FS^ 



m 



£=&=£: 



*=££=£ 



m 



(*-=! — I — =i — 1 1 



tnr 



•-$=£ 



.4 



hk — — -•» •-- 

P-- ofc *j — *> 



ftrS 



rtrtnr 

-1. /*s 



=l^=^==*==^=t3?=i 



« 



=J-=^ — ^ — =* 



»_£-- ■ ^ — ^ — ^ 



tr-tTTTT 

Fine. 



-3- 



When I 
When I 
And be 



tr 

get there, 
get there, 
at home 



— t_fc z_z:._iz: — Eie-JB—m. :i 



:>*=£ 



i/^7 v 

all trou-ble will be o'er, (be o'er) 
how hap • py 1 will be (will be.) 
through all e • ter * ai • ty. (with Him) 



$= 



.p.. -m. 



-p- -(•- 



gg^= -firiy 



SE£ 



, _ _pC. _^. -^^ ^ J 



in rs n 



3SFP=b=EP 






Rmu» n n 




D. 8.— And live e - tei - nal-ly, (with Him) 

^Trt----^-r^-^-i 



-=» — *: 






A,— 



:i==F : 



Er f 



tnr 



6§g 



& • H .1 

I know there is 

I know 



D 



tr 

a man-iion built for me, When 

there is a bright home for me, 

*-■*. A .p j* j* 






I Know I Have a Home 



17-1 ^ i.^TTi 



I get there How hap -py I will be; who 

When I get there will be; who • so« 



~ : — c — tri7^ D—^"tnr c -- ZC=KC *=■ 



yes who will heed His plea, May have a home, 

ey - er will but heed His plea, May have a home, 



f&z=tfai^3Ezz== 



-A-A- 



No. 120. 

Anon 



Gome to Me 



^El—E^i^E 



-^_fc 



A. W. Napier 







I^D 



IT 



1. Je - sns I Thy faee am seek - ing, ear - ly will I tarn to Thee; 

2. Come to me when life is dawn - ing, 1 thy dear-est friend will be; 

3. Lord, I comewith-ont de-lay - ing, Io Thine arms at once I flee; 



fc: 



IHEJsESsEe 



ttt: 



i- — ^— R- 



m 



& 



b \j 



tnr 



tHr' 






I > - — t— t— — m 1— ' — *—■ -— »— — 1 — fii— J 

V- \J \J \J -♦- I w/J-- -A- 2 - 



trJj* 



Words of love Thy voic« is speak - ing, 

In the son - shine of the morn - ing, "Come, come to me." 

Lest no more I hear Thee Bay - ing, 



JSL* 



*-J- 



•«i 



C3 



1 



B£ 



£ -^ \ j tt t. 



x=* 



*=: 



f-s- 



D. S. — 1 am wait • ing to re - ceive thee, 
Refeain I |- 

;z3sEE3zElS EgTZt 



=t==F==F 




a 



lrtr 

do be- 




^ — t7~D — D — 17 



» U b \> b . 

Corns to me, 01 do be-lieve me, I have shed my blood for thee; 



gj— fr 1/ b l> 



II 



*=tz 



— —__cp — 



i 



=»--fc; 



1 — U E = E 



No. 12) When the Mists Have Rolled Away 



Anal* Herbert Arr. 




C0PYR1UHT 1883 BY IRA D, SANKIY 



Ira D. Sankey 






tr-p- 



1. When the mists have rolled in splendor From the beauty of the hills, And t ho 

2. Oft we tread the path be-fore us With a wea-ry bur-dened heart ;Oft we 

3. We shall come withjoy and gladness, We shall gather round the throne: Face to 
A--A A^-A Ai .. *.^A«i#. 

1 — r 



-^-Ai--*-!-!*- 2 —* Ar-iA A—iA. — A--A-I-*--*. — ■■- 

fefe=^Etz=g==t=fc=t = ^-t=fcfc-g:=t= 






san - light falls in glad-ness On the riv - er and the rills, We re - call onr 
toil a • mid the shad-ows, And onr fields are far a-part; Bnt the Savior's 
faee with those that love ns, We shall know as we are known;Andthesongof 

^ -A-A-A- -A^ ■+4£_ r £i£J£^Z^&_*__ +t r 




?^E£=I^^E£Eii?=fe^^^E^?iE 



-&--&-A- 



D. S. 



-It is dawn-ing 



.^-^.-JL-CU^-tUt- 






Fa-ther's prom-ise In the rain-bow of the spray; We shall know each oth-er 
"Come, ye bless-ed" All onr la - bor will re-pay, When we gath - er in the 
onr re-demp-tion Shall re-sound thro' endless day When the shadows have de« 

-A- -A -Ai A- -A* _ _ -|?>i -A- +- - -I 1—- -i — 

— a* -a. — *> — A i -A--*-t| — -fa — i— — p-— ^ — U — B-^fe — ^-— -&- — p ■'■ 



of the morn-ing Of that bright andhap-py day We shall know each oth-er 




,_j£ t _A--fc- 



£-A 



Fine Refrain 



JUL 



[7 W »• 



better When the mists have rolled a-waj.We shall know as we are 

morning Where the mists have rolled a-way. 

part-ed, And the mists have rolled a-way. We shall know 



bet-ter When the mists have rolled a-way 




=^HK-N--^-fe r -l~ 



D.5. -! 



=Wrf 



I** 



OE 



P 



known, (as we are known) Nev-er-more to walk a-lone(towalk a-Ionej 



.A-^---»« -a. Ai-A. .AA.A-.-iff: ff5flt-K{t4E 

7— <- —I 1 1- r— — — — — r — t-^t- — t— • 1 — I — r*»" •»—!•>--•»— •ti 

^^5=:=tzt=te=tzz:zz:— E=fcE=tz£=t^£:EzE=irzzz:=-:H 



No. 122 



c w. w. 



My Never Dying Soul 

COPYRIGHT 1944 IN "siNC ALOUD." 

C. W. Welsh owner 



C. W. Welsh 



lib* 17 17 7 [7 

1. There is glo-ry in my sonl, 1 am hap-py now,Je-sus placed the glo-ry 

2. I've a new song in my sonl, I am happy now, Jesus wrote the new song 

3. I have sun -shine in my soul, I am hap-py now, Jesus placed the sunshine 




there, for He kne?r just how , And He leads me night and dij.In the straight and narrow 
there, for He knew just how, my song I now can sing, And keep march-ing j 
there, for He knew just how,' lis tha sunshine of His love.Precioue, dear e-ter-nal 



- r =- s -;B-fc:-P«- s -^-rt=: 









v -* — « — *--♦ — m — ^— p> — p^ — ♦ — ♦ 1 1— ym — *t — ^— »j|- — ' — -I 



way, Since He nev - er fails to an-swer when God's trust-ing children pray. 

on, For thru faith I see the glo-ry of God's great e-ter-nal throne. 

love. That is shin-ing on the high-way to the Glo - ry land a- bove. 

-*- **>_ -i*- -*- -n in 

i — — -» -■- -■- -■- -■- -■- -■- -i 1 — -m- ^ al 



r U \j tt^t* h 9 17 17 ^ 



D. S. — Till in Glo - ry I shall be reap-ing from the seed that I have sown. 
Befbaid «. «. » » | * 






Yes, there's glo-ry, end-less glo-ry in my sonl(in my soul) Since I'm un-der my 



-m-itzztz: 



:£_£: 



:*=!*=£: 



!_p*_1z^t:: 



t=ts=ts=:, 



tr-r-£r 



D.5. 



i v\ T~ [7 [7 r 

Lord's di-vine con-trol. In His keeping I will dai-Iy trav-el on, 

con-trol, trav-el on, 



t-r-rrt-^ 






fct 



s^s^rPf^ 



No. 123, STANDING UP FOR JESUS 

Copyright, 1939, by Geo. W. Sebren, 
GEO. W. SEBREN in "Living Praise." HOLLIS D. GORMAN 



3-i_I« — m—9- m—d—m \m u^ <m , ^— w— *-*■ g 



1. We're standing up for Je-sus,Who from bondage frees us.Trusting in His 

2. We're standing up for Je - sus.Nothing less can please us,When for us He 

3. We're standing up for Je - sus, Though no mortal sees us, Just because we 




gAk.' g: g 



-(♦■ -I -H^- -r- 



^ i fc- fc H J ^ ±* 



love di-vine; Sal - va-tion fre,e we're tell-ing, In His pres-ence dwelling, 
free-ly died; His great commands o - bey - ing,From Him nev - er straying, 
love Him so; Oh yes, for Him we're liv-ing,Prais-es to Him giving, 




$E£ 




f 



P 4 V \> t 

Chorus 



p±j=*44j^ 



m 



That our light for Him may shine. 
Hap-py with Him to a - bide, 
we on. to glo - ry go. 



-t=: 



We're standing up for Je - 



^ 






m 



i 



£=J=f 



t& 



He* 






SE 



All a - long the blessed way; We 

Standing up for Je - sus, bless-ed way; 

X X _ - g= 



3& 



W& 



r- 



£ 



hr—hr—hr—^- -f? — V~\^ V 



tEtSEiEES 



:t*=^s: 



feMq 



¥ V V 



-& 




h^w^=h 



H 




^f§^^r-* — t— : 

sing a-new the sto-ry,Of His grace and glory .Standing up for Him today. 

today 






g pg^FE?^ 






No. 



124. 



He Satisfes 



W. F. C, 



Copyright 1943, in "Visions of Heaven". 
Owned by Henson and Crumley 



W, F. Crumley 



! fc£:£E££**=«==fcr=t|: 



=fe*= 



^- t «|— »)~*|- 



:*=g=g 



— *- u *- 



afefew^ =£g| 



:fi: 



*g 



1. Je -sns is my lov • ing Sav-ior and He lives with -in my soul, He eat-ia - 

2. All my sins He has for - giv-en, and I'm hap-py ev-'ry day, 

3. I've no love for earth-ly pleas-nres, He has tak-en it a- way. 
. —A-A-, A— A— A— A- r A-*_A_A_A 

^^p- ,4-a.— a-ha — t*. — t* — *. — *. — * — a — a-!- *— — I — hr -1 * — 

4$ 



4UUi 



u D D u 

fies ye* sat -is -fies; He goes with me on my jonr-nay and He 

I will ev - er sing His prais-es as I 
He sai-is-fies Sin-fal things no more I treas-are.aad I'm 

„ -j^^/yy, ,-.^-.,- -A-^ea 

BA3d= l t -r-tr~tr~D- ^Pg-&3z=fe=g= r-r-|— r^ crrf 

D. S.— I go to Him with my tron-bles and He 






makes my bnr-dens roll, He sat- is -fies, yes sat - is 

go a - long my way, 

hap • py now to stay, He sat-is-fies 



fies. 



_ A— A— *._A— A , A-A-A-a — A — A — «. - r A— +--, 



takes them all a - way, 
Refbaib .^— 



mr 



TZfc- 



fe==£ 



:=fcf 



~-D 



^--zt: 



-D— tV- 



_rg — 3 — *i- t r— r 



tnr 



3==*: 



£fe 



He sat - is - fies, 

He sat - is - fies 
.A'. — a A__A— A_A— A— A- 



a*— 1~_- 



i 



T=t=t 



&--* — * a— y-iot- 

■nrnmr^nrmrv- 



t/ y U 1/ y 

yes praise His name, 

His ho -ly name, 



:r=fce=r= 



, tA. 14k fc* = & -t ^—plA 'jfe 1 1 A)- 



trr 




:_£__£__£_ 



r 

0.S. 



-a) — 



b D C l \j 

is -fies, that's why I sing; 






b b ' 



He sat - is - fies 



yes why I sing; 

A — \+ ^_ r »_* — M _A_^_ n 



p^zzzs: 



^^A— A— A— A— -A— -*— — i^— pg— J— -p— A__g--j : j 

:E£EtElElE^EEl=H£E&EEtEB 



D~t7" 



No. 125 



At Foot Of the Cross 



J.M.H. 



Copyright 1948. in "Billows of Song" 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON J. M, HIKIOV 



n £ tf b b' bVVV V^l 

1. 1 was burdened with sin and no hope could I see 

2. I no mnre am a- fraid ...' of thedan-gers a-head, 

3. When He left the old cross where they nailed Him that day, 

1. 1 was burdened with sin and no hope could I sea ; 



m 



wm 



-A-A.-^-iA-iA— i 






? ' ^^bbb-^k? b *tf P tr b 

Till the Sav-iorcame in to a- bide with me; 

1 am nev - er dis-mayed, for I'm safe-ly led; 

He had canceled the debt He was sent to pay; , 

Till my Savior came in toa-bidewithme; | 



-•~B^-P-F-*-P>-gW- -m- ■(*- m- "•-•-•-taw ^ -»• 



\rr$- 



£ 



|s_ E JL.^ — £—£. 



* 6? tr b 

His f or-give - ness and love takes a - way all my 

All my fears to the winds I for - ev - er can 

I will give Him my life to re-pay all the 

His for-giv-ness and love 



1 



£ 



— i 1 1 1 1 r»— -r» — -i 



±3==gr^g=S=s=g=g=3=gz3p= 



>■ -f — 



' W U h 






^-fc- 



loss And I'm leav-ing it all 

toss, i am 

loss, So I'm 



S=qf 



. * A-A— A r A 

' V V V feT^ b 



takes a- way all my loss, 
fr ft * 'P- 



And I'm leav-ing it all 

( 1 — i — i 1 — «i 1— — 



wEggC- 1 ' - 



*— A— * A) — M •—— 



At the Foot Of the Cross 



Refrain 



^^^tegfe-— _^___-_E fe 
L_f =_*_£__* %-4-E— z___^___Ef_=: 

by the rug-ged cross. 



ft ft 



-ft—ft 



* V I 



T- 



A_- 



'. 



I am leav-ing it all 



-♦ — ^— r<^ 



^ _3_zt_ 3_z|_^-gi|^ ____r : 

____=HE_H_________ 



d B 



-J 



in 



I am leav - ing it 

-A- -A- 



^= rT - g — Eh 



tJl^UUUU- 






*_ft. 



~* 



b 



1T17 



with the Sav-ior to-day For on 

all withmy Savior today, For on Cal-va-ry He 

ea^C ?-+--* -a- _ t» ft 



-— a fc P-A-- A -A- _ 

15 ^ _ A — A— A— A— A — _-_■■ ff U | W - _ -f-— 






Gal - va - ry He buM ered all oar loss , suf-f ered all oar loss; I am f ol-low-iog 
loss 

ft ft r* r*. __ -M ferrr 



' %T J* ft ft fc ft . > ^ 1 ^— A 

_ _ — _ — _ — -a — K — N-i — 1 a — - _~ 1 

— ^— _~ jm -— -~ _rT*~ ~ft*~ "~_ 



=5- - 

— ^-^ = ^^-r^_____i__:_^u^^ 

on in the bless - ed old way, 



r-mrmr 



I am lol-low-ing on 



A- -A- A- 
-_■- -_►- -i 1 — -i — 



_ _ — *w — — — — — — — — — — 



in the good old way; 




fc__S_3=g_*_S_*_ 



— -, — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — \— , 
=z=fe_:*_:i_:i_=)__:a 
________t-rr-rrEl 



5^^^-^^^^_-5=^^E^__^Bl 
EE____i^___i53Efc^^ 

I am leav-ing it all.. at the foot of the cross 

Leav-ing all yes at the cross. 



- - __r_L__ _______ ___ I s P * 

^^z:________fe__^_^=^fci_=N=^±t________^:t3j 

__ _ ____^=g_=^_ H ._ H _^_t [ _ ,___ 



No. 126. 



I'll Live Beyond the Grave 



Copyright 1943, by Term. Music and Printing Co., in 
JOHN M. COOK "Tidings of Canaan." L. B. STEVENS j 




1. Oh the time will come. 

2. I will la - bor on . 

3. It will not be long . 



and it won't be long,., 
'til the sun goes down,, 
'til we pass a - way,.. 




I shall leave this world for a land of. song;.„ 

There, I know, a-waits me a shin -ing crown;. 

Earthly life will end for a bet-ter day; 



m 



VOSE. 



, *■ A — *— A— A- 



-U-Ur 




V-p-tt-y 



S=$ 



-m 



4=£=* 



■dz 



I will shout and sing while the a - ges roll,. 

And a seat for me . at the Lord's right hand,. 

I have served my Lord, done my ver - y best, . 



A A A A-A 







m 



~ ~ " L, 

In a world of joy » for the ransomed soul. 

Where I'll take my place , with the an -gel band. 

Praising Him in song that His name be blest. 

A + A A A a ff -A-- E T J J Jj J^ 



£= :i ^ _ ^ _ k= z^=S-^=£ 



^ 



i 



D.S.— We will si -lent be 
Chorus 



^■^-Ml 



'til the fi - nal day. 



— i_j — i 1— ^— 



r=¥^ 



*p4z*z*t;M^M= 



-Wr*~*~S-m 



la a lonegrave-iyard then I must be laid, 



4y^ 



♦— k 



*=F*=* 



*-£■£# 



;*- 




I'll Live Beyond the Grave] 

♦ > » ♦ » ♦ — ♦( — ♦( — w 1- 



^ 



-al— aJ- 






'Neath a mound of clay that my friends have made;. 

:M=M=r-T-pg-f k -;g= 




But in those dark tombs all my loved ones lay, 

1 S ,All ATaI h J 



„ fc * h h |> 



te 



O-E-gbk: 



£ 



-A — A I* 



No. 127. ^ 

FANNY J. CROSBY 



Near the Cross 



W. H. DOANE 



£ 



^^^ 



ts=q= 



■=a=^ 



1. Je - sus, keep me near the cross! 

2. Near the cross, a trem-bling soul, 

3. Near thecrossl Lamb of God, 

4. Near the cross I'll watch and wait, 

-pi- -•- 



There a pre-cious foun-tain, 
Love and mer - cy found me; 
Bring the scenes be-fore me; 
Hop - ing, trust-ing ev - er; 




V 

Free to all a heal -ing 
There the bright and Morning 
Help me walk from day to 
Till I reach the gold - en 



r i* 



stream, 
Star 
day, 
gate, 



Flows from Calv'ry's mountain. 
Sheds its beams a - round me. 
With its shad-ows o'er me. 
Just be - yond the riv - er. 



£ 



*£=£ 



-IF 



fcBb 



up: 



■y— i — v 

find Rest be - yond the riv - er. 



T).S. Till my rap-tured soul shall 
Chords .. 



D.S. 



_l * g -41^-- g ±zH 



-4 — 4- 



-M — at 



In the cross, in the 

_a_ 



cross, Be my glo - ry ev - er; 



gfn* 



B .1 - 



i 



^ 



No. 128. My Sheep Hear My Voice 

Copyright 1943, by Tenn. Music and Printing Co., in 
C. B. W. "Tidings of Canaan." C B. WOODARD 






=£=W 






:^ > ~ k -fr- 



-aJ— g |- 



V V V is 

1. This life to me has been a pleas-lire since I met my bless-ed Lord, ' 

2. Tho' wars andha-tred beat a - round me, and tho' dis - be -liev-ers mock, 
3.1 am an heir to Canaan's rich - es and my steps are lead-ing there, 




The way is bright, 



g?^f=* 



I'm f ac - ing home; 



If yon re- 
I'm trnst-ing 
The way is bright, I'm fac - ing home;The Shepherd 



q t-A-i- 



fr-*-*~f 



t==t= 



£ 






CSt=tB 



£=£= 



1 



:*z=j*rz£: 



£-^ 



f M J^—^-3 ^ 



M= 



-b-J-J- 



S 



Hr^>— fr— jk 



sf 1 P P P 1 — s|- 



at 



y M / 



-*-*-*- 



member in God's Word He said yon must be born a - gain, I am His 

One whose arm will hold me tho' the world may mad-ly rock, 

leads and I will fol - low, He will all my bur-dens share, I 



^kzz£=£=L: 



-K- 



* 



u — UrS-14. — I* — yy — t* — S* — u 



fc=fc 



t=P=£ 



-£=£ 



^=-T 



J^+ 



^ 



Chorus 



3§ 



S 



L i— jfcbL 



if 



f^r-f 



chQd 
am 



V 

and 
His child and 



r r =d r r 



can-not roam. 



£=£ 



iv ^ 

:♦=£=£ 



I can ■ not roam. 



My 



£s£ 



S- 5 - 



^=pr 



-* — V 




I s .i 



*t*Uj£ 



^w- 



tt 



&—M: 



^=t=d 



M* 



,1 s J 



-7— y-"^? 



-A-A A 9— gp 



m*-*- 



O' 



sheep hear my voice and they fol - low me, And I giveun - 
My sheep hear my voice andtheyfol-lowme, And I give 



t=i= 



*= 



£: 



F — t- 



>-|— ^ 



t=t= 



My Sheep Hear My Voice 



?=i*:r*: 

-tnr 

to them e - ter-nal life; 



And they shall Dot per-ish, 

5 J-£ _r 



rrtrir j 

For my Father who gave them 



IA— iA— i 



?£=£=£=? 






ffiE 



r?-jj— I — ^-Fad -«l — =+- 1 — 't 



z!*-f!ih^:=i=z5z:gz:s:2=t*=:iz:i-i=?z=S3 



lis 



me is great-er than all, And no man shall plick them from my Father's hand. 

■A- 

&E£E£iz^EpE^^EE£EtE£E£E^EEteEf=^^J 
No. 129 I Remember That Day 



F.R. 



COPYRIGHT 1944 IN SING ALOUD" 

owned by j. m. henson Fred Rich 






1. I once was lost in dark-eat night, In sin I wan-dered a-str ay (astray) 

2. When Je-suscame to me distressed, I heard flim ten-der-ly say (yes say) 

3. I'll ne'er for-get the day He came, And took mybnr-den a-way;(a-way;) 

-P — k:;— I *-Fl 1 hr— I 1 — f*- 




5=3=3=*±*— *=i=*=t*=*=* 



W- r» 



Bnt Je - sns brought to me the light, I still re-meia-ber that day, 

Come un - to me, I'll give yon rest, 

He saved my sonl yes bless His name, hap-py day. 

- 
I 1 — \-m — m — m- 

t==feu^EtEfeb 



A- r 






-A— A— A- r *_A^A— A— •- r A l — J }_ 



i— i — r 



r- 



iiS 



D. S.-He saved my soul and made me whole, 

.REFttAJK 



.REFaAJK ^ . , ^ ' D.S. 



n i 

1 still re -mem-ber that day, When Je-sns came my way; 

hap-py day, a-long my way; 



IP ^ u k- -4k — i — I 1 1 — h*> — f- — ^ — *k-Fyk — Ub — i* 3* - | -EP — I 1 11 



No. 130. Won't it Be a Happy Meeting 



C. C. M. 



C. C. IAPl.ES. OWNER 



C. C. Maplei 




i4. 



^±^=-==z=2 



3-, 



^ -♦- ^ -*- ^ -♦»- -&- -9- ^ -♦>- -♦- ^ -♦- 



1. I am ev - er press-ing on -ward, To a home that's built on high, 

2. Here I'll meet with man - y tri-als, As I trav-el on my way, 

3. As the time is draw-ing near - er, For my spir - it to de - part, 



m 



i 



i 



-a- 






m 




l \j I I I I I \ t, I I I I 



s 



/a «p — -a — L^ — -m — I 



=!: 



t — t— t — r 



r 



~Si «< — «"—«-• «> 



-tr* — «- 



And where all is peace and glad-ness, And the soul will nev - er die; 
But the love of my dear Sav-ior, Turns the dark - ness in - to day. 
I am wait-ing and I'm long- ing, For the gos- pel train to start; 




There to meet with dear-ly loved ones, And the friends gone on be -fore, 
I can al - most hear the voic - es, Of that hap - py blood-bought band. 
For I know when life is end - ed, And 1 cross the great di - vide, 




Who are wait-ing for my com -ing, 

Sing - ing prais - es to my Sav - ior, 

I shall meet my lov - ing Sav - ior, 

E J! 



| £j «, ■_ L^, *h~* 1 ^— I 1—' ■ 



:£-_!«*-:£: 



ver on the gold- en shore, 
ver in the glo - ry land, 
ver on the glo - ry Bide. 

J. 



<r,- « — ^A- r li— H^5fc— li A— r S- & * — A— r-A * A m - 



D. S. 



-Glo-ry, glo - ry hal 

Refrain 



le - lu - jah, I shall take them by the hand. 



m — P-H P — » — P-C| _- m— P-H P — m — 1 L »| — §-•— > 

Z 'I t i r i r r r \j \j r V r -rtr 

Won't it be a hap - py meet-ing, When the saints go marching in. 



Won't it Be a Happy Meeting 



There to 



:| — i — r- y 

be at home for-ev 



"IT 
er, With the soul's e - ter-nal Friend; 



g^£=^t 



3=E 



^^isi 



"D — Cr 









— m — 1 *-m — £— •— ■ 



1:1 T. 1 t l fTTD..i» t r r ft . 

I shall be a-mong that number, As they gath-er on the strand; 



ite=l§s 



f- 

No. 131. 

Rev. Mike Byrge 



*= 



:^E^=?E=^=£i=^^ 



» — * — » — . 
r r r- 1 

fc— A_#-J 




The Christian Life 

C. C. MAPLES, OWNE5 



j-^- 



i 



CC.Ma.p1e* 

-4- 



=t 



s* 



-Af-^-j — i — * 1 — ~i — 



1. God's chil-dren have a race to run, Which sin-ners do not know; 

2. The Bi - ble read each pass-ing day, The sweet old sto - ry tell; 

3. Let sin - ners hear of love di - vine, And of re - deem-ing grace; 

4. Be true to God, let come what may, While here you have to roam; 

< ty 4. ... |Ai [-A, A 4fc A. h*. ▲ A 1 — (■-!-* 1 p» » — ti- 4 




H=fc 






=t 



.-4 3. 



Fink 



s 



£=* 



- — * — 



I— «-^ 



They have to work from sun to sun, Their 

Help those who fall be - side the way, And 

And let your love -light bright-ly shine, In 

And then when dawns the bet - ter day, the 



m 



-A— r- 



t=t 



love for Christ to show. 

hap - py prais - ea swell. 

ev -'ry drear - y plaee. 

Lord will tall you home. 



-A — A — a — ^ 

-■»■- p» — » m- 






~-+^- 



*■*= 



t— — 



D.8.— That you may have the great re - ward, When earth -iy days are done 
Refbaib 



D.S. 



r mTT~J J J 1 i ' 



So faith -ful be to Chris the Lord, 



m 



-A-rA- 



'k k k 



-£* 0. 




No. 132 

c. w. w. 

--4* 




My Savior's Highway 

Copyright 1844, in ''8ing Aloud." 
Owned by Welsh and Henson 



C W. Welsh 






I b t, ET I 

1. 1 am in my Savior's high-way trav-al- ing on, (travel-ing on) 

2. In my Sav -ior's pre-cions high-way hap-py am I, (hap- py am I) 

3. Its my heart my Sav-ior wrote a won-der • fnl song, (won-der-ful song) 

r r r -*--♦- r ' • 



-*t Al— r«e 



CTiffTIT" "■ — mt — r~ — ■« — ■■ — «■ — *— — » 




£-* 



— A! * A a 



— a— r ^— BB— !■ — F — Ac—! 



1 



i*zrpzzfizztz:zd 



cr-tr 



£=£ 



■-t^E^^q*-- 



_£.__&--£-£-= 



'Tie the way that leads to God's e-ter-nalthrone(to His throne)Beau-ti-ful 
Now by faith I see my maa-Bien in the sky; (in the sky;) fiean-ti-fal 
in this high-way now I sing it lond and long;(loud and long) Bean-ti-fil 

,- r A|i-A — * — * — It — <A — b*— fc--rl 1 -I b* — t* — r* )m — 



=— ria i — «i — mi — « — ia — a — w — r— — r r— — r— 

fe§EEE|=E£|fe 



:z*_ fe _. 



?z3e& 



^rz^EE£zr 



way to end - less glo • ry, Where I'll sing re - demp- turn's sto • ry 

-rf it n . ± . .*.. , ± . r j> 



£=£zzz£==£ 



£ 



I 



^-rznz 



S=£ 



3= Eh 



H^=fr 



at-* 



-*V 



zz«_i«zz^zzjzz_K_zpzzp 

;zzx:z!s=k=fc;3z:$-i3-: 



*=3t= 



FlNR 




tr-trtr 



In the Savior's bean-ti - fnl high-way trav-el-ing on. 

trav-el-ing on. 

Ps fc -»--»- . ^ . I J* -^ K J* i 

ztzzjh 



V 



:£-£-£-£-!=- 



EfeEEggEEEEteEgzzBg 



a- 



:zz=iz~^^U4PtSE^ 



Ketbath 



izlSzfeizgzgz^ 

— i-^.--*--t r -^- t7 - D -- r --- t7 --- t --- tr t r -D--str-t7~-r 

Trav - el- ing on, trav • el - ihg on, 

trav-el-ing on, travel - ing on, 



fe 



My Savior's Highway 



IzzzS-ZZgz: Z^ZZT" AlZ^Zz] 



3£=S|lZZ^ZZZ^ 



r— 3-— *- 



tf 

With my Sav - ior who will leave me not a - lone;( not a - lone) 
:.f> ft f T .£_ ifzz ~r to^^Jt: ^^ 



gg^fr^Ef^EE^Eg^E|Efe^ ^^ 







£=tz=zzzz 



-D.5. 






tt 



Trav -el -ing on, trav-el - ing on, 

trav-el -ing on, travel- ing on, 

3 -m- k _ -m--m- -»• 

— Ez — J — ia— 5^k— i*- r A— ia— £ 



f* £ E -*— 



zfi:zzzzzizzz:^fc::z3zzz:b:zzc::zzfczz:zzzz:zzzzzbzzzz:zizz:z: 



a 






No. 133 I Find No Fault In Jesus 

Mrs. F. W. Roper Owned by Lawrence Roper Lawrence Roper 



.______£__£__!- 



=£ 






3zzz^z^-^zfezzz^=ztzziEzz^zzz^^zz^iEiiz^rE5zzS?hzl 
^tzzi!=ilz:Eizz5zztlzz£E5zz5zzSzzi!zzi±iiz*=lI^:z^zE^zzl 

1. I find no fault in Christ my Sav-ior, The dear-est friend I ev - er had; 

2. 1 find no fault in Christ my Sav-ior, I know He'll nev-er let me fall; 

3. I find no fault in Christ my Sav-ior, His way I may not un-der-stand; 



eg=rzzzpzzpzxpz^zzjzzz£=cra 
g=lszz!»zzi=Ei»-z:|szz^zzls=&zd 




« 



,-^4 



Fine 



P-n-+^P — i — i — r* — ^J i * . a! ■ w -w- l\h " 



-3E^zz^gTzz^^zS^zz3zz^izl^gzz^Sz5 

He rescued me from sin's dark path-way, He saved my soul and made me glad. 
Al-thongh the way sometimes seems dreary, I find no fault in Him at all. 
But with His love to o - ver-ihad-ow, I jour - ney on to glo - ry land. 



£: : 



itzztzzzpi 



z*zztxzz|s: 



£-r-ri — r 



^ fc* 



e r 



^l^^S^P 



D. S.-Tho' earthly (riendsjometimes forsafce me, I find no fault with Christ my King 






RZTRATJS 




A-4 



ft-A-4— P-4L 



r d.s. 



^^^^K^^,^^^^zzz^£i^zto@z^zzfez31 
zz»zzzi!zzz3irfzzlzz^:ElizSzzrzzizz^zE^*:^zzz^zfezz11 



I find no fault in Christ my Sav-ior, Hisprais-es I will ev - er sing; 

-*• -a- -a- -a- -a- -a- -a- --»- 

gzrr-n ■ 




■tnr-crt 



szzfct 

i7~f ~tnnr t" 






No. !34 The Trails of Yester-Year 

Copyright 1944. in "Sing Aloud" 
James Wells W. Flojd Taylor, owner 




I— -r-~- r-r— !-- JM^J 



W. Floyd Taylor 



§IeF 



•ve-ning in the glo ana -iDg, When the sun has gone to rest, I find my 

seem to see my moth-ar Sit- ting in the cab - in door, I play with 

las, 'tis on - ly far - cy, And the cab -in is no more. My moth-er 



— p __— __— __ — ._— F_s — <_^^ = ._~¥t— ~ E~ E I F ^- * ->—-F£- 

_C C ^-dtj-^-j-Z^L — '___p. 



■f 
4. 



=5z^S^r^r?5iJ^3E3z^Efc^E3fc3^^^=S 

-*■ m r m — i i 



fan - cy roam-ing To the plaeethat I love best; Tis just an old log cab - in, 
my dear broth-et As we did in days of yore; Thetri -als of the pres-ent 
long since journeyed, To an-oth-er brighter shore; And here I sad-ly wan-der 

-9- -»- _. -P--P- .£>-_ 

3 =te=pzfr=t i-i- rn-ri 



r*>" — I i-ie — I 1 1 flfc- 

i — I — -d — l_£j — _k — {_ — -I-I-P - - 



I—h — -F^-P-ii — _. — iv — _-^-P — W — W — P-Ft — __-F__— _. — a — __—F_s— __— 

— _c5i_ 
; — l— 

Jr:*~i;zE*=:i=:S=;±=gi=^z=^iEl=i=s=:l=E^ziadzrn5=5: 

But to me it's ev - er dear. How I'd like to jonr-ney to it O'er the 
In the past all dis - ap -pear, As 1 jour-ney there in fan - cy, O'er the 
In these earth-ly scenes so drear, While I'm longing, vainly longing, For the 

E==g=g=pfz=zz£"="^^ 
_t«=E_=L_=t=» 

D.S.- O'er the ! 
Fine Bsibaoi 

feE^E=tE^=B=S=i=3EEEiEEEj. : jEi : ^E^Ep 

5zzjd=I=zS=^t^i:tz=E^==5=^=r==:=zz— El=i==i=A-=ri=:zE: 

-_»- -&- 

trails of yes - ter-year. Like to wan-der back a-gain, 

I'd like to wan-der back a-gain, To 

_^_-»^*^_^_^i. -» -£:____:-!__ g 9 •«»- - •'- m - m - -*■ 3 ? 

G — i — P — P — i — p3--f— -Pi — _. — f*-s*< — ~ ' — i — F-* * — - 

^^^__j__-----P :: ^--!^-^-^^^Si£ 

2zzS_z__:=szizzhsii^^i*=r*i-i-Zz_;b*=:~z5-___ 



To my childhood's hap-py days, With my 

childhood's hap- py day3; And with my lit - tit broth - er 

«_-=6-_-_b--Ea--^^ 

§_B_EEtzzH__^^ 



r 



The Trails Of Yester-Year 



lit - tie brotb-er play. All a - long the wood-land way. 

play, A • long the wood-land ways 

zEqP^i______^=±J3=E= f =--- ^_ 



r p I s j> 
* -«. .«- .«»- -«■ -«>- 



r 



-*2- 



r 

— i-i — i — i — 



1 



I'd like to hear my moth-er sing, The songs thatonce were 

Like to hear my moth-er sing, Sing the 

1 f P f * | fe. J. 



h— >— —•■ 



M. M.iast. 



J r e> 



; h!A J-A A i-l- 



kc — fed- 



1/ 



,D.S. 



-a — •-hzi — 3— *P— _F->s Ti — _■ — _ — F — I* — 11 

-A L — > — (V- — A _ — g .LA — &. — A — i 1 JJ 



37 — A—A.-Ag-iv- . 

dear I'd like to wan-der ba«k a • gain, 

songs that once were dear, Like to wan-der back a - gain, 

v — *— ** i a i j M i j* j r £ r ^ i 

_j- -m- §<••- -■- j*- -~- -=- -^ -^ I ______ "_" 

-_— !-C~* 



No. 135 

J.M.H. 



l§ii=iiM^iil^^_ill 



r 



t~ 



Stay By the Cross 

Copyright. 1948, in "Billowi of Song" 



£.H. Copyright. 1943, in "Billowi of Song" S, x. Bx-eos 



1. Where Christ waB eru-ci-fied,Stay by the cross;There where He bled and died j 

2. Bisk not al - lur-ing ways, Stay by the cross; Spend for the Lord yonr days 

3. He bids yon seek His face, Stay by the cross; He'll keep yon by His grace, 

I i 'i -',1 JM 1 i I J _J? : J 






ir~t:-r 




Fine Refrain . 



D. S. — Bur-dens a- way will roll, 
D.S. 



— ^_^_5_C, e ji_l.___j__ < _i: -- i__ ! — _-L_, — |-S-t! — _, _ — J] 



stay by the cross. Stay by the cross soul, His blood will make yon wbole; 



ppb^t^^zbtzz^^bppzzpzht^: 



i= 



1! 



No. 136 



On Canaan's Land 



Dedicated to my wife, children, and Step Son, Rev. J W. Williams 
J. J. H. Being 79 today, Oct. 21: 1948, I close with love to all J. J. Hulaey 

b b b b 




b b b b 

1. Lord I pray^ ..?....?...*. re - mem-ber me Be-mem-ber 

2. Lord we give our-selves to Thee Tie all that 

3.0 Lord come olose - er un - tome And lead my 

4. Soon 1 shall meet my Savior dear, And be with 




t=t 



=fc=bc 



l-> b 1 X : 



I 



■=&&=*=&: 






-s h---£- 



— 






all.... 
we... 
loved 
loved 



"^"^TT^rr * ^ utitf 



ii 






fEEK^=S=S: 



this wide world o'er; Help us to live. 

can ev-er do; take as gent 

ones homejto Thee; Have mer-cy Lord 

ones gone be-fore; He wel - comes yon ] 

-!* — A.-r-s-att-'-A-s , A-*-*— A— 



trnr 



^^=~-=t= 



=*=& 



^'_L_D_l 



3*= 



=to 



in Je- sns name, Re-deem our souls forCansan's 

ly by the hand, And lead as home to Canaan's 

np - on them now, O a may we meet in Canaan's 

His child to be, I'll wait for yon in Canaan's 



tt-W r — K— K— am — ■*. . — *— a— * — a— K— {-— i — 4 

— __ — . __ — ___i ____ _ y — y— ^ 




REFRjUB 



'— •»- t -rr h h— c: R- 



-^ — D — D — D— =, — = 



tr — D — tr 



m 



"D — tr— tr 



land 7. On Ca • nann's land T. my hap- 



i 



PT 



J*H k— 6? 



v--=&=£- 



£=3=s 






-m m— — P •»— * 

!>■ t- U I) 



rr 



K3E^=i«d S gg*^ ^=E=E 5 



I want to see and hap-py 



z$=S=fc=£ 



On Canaan's Land 



fc£ifc 



be, On some glad day, not far a-way,(iot far a-way) 

■P* — b»— — 



y - p -i * - 



HH 






L .1/ L) If b 



=t=&£tt 



T"1T T 



9 — W — m — V -wi * r~ 

■4 



:sL 



m 



u 1/ D b- t» U 

We'll meet and sing on Ca-naan'a land (on Canaan'sland) 

"* T P i> N n 



^4^-4^^^ ;;4- te 



m 



No. 137 

James Rowe 



Spend Your Days With Jesus 



J. P. DENTON, OWNER 



-A. 1 hr — i ^ h — *—\ — I •*■* — ** ■ 



1. If 



*-tr 



ir 



^. 



J. P. Denton 



*: 



S£=2: 



*=t 



to Heav - en yon wonld go, 

2. Hap - py wonld you be and strong? Spend your days with Je 

3. Would yon meet your friends a - bove? 

4. If you wish to wear the crown, 

r ft \ 



bus; 




Would you tri - umph o'er the foe? 



woma you in - umpu o er sue mer 

Would you al - ways have a song? Spend your days with Jo - bus. 

Ev - er trust - ing in His love, 

Till you lay life's bur -dens down, 



h S. -Would you tri- nmph in the end? 
Refrain 



:fcq 



tr. 



-£__ JL-U.-^-- £- 



U.S. 



-ff S — <*— F-^i — ^ h — ~KT - 1— ^t 8 — m— \-rn-— m ' ^ j . R l.-i-ll 

-- — ^-— ^p ^ -— -^-— -£—w-p:^j — "~ l '"~^j~F^~ M ' J — S — ii r' d i I 
Spend your days with Christ your Friend, Al- ways on 



His help de-pend; 

-Zlszctn 



MJtj&fc^ 






No. 138. 

J Graydon Hall 



Some Glorious Day 

W. S. Darden, owner 



W. S. Darden 






i?=* 



1. The rich-es of earth are like a dream, They quick-ly pass a- way; They 

2. My bur-dens are some-times ver-y great, And I grow weak and worn; I 

3. The price of that home was paid in blood, The blood that set mefree;Up 






-A— A A__A— I JZ-^—S 



A— A— A— i 



a -r7- c 0— H-— ft-— ft-— ft— h — ft— ft~ k^F-F— £— - ft— J 



TTTrTnrnrTrir-tri7 




tar • nisb with age, their lus - ter fades And time soon brings de -oay; A 
strng - gle be-neath a load of grief, My heart with an-goisi torn; In 
Cal - va- ry's hill my Say - ior trod And gave His life for me; I'm 

F I s P 

r __________A— ff -_ A + -_ A 1 — A f — A- r -«--«— a — A— £f— - 



& 



£E=« 



trf- 1 I— 1 

&■ — afc— <*> A- 



^^^^^ 




-r-r-tr 



:|g p p ■ fr izfc: 



virt7-ir 



it — m— « — « — i*-— <w 1- 1 H 

I - 4 — I— — 4 1——* *— — *d a*— 1 



z*i—wz~*z—-*^zMz 



1 — = 



zfVr^zrggr^g 



it=« 



=t-z=-~-~^zg l zg: 



man-sion be - yond this vale is mine, A dwell-ing place se-eare; Some 

Heav-en, my home, no sor-rows come. No hours of dark de-spair; Some 

hold-ing His hand, He leads, me on To beav-en's gold-enshorejSome 

k — A — A — A — A A- r A — A — A — A — AW 

.pas — . m — L ~|i ^ _l L .L 



fctet=t=j=t 



I 






I 



:^=^ 



— afe — ^ — "t 



lai— ^— -M-f- si ' r Zi tr^Jrrrmrrzt—Qi 



-*~ 



glo - ri - out day I shall a - bide, Where joy and wealth an-dnre. 

glo - ri - ous day that home a • bove, My bouI shall ev - er share. ] 

glo • ri - ons day with Him on high, I'll dwell for - ev • er -more. j 

-*- -*>- -r*- . _ J J* J V-rA— A - ' - 



^^Ez^z^^il:^^\^^\z]^^zz^^==pz:] 
V P u r * 



Refrain 



*U*- 



Some glo -ri- ous day my Lord will say, Will say to me "well done" 

my servant 

-A__A— A A_A— <•£ — — -— A- 




rv • ..!> i * <* c 



1 



Some Glorious Day 



► — r—m—E—gzzB—m—^ 



r= E F^ 



1 — i i- ^ e j 



$ $ \j - \j i p tr l, 

Now you may cease on earth to roam and bast-en home a-bove; yea hast- en 






— a- — a — *' 



tr 



==tz-==== = =^t^--=ri 



V==i-====^-l 



-erf 



--j 



U IT l 

To realme be-yond the sky, Where 

a - way Eealms be - yond the sky 

f- f-T~ _£_i£__£ : _ *_ J> . '- * J 1 

lt=H^= — E — - — i 1 1 -—FT — si- 



Then I'll fly 

Then I'll fly fly 



— tr.1T" tr- 



«=&= 



-A— A— A— A- 



£=fczfc=£= 



=C=6P=t?=^= 



^_fc — fc — ^ 

rP- 1 ! 1- 



5— D— D— £_. 



■P — ^ — * «■ * fs-, P I— 

— t=t_it_±__=:_z=;— ~— *idJ 



1 shall a - bide with Christ my King Who saved me by His love. 






No. 139. 

Rev. John Newton 



Amazing Grace 



Wm. Walker 



1. A - maz-ing grace, how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like me! 

2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re - lieved; 

3. Thro' man - y dan - gers, toils and snares, 1 have al - read - y come; 

4. The Lord has prom-ised good to me, His word my hope se - cares; 

-^- I J 

H ^jiJiaz zis — LiaJ -fc ^- -f- rK ^ct 4 g.i- iA — E zEBEEi 



r- 







1 once was lost bnt now I'm found, Wad blind, bat now I see. 
How pre - cious did that grace ap-pear The hour I first be-lieved. 
'Tie grace has brought me safe thus far, Aud grace will lead me home, 
He will my shield and por-tioube, As long as life en-durer. 






A — A r^» — m-r 



No. 140 God Will Keep You In the Circle of His Love 



Eula M. Wellborn 



Dedicated to U, S. Soldiers 
Owned bt the Authohs. 



J. M. Henson 



p-^*- * — «l-| — i 1 — *S — *— I — i — jk — A— m- -Ad — «i — a. 1-1 — I — « — A- 



1. Tho' yon sail o'er o - cean wa-ters, To pro-tect your Mother-land; God h 

2. Still the prayers of all your loved ones Will as-cend un-to His heart, Who wi 

3. Still His Spir-it sweeps the o - cean;'Tisen-cir-cled by His pow'r, They wh 

4. They who'll fall a - mid the bat-ties, With God's seal np-cn the soul, Shall a 

5. Brave-ly stand 'midst earthly battles. With a dauntless faith in God;Mayyo 



- r A— A r A A_A- r A— A— A 






•(•- -A- 



I 



m — t*b — at— \-& — : a — I 1 — H 1 1— 

,_, \ fc— £ r -l ! L-J-r-J— -*-£, 

— I — ♦! — « — ♦-!-«( — « — «i — ♦t-rHr — I — ^-f 






=F 



-i-l-^i- — i— — \-\- & — ad •"""• 

a_C^i_^ — -a«-C« — = — ^i-Ji 



►^-^-^-"al— »-hsJ— ii-^Mi— aj-F^— ^ 

Heav-en will pro-tect you,By His might-y nn-seen handlSet yonr heart on thingsi 
hold you elose-ly to Him , While from loved ones held apart ICnrist who walked o'er earth* 
slumber there are numberd, And remembered ev-'ry hour ISome fair dawn they'll all 
wak - en in His like-ness Where no clouds of strife shall rolllMan-y shall return! 
soon, with hand of vict'ry, Wave His banner o'er the sod 10'er His own-when fae- 

-I 1 1 — I r | A — A A -r* — r» — a — A-r-^f r A — A -J 

'. -+f -m—m — m — ^-|-l 1— . — i 1 — V-m — m — »■ — i — t-g>-- ft>— *-H 1 «»-H 



±fc=t 






r 3 



r 1 — irtnnr^ i 






e-ter - nal.Look to Him who regnsa-bove;As a Shepherd, still He'll keep you i 
ly wa - ters.And as-cend-ed high a -bove, Will be ev - er near to keep yota 
a-wak -en, And be borne on wings a-bove, To know bliss-ful rest for-ev-er,l 
in triumph, Still the moth-er land to rove, Pray'r may keep you in that numbs] 
ing dangers, Guards the peace-ful ho-ly Dove, Underneath His wings He'll keep yoi 

-aUM 



r £> A— 



A— A_A— A- r A^-A— A-, A-n 



■9— Ai-F^— ■*— I 1 1-| 1 1 1 r-^rfA-afcl — A-l-A — m — I 1 1 3 






\j b t "if ¥ 

In the cir - cle of His love! God will keep you 

keep you,safe-ly keep you 



fcfe 



_A_A- r A— A— a— u>-, 



,_, r _A— A~ A— A 



S=F 






"trV"tr"]r~tr"F 







cur 



ed 



cle cf His love, And pro-tect yon from His bless 

you, will pro-tect you 

A— a_a_A— A— A>— ~- r JLtL- aL-aL£_£_A— -A-T&— T 

SE^=^E£E=?z=§^E^r^=5^E^EzzriigE^ 



God Will Keep You In the Circle of His Love 

home a-bove; Tho' you'll sail o'er wavesof night, He'll sur-ronnd your soul with 



-A—* 



-zpz:^=:$=^=S=FP==i 



t = — *. — a — ^ — A_ r A — A — A — A— 



t= 



i&^tt?-^ — ^ — i ♦ — I — i-i 1 1 1 1 v, — m— \-*> — ^ — F- — ^~ 



*=£=£=*: 



mx 



W=A 



•A — ^--p-1 — ^ — g 



-^ |* _, 



<==£: 



: *«^— — £i 



^^.jp^ 



II 



light, la the cir^ cle, of His love. 

won-droca cir - cle, in the cir - cle of His lo?e. 



. A — A — m- 



f+- 



P h 



2£ 



s 



- * * It^tL;*-*-* 1 !^ 



r.» 



^ElEfelEEEE^EE^EfeElEE^ 



IJ 



Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud". 

No. 141 Tread Softly 

Fannie J. Crosby CENTLY 



W. H. Doane 

zztzzzt 



fr ^-» ?5 .j. » ^s *^-5- -»-<• | -m- ?" * -if- 



1. Be s 

2. Be s 

3. Be s 

4. Be s 



- lent, be s 

- lent, be s 

- lent, be a 

- lent, be e 



• lent, a whis ■ per is heard, Be si - lent, and 

- lent, for ho - ly this place, This al • tar that 
■ lent, Breathe hum-bly a pray'r, A fore-taste of 

- lent, His mer - cy re - cord, Be si - lent, be 



^P-4-i*— Fa — a— a— t£— A; — *— H 1 — E— F»2» i — *— Ft- — I F-H 



Refrain 






* 

lis - ten, treas-ure each word. Tread soft ■ ly, tread seft - ly, The 

ech - oes The mes-sage of grace. 

B - den This mo-ment we share. 

si ■ lent And wait on the Lord. soft-ly here, tread soft-ly here 

^- a— h-- r ^-- B — A-r-RT-^— Vfi-r^— ^ A-pA-A— A— A-, 

^rp^iz^zt^pE^z^-rtEiiE^zzpzi^rEzt^lz^tB 



&F*= 



rit 



Mas-ter is here, Iread soft - ly, tread toft - ly> He bide us draw near. 
B«ft-ly here, tread soft-ly here, 

^_ J_i *L£*_ ff-rA^-A-rA-A-^-^-r- A r ^JL^-^ r A=. n 



No. 142 



Give Dad a Few Flowers 



Copyright 1942, in "New Songs of Praise" 

Owned by Lone snci Henson ROGERS LO N G 




^_ r _4 — £__|_ r 






1. Give dad a few flow-era while He is still liv - ing, 'Twil! help drive his 

2. Give dad a few. flow-ers while life's snn is shin-ing, His life is now 

3. Some day he is go - ing where flow-ers are growing, Up there in that 



i-A-rA—tA- 



:-~hpzcjjizj m zz&r<+— A^-^-rE— E-E— £-1 , 






I I 



-*-4Us 






sor - rows a - way: 
fad - ing a - way; 
heav - en - ly home; 



'Twill make his load lighter. And will make his way 
Do not be de - ceit • ful, Bat make his life 
dad - dy 1 prom - ise To meet yon in I 



2— *) — m — t*— rsyT-r-^— *=— r* i_ *• *-r* — •*— * — **-( — - £ — i 



h I 




Fine. Refbajd 

~^ — i 



-^ — mj— •— H h 1 — c « ,i — •— C a^a- E - — c *- — ■ — B — ■ * 

light - er, Give dad a few flow - ers to - day. 

cheer - ful, Give dad a few flow - ers to - day. Give dad a few | 

Heav - en, Where those precious flow-ers shall bloom. 

r__ I. .! -i*t -^r l¥- : P" -♦* -^"- - iO^ i O 



■US* 



^- r t--! 



^mzr~ t—=E:z— =====E^=t===t:=t^it&it=Ai=Et=| 
D, S.— Give dad a few flow-ers to - day. 

a. _^_ ___,_J .J^r^^^^^-H-r-^-4^ fS ^ 

fm^=^gr-=F z =~-F--2=E--=* :: — iEI=l-*lk^^-A: 



&=« 



-25h 



flow-ers to - day For soon he is go - ing a- way; 

some flow-ers to-day, iB go - ing a- wajj 



r— kr—fcr 



:E^=*=t:B=E=Er|?iz5=?=ET = »zzJ?rEE^=:Et^: 




__P__p. rp z -g--- m -r"zzpl==^==& :H 



We'll en - joy them when giv - ing, he'll en - joy them while liv - ing. 



:£__» A . r £i 3»*.-£- r *--£-- 



i. r i 






No. 143 I Will Meet You In the Morning 



A. B. R. copyright 1944. in "sing aloud Eld. A. B. Robinson 



3t_^ — ■-« — i 1 i. — i — V — m — « 



1, I will meet yon in the morn-ing, I will meet yon by and by, I will 

2, I will meet you in the morn-ing, in the land of per-fect joy, There all 

3, 1 will meet you in the morn-ing; o - ver by the crys-tal sea, Thereto 







V V b \j I 






/^ ; 8"' 



£ £ y 



^ i -^-^T&S^Sh^"^-" 



E^r* fc Pi. ■ . 

, ,ts=tx=|s-r!sz: 

tr*--*-^— — -— Vl7t7~&~ 

meet you in the Kingdom, where the saints shall never die; What a great and happy 
Bigh - ing will be o - ver, not a care to cross our breait; There will be no disap* 
join the saints of a-ges, there with them to ev- er be; I know there '11 be a 

_ *— A— A— •— A— A— A— A-i — —————— *»— »T— A— IA- r £— S— fc^-A — 

^25-LE-_— h,-— i 1 U- — P*— P*-l— »— W— IV—W— I - K — IX. £ K £__ 

— ^-*-*=£-£=£ — «--r t7~t7"t7"^ w 



P . „ D. S. — We'll be free from pain and 

^^i^*==fc^Fip«=i=^===--C5=^==^=qs==^:^ 

meet-ing, o - ver there all will be well;There we'll ev-er shout and sing, 
pointments, we'li be free from all die- tress; There onr joy shall cev-er cease, 
shout-ins. o - ver there we shall be free, Hal -le - lu • jah, what a time, 

sor - row, not a bit - ter tear to shed; But have joy with-out com-pare, 
^ ^ Fine. Refrain 

•*—•" W ^ -♦-♦" g tf V » V V \, \ ♦ 7 

And the Sav-ior's goodness tell. I will meet you in the morn-ing, where there 
In the land of per-fect peace. 
Just to all our loved ones see. 



1 






When we all meet o - ver there. 




frr-rjK _ ^fc=jjuT - J i & 






T I * ? r*T 



are no clond-y skies, There the light of God is shining, in the land of Par-a-dise; 

■£3tg 

9-m-\ — J 




No. 144 Sailing Across the Sea 

Copyright 1944, in "Sine Aloud". 

W. K. W. OWNED BY HERSON « WIMBERLEY 



W. VL Wimberley 

r-ft-fl 



i^-^-^-^P-a— m 1 — ** — -P — Pt-^1--^-^^— i -I— E^-^-a-^*— «. 

V— A-to — ■ — — ' ' — to 1— ■ — to~r tor- to — ■ — ■ — rJ—t-M — ■ 1 1-"" 

1. In this life we're on a jour-ney down the lonesome road, And wepnt our - 

2. Now oar ship is swift - ly saii-ing o'er tbe storm-y sea; We are trust-ing 

3. Once when all a-head was darkness, go-ing on in sin, Then I pat my 



.___A_A A A— a_-J^1_a_ A— A— A_ r A_A 1 

.^-j*-A d*. — A A A bfc A lA-r-Hk—y J 1- £>— k* b*. 1* b*i-— 




=*=£=& 



^Eg 



P: 



trust in Je-sas, He will bear our load ;Soon this jour-ney will be end - ed 

onr Re-deem-er, Since He set us free; He's onr guid and dai • ly eom-fort 

trust in Je - bus, and He took me in; I will fol ■ low, dai - ly fol • low 




t- Jr-j — to - ^— — S-I-* — ■ — to — m — to — to 1 1-+ tor-M— to 1 - l "H 

trou-ble will be o'er, Trust in Je-sns, He will guide us To the gold-en shore. 
Pi - lot night and day, He's a Lead-er and we fol-low, Fel-low all the way. I 
down the nar-row road, I will call on Je - bus pray-ing, He will bear my load. 



r — -Ai-A— f*— A_A- r 



-A_A- 






—A— A-A- r Ai-A-A_ 



a — | — 



Rkfbaih *. 



hlj— It— A— *— ArrA— A~A~rA g~^~ V~*-i 



: £=k 



>zzzm-f 






I am sail - ing 



On the rest-less sea, 



gSS5E=E 



Bwift-ly sail-tag, To meet Je-sas, 

at J! x ^ p P 

— ■— :~ rP— [*— A — »— A- r ag -— S— 



._:_"_*_*• 



„ r _D_-&— £-- £-J- r= *-*. 



SE^EiEEEEfe^fe^EIEEESE^: 



pre-cious Je-sus, For He waits for] me: I am trust-ing, ful - ly trust-ing 

:- ~ m— *zi 



S^Z5~lf T^ ^ ^ 



enr 



'&\t'i£ 






Sailing Across the Sea 



zmtizsiZM. 



._fc„_-4U$ T 



Je-sus' math-less love, 



— ♦ — P-S -r ♦ i — ^ — ♦ — w — ""H 



— Aa-A. 

-i — 

-♦■ 



Sooa I'll meet Him 



and will greet Him In that home above. 



A— A-, 






B= 



No. 145 Some Day We'll Understand 



J. E. M 






Copyright. 1944. in "Sine Aloud" 

OWNED BY MARSH ft HENSON 



E. MABSH 



&=£ 



I^-a 1— I — I 1 1 — <*■ — ^— l^-\-r-i 1- 



r: 



1. Some time 'tis hard to nn-der-stand Why God did thuB the way bo plan. 

2. We do not know the rea-son why That clouds should ev-er dim the sky, 

3. ' T was God who planned and wills it so, He planned the way that we must go, 

^^#=ts=bszii=fc=K=fs=*=E^zzt=tr:i=t:=5:-c=t=t:=Etsi==3 



^ I 



r 






:z^=^==s=^;f 



-=£= 



-$--&♦- 



That we should live but just a brief, short span, 

Or why that we should ev - er weep or sigh, Some day we know 

He has a home for as in Beu - lab. land, 



we'll 



lSE:EE=z^=?==z^==Er=z^5=^=z^^E^E~E^=z 

^^^^^^^.^4^ LiiitJUi. 

v~+r — * — «— xi— r-75i .— raj— F— * — ' ' — ' — ' — f-F-i — * — ^i-^_t— (_^ — 

\_i! 1 — i— Aj— i-^^^t ^ r w ~d — ■<— M — ^-^-F— I — i — is — i-Frt — i — 



.©<- - ^ -3- 

der-stand. We'll na-der-standit all when we get there. With loved ones 



U$~J\- K 



MEggE?JBTzEE ES =tE^^Eg5EeEgE£EgEEgE£E 

:^rt===s=Ezdz=t^=E^^=^z=^^=^iE^==!i=*iit»=E5s=:cs= 



— *--*-- 



.4-3. 5/5S 



heav-eD's joy to share, We '11 know why death was planned for mortal man. 
to share, 




^-*-3tr-*f**5££iqS 



mrt 



p — it tt_Jz__c:zJ J 



No. 146 



He Speaketh Peace 



C. C. A. 

- it 



Copyright, 1P44, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by Henson and Alexander 



^ag^g 



C. C. Alexander 

-Mi 



l^ztt 



-F-*c- 



ja—se — 



i> \/ v v * ODi 

1. bur-dened Bi»ul. now in dis-tress, With saddened 

2. Tho' dark and drear - y be the way, While go -ing^j 

3. By bread a-lone man can-not live, Sincegreatw 

r __A-A-A— A ,- — A-A-A-A -1 






2^ 









hearts 



S-^l 



that can -not rest; (that cannot rest) The Sav-ior's 

on each lone-some day; (each lonesome day) Lay hold up ■ 

food my Lord can give; (my Lord can give) His word *■ 

A-A— A_^--J--R:--E- r »-*-«— A 



;32=n 



:f ^--*. _£Z £ ^z 



to£=&=p: 



D. 8 — For an-xions ] 



:fc 



--*--£ 



r"l 



E*--^ P— 4--^i — ^-Paa — — *>-^*-- — '—~r. — zz~z _lA 

words have com-fort true, let Him now 

on God's word a - new And let Himspeak sweet 

lone can faith re- new, So let Him now speak 

-»- a *-<*- *P .A. 

~ A-f*-i — A p a-A-i 1 ^-A-' — H 

— trtrpTr — *-£-£-$-* *= ^^ 

souls He will re -lease, 0- bey Him now nod 



^— -1— a^-r 



:^F 



fez 



v v U v v 

peace to yon (speak peace to jou)Th« Sav-ior speaks a - bove all 

.*. * *, T I s n i X i £ £ P F ^ X 

ca — t — z_r^. A _ pr — tz — t: 



_?zz£=?=c^ "===■*=££— £=£zE 
find sweet peace 



S?E£P~ 



^-H-^ — ■-■-■-■ -^-c-H -d-t-S — mfi ■ ~ ~4 

._ b ^.__^_.,.t._^ r1 ._ i .J| 

a-bnve all strife, And oft-en calmi the troubled life; 

strife; .... And oft-en calms the troubled life; 

_*.+ -a-a-a^-* ^A^pc^^ tzz&zwzz£zz3zi 



No. 147 

James Rowe 



Nearing the Gates 



B. M. Eagle, owner 



H. M. Eagle 






*=*=9 



1. I am press-ing a 

2. the per - feet de 



long in the Iot - lit way, With the rest of the 
■ light that up-lifts my soul When His whis-pers of 



3. What-so-ev • er may come, all the jtrar - ner home, My Re-deem-er my 

r r A — A— A— -&•— A— A- r ^ — A — A _J ! 1_. 

ggzfer-r-p^=^=t==^=^--=t==^==fc— j=gzzr4 r-r =r- : 

__a___ c __c r __ r _ t __ r _ t __ t __cp__p=_ ( — p — j5 — c 






-E^ = -=^=teg=^sii^^E^=g-_=g£§=E^3 



peace - ful fold; Siag-ing car - ols of joy to my God each day, 
love I hear; It it rap -tare to feel His di - vine con - trol 
hand shall hold; That I know that from Him I shall aev - er roam, 

__1 A- r ~^ r-A — A — A — ^ — A — A-f-A A — A—-, 

.=— m — *— H* — t* — * — »aa— A — ia 4- 1 a — 1 

f H U > r*1 — i — i — er" D" i 

:Q; Fine 



i . — |~ J^as^J C — i ,^ - *~ ^» — i I 1—1' A 



1 1 ' < &' * g*- 



Near - ing the gates, ,. 



I am near-ing the gates of gold. 
And be sore that He hov-ers near. 
Bat shall en-ter the gates of gold. Nearing the gates, 



£=£- 



-i* -(*- -m--m- -m- *a- m- 



.A; 

■ 8 *+' — :{=: 



§l?iiii§l§«i: 






bean-ti-ful gates, 




~trtr 



L r~r~r-t — 



D, S. — I am near-ing the gates of gold. 






• I I l III! I 

Beau - ti - ful gates, Pressing onward to joys un-told; 

Nearing the gates, beaa-ti-fal gates, 




- — — -H4r- (A— A>— A— A— (—■ 

— c Fr-r~r-t7 =5: 






D.5. 



u i tj r^fpfi 8 r...i li.^xrrrp 

Near - ing the gates, Near - ing the gates, 

Nearing the gates, beau-ti-ful gates, Nearing the gates, beaa-ti-fal gates, 



-p- — ak— i 



rrn 



PzFESEiEgEEEEEEEEH 



No. 148 

Adger M, Face 



Look Away to Christ 



Fred L. Swilling 



te 



Copyright 19*4, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by Henson and Swilling 

_a. _* _i_i__-___-^_r.__&-.-fc— r 

1. When the way seems dark and the road is long, .... 

2. When the world to you ft... is a drear - y place, 

3. When your bur-dens here are so hard to bear, 







— *- 



mrtrtr- 






& * ^ tn._. _ . r ^ rr ^ b u 



When it seems that now you have lost your song; 

And it seems you'reloet in this earth-Iy race, 

And you long for rest when the skies are fair; 






pp£=S=» ■* : * =*=& 



iz&aErffcWbB^i 



-=-N=->,-=P- 



_): 



T 



£=Ztt=£=£=Z=bzU£z&dt=tt^ 



£=*=£ 



=fcfe*=t*=t== 



c — x^ — W — XI -Pf 



Look a - way to Christ, tell Him all your need, 

Just re-mem-ber friend that the Sav-ior cares 

Put your trust in Christ, and His word o - bey, 




5— =1- 



: -£- 






£E-t*-p- 



S3C3gaE$M4-Jz^: — *zzzr zrciznx: 

v-vmnj Hrtnrrtr 



is 



.J^JUfc- 



— -*=-"z=rr^' 



_, fV- ^ Ks - — — --«■— ~"^ 1 — =- — I 1 






L V*V\ I 



Tou will find that He is a Fried in-deed(is a Friend indeed) 

Put your trust in Him ' cast a-way your fears(cast away joBrfearB)j 

He will lilt your load, turn your night today(toe-ter-nalday.) 

s™— zz=-zzzzzc-tzt=^zzc=t:=:tzi=t=t==^=pz=3tz^^"_*»z 

REFRAIN 



3*1=1 — s — .zfeip^^^r^zrqz3zz_ s __fezfe:4 
===? = Ez^=^ 



U 



Look a-way to Christ, let Him have His way, 

Look a-way to Christ,. let Him have His way, 

a ft ft jn r r 



J>i tI r 



S Tf^^ 35- -r -q S S Iffi""-*— -^ X -i- T ~ ~ — ■ 



tf & I 



Look Away to Christ 



=^-k 



ZC j*_|«_^ _ . . ..|ft_ — ^ — m — ^-P<9 IP-1 



He will tarn your night in- to per-fect day;. 



He will turn your night. 



in-to per-fect day; 



S: ==b=3-J=^=cg:===5=£-t--z:tzc?=f=?=!"=ti?il 



-* — ♦ — ♦ — 3 C ^_fc^ 

All the cares of life He will take from yon, 



All the cares of life 



He will take from yon 

-a- -a- -*8a-a-I*- 



:-ZZq— 






*=*= 



~£-a 



irrtrirtrTnr 

l =?zzzzzgzzzz: E^S=ffz»:i*:M^^zip:fl5=Ei7^=: 5 ^--qci:ii:3J 
tT tT D" [7 t7 n j ^ bJ ^ r U t 

Look a - way to Christ, He will see yon through 

Look a-way to Christ He will see you thro'. 

-Ar-ak--A-->*-Ar--A:— *,- -A- — -Ufa- K K N T T 



j i) 



\j I 



No. i49 

J. T. M. 



My Home Eternal 

OWNED BY THE AUTHOFir 



J. T. McKibben 



1. My home is a-cross cold Jor-dan wide.My home is a-cross cold Jordan widei 

2. My Sav - ior is bid-ding me to come, My Sav ior is bid-ding me to come, 
3 There'll be no more stormy clonds to rise.There 'II be no more stormy clouds to rise, 



IN ^ ^. -<s>- -»- rs v v-<+- 



7^r-.-z»-^-r* h — N — ' — (• — ^ — ^- r^-r 1 — r 1 *- -^-r«?— ' 1*— I — rl — ■■ 



U4 



WLi._^ 



=fc 



£zzc{:E^ri=5E^E*z : ^z£[bz&^ 
zzza:E3^=2£=^zE«tr^z;I=a=Ezd:Eliii;EI=2=a5|=jEEas|=:S:E^=i3 






wrs 



IZJZJ 



My home is a-crosi cold Jordan wide, Just beyond death'sdark and chilly tide. 
My Sav - ior is bid-ding me to come, Up to Heaven, my sweet happy home. 
There'll be no more stormy clonds to rise, In that home beyond the starry skieB. 

?$zztz5tzz^zE^zz^»zft=tt=^^£^^E^ = E*E^EFEH 



trtr 



tririr r-r- 1 ,^ 



No. 150. The Goodness and Mercy of My Lord 

Copyright 1943, in "Visions of Heaven". 
B. B. Bateman Owned by Bateman. Maples and Henson C. C Mapleal 

- m jm — m X B 1 1 1 1 1-|-^ M A W 






1. My Sav - ior I know where-ev - er I go, Will keep me by love di - vinj 

2. My Lord and true Frieud I'll trust to the end And marina He'll dai-ly feed; 

3. His way is the best to mansions of rest, Life with Him is calm and sweet 



mt&tr' 



A— A— A-. A-, 



r .& 



v- 



[& 






^^^4r-A-ttA A A A A-Pa A A A — -F- — 'sh— -&-pA*-^ 

1 — ^^n^-tnr-f j t-tuij — "^ 

I'll trust His free grace and look on His face For tru - ly I know He's mine] 

He'll guide me safe o'er to heaven'sinir shore, Sup-ply-ing my ev - 'ry needj 

On Him I'll de-pend for He is my friend, My jour-ney will be com-plete; 

r . A A— A_ a — A— A- r A— A— A— A_A_ _ _ — A- r ^3 

lE=fcEg=fc=t=t = t=Efc==ir=t=^=^EiS=s=rErr==^EE2 






t-t~t-\ 



h i-r»i — v — ^~ 



-^- L ^T 



1 nev - er will stray, but trust Him each day, For in His embrace am I, In J 
An heir with God'sSon, I trust I am one, To share in His joys un-told,Witl 
The an -gels so fair are wait-ingme there, I'm winging my way a-long,Whj 

— •_ r A— *— A— A_A- r W_ a— A— a'_a_ ^_ A._ ff | 

^zEz^z £+•—*•— IA— '*'~'*dt*'—'&.~ £z£~_::E_z: _~ zz^z; £zc_~E- 






_&__&__£__£_j^ f 



-P- 1 1 1 ^ A-l 1 -H at m. All— I 1 1 1— ■-KAJ- 

►— -*-■*-*—■■ ^--j~ra»— -m— tj— fr~t7-r^— *— *-*— ^ p 

^ * *■**■ — i " i*~§* 

Him I'll con-fide,and with Him a-bide, In glo -ry be-yond the sky, 
in Hisgreatlove in mad-sions a-bove, I'll live in His peaceful fold, 
troubles are past I'll meet Him at last, And live in that laad of song, 



a.fc.r 



_A-A 



.ft .ft 



Kj-fc-ltrA-A-A-.-^ 



Refrain 






I'll hon • or His name. He's ev - er the same, A help • er so true and | 



^^ ^^^^ ^ 



r=F 



The Goodness and Mercy of My Lord 




help-er bo kind, And when I am sad, He makes me glad , When troubled in soul or mind; 
kind, 

ft ft J> f* -*-*- 

SSj-h mOC 1 p— h-=+—Pi i r zp-CP-p-P-P-i — C|JX3 



-A-l-afe — A— A— 1~~ I 1- A- 



inrrtrtnr 

-Pr 






I plain-ly can see, 
And when I look backward o-ver my shoulder, Plainly 1 there can see, 



X- 



i *__ _ jfc ^£jrj£ 



^v-i v ft K> .h, ""r. g" " n, b ft f r^ri — I, 



The good-ness andmer-cy of my Lord, Are fol-low-mg aft-er me. 






^y^y^^pfe^ ^ 



No. 151. There is a Green Hill Far Away 

Cecil Frances Alexander, 1848 J. M, Henson 






-^ — « — m-' 



:*zE^d 



1. There is a green hill far a - was, With-out a cit - y wall, 

2. We may not know, we can - not ten, What pain we had to bear, 

3. He died that we might be for-giv'n, He died to make us good, 

4. There was no oth - er good e - nough To pay the price of sin, 

5. dear - ly, dear - ly has He loved! And we must love Him too, 



_r._ — __-^__^^ p^ 1 r^— r ^ hr ■= f^-rr- ^ — i *.— .-*st-1 




Where the dear Lord was crn - ci - tied, Who died to save us all. 
But we be - lieve it was for ns He hung and suf - fered there. 
That we might go at last to Heav'n, Saved by His pre - cious blood. 
He on - ly could un - lock the gate Of Heav'n and let us in. 
And trust in His re - deem - ing blood, And try His works to da. 



ISO, 152.1F' I COULD HEAR MY MOTHER, PRAY AGAIN. 

James Iiowe. £.-> J. W. Vau-ghan. 

oiowpWith feeling. 



? fA . - f :rh — & N - » > — I fc- r -r fc— * ,-- Is- 



Si 

1. How sweet and haD- py seem those days of which I dream, When mera - o - 

2. She -ussd- •«■* pfaytnalr if , jfC. Aim fiBa^Kauld re - ly, And al - ways 

3. With - in the old home-place, her pa-tient,smil - ing face, Was al - ways 

4. Her work on earth is done, the life-crown has been. won, And she i3 

k_« A. 



g-£- 4 a | a •*-*■ — * — a-=— ~— 1_ — >— h — i , HT* — i— 




_ 1 — . |=s~| b N- 



"*~: 



ry re - calls them now and 
walk the shin-ing gos - pel 
spreading corn-fort, hope and 
now at rest with Him a 



then! 
way; 
chee^ 
bove; 



And with what rap-.ture sweet my 
So trust - ing still His love I 
And when she used to sing to 
And , some glad morn-ing, she I 




wea-ry'heart would beat, If I could hear my mo -ther pray a 

seek that home a - bove; Where I shall meet my mo-ther, some glad day. 

her e • ter • nal King, ft wa.->' the songs the an-gels loved to hear. 

know will wel-corae me To that e - ter -nal home of peace and love. 



1 "" - • r w 

I A_!_-A A-L_A A_« ▲ : A ▲ A AA.« J*-, <=s _J 



Chorus. 
-4 



rt 1 1 -I 1 I 1 «- 



,-.-^— JS- 






I could hear 
I could on - ly 



my mo - ther pray a - gain, If 



7 j > > 

I could 
I could on-ly 



I If l could on - ly hear 



^pg 



ly hear 



7[ .; ; 



^ 



.,— j- 



hear her ten - der voice as then! 



So 



glad 
hap - py 



♦ #i-s — m—-\ 1 



I'd be. 

I should 



'twould 



-r- — 1 »— . ai 1- 1— — — <»-r — r» 



5 



A W. futbu, owmar. 1(2*4. 



hap 



tor 



I should be 



IF I COULD HEAR MY MOTHER PRAY AGAIN. Con. 



mean so much to* me, If I could hear my mother pray a - gain. 

for me a - gain. 



aL4 J_l: 



a ♦ a — a — a — a • A , a_a — a — ^r*-^ - : isrJ — =j 

rii.J? k .'->> — p*.— > — *~r-> ~— *— ♦— * — ? — ~r. — ' — r~ - r — ~d 



NO. 153. 



B, E. newltt. 



More About Jesus. 

Coprritht.'l&ft. by Jdc. R. liweoer. 
Uted by per. of L. £. Swtner, executrix. 



J oft, R. Swtney. 

N I Si 




1. More a-bout Je - bus would I know, More of His grace to oth- era show; 

2. More a-bout Je - sus let me learn, More of His ho - ly will dis-cern; 

3. More a-bout Je - bus; in HisVord, Hold-ing cora-mun-ion with my Lord; 

4. More a-bout Je - sus on His throne, Rich-es in gjp - ry all His own; 



HI 



h i A < * i A] Ar- 



4 — £_t 



i^s-r-E 



[J 8 AJ-.-A' A! Al Ai 



•Al Al A 



g=g U 1 g: 



£ 



i feLfeJ J 



Fine.: 




More of His sav - iog foil - ness see, More of His love, who died for me. 
Spir - it of God my teach - er be, Show-ing the things of Christ to me. 
Hear-ing His voice in ev - 'ry line, Making each faith-fui say- ing mine. 
More of His kingdom's sure increase; More of His com-ing, Prince of Peace. 




9 U 



D. S.-More of Hia saving full- nets »ee, More of His love, who died for me. 
Refeain. D. S. 



i 



££= 



4- 



i b^HM 



W^ 



ateu 



I 



More, more a - bout Je • sus, More, more a - bout Je 



agg 



fcc 



-A^ 



{*=*: 



£ 



-a^r 



A- A', 






-Ai — m- 



m 



No. 154 Jesus Is Coming, Tell the Good News 



Adger M.Paco 



Copyright 1944 in "Sing Aloud" 

L. D. MORRIB OWNER 



L. D. Morris 




=fc±d^* 



l i f p " < i~ -H 1 — -J — * — i - -^tf— I 1 — p» a! 



1. Jo - bus the King of all kings is soon com-ing, Com-ingto gath-er His 

2. Won't it be glo -ry for'"all of His chil-dren, See-ing Him coming with 

3. Glad hal - le - la-jahs will ring on that morning, When we are wafted from 

_ I A-_-A-_A-_ ( m -i*--A- 

^-Y-^— >*•— i*— * — IA — ai-P*. — S— a— £ — K-SPP — I I l*~ P- 



3E*| 



Sr 



.-J— 4 



95 



gilll^^l^iSi^^il 



t i 

loved and His own, Take them to Heav-en te join that home-com-ing, 
heav-en's glad throng? We shall be hap - py to join with that num-ber , 

earth-life a - way; Go - ing to Heav - en, won - der • fnl sto • ry, 

_A. -A- -A- -A- -A- _ -m- -A- _ 



wttt^ =*^ 



~- w--tt- 



Refbajn 






su» is 



.1 i. I 

Great - est home-com-ing that ev-er was known. Je 
Shout - ing and Bing - ing that heav-en -'ly song. 
With our Be - deem-er for- ev - er to stay. Je - sub our King, 

_^ m ._p_ J^_J. -A- -A- -A- -A- 



yfejU ; u-TTT^^&FFff^ 



r— r 



--4 — -4_-^I 



nn> — ^i A — ^^»^_c^ j — M — zzz _q — ~1-=1 



rrrt 

com - - ing, sound the good news, 

soon will be com-ing, sound the good news, sound the good news, 

.A- -A- -A- -A- -*•- -A- A- A- 





■I 1 J-i — 1- 1— m — »-r- Hr— w 1— 

'r~c *r~,,— -^tE ^ ^T^rr^T —iii ~~z__:z^z: 

- \ t a — r- s-s-^r-f-r- r-i — Ft-m — i 

Tell it, that all His sal - va - - tion 

Tell it that all, tell it, that all His sal- va-tion may choose, li is 



m — ,» — m—m r i m — ■ — m 

:^z---zz~zz--zzzlz^-tzzzpzx 



2=£H 






-■_-p: 



Jesus Is Coming, Tell the Good News 




may choose; Tell it in song, let 

sal - va-tionmay choose;Tell it in song, tell it in song, 
_A_ -(J_-g;_:||_'5 t ^ -A-.a.^a.^a-^ -A-_A-_-A- -A- 



*= 
^ 



— s- c r-tr-r-r---r :x i*- , *-r-, ,a --- t: — t D 

your Toice lond-ly ring Till all who may hear it will 

let-ting your voice lond-ly ring, let it ring, 



■P-^-h--H- -A- .g. -A^ J 





*EBi3tzfcr^^E^| : 



join us that day, In prais-ing onr heav • en - ly King 

In praise to our great beav-en-ly King. 



-fdA* 



2--r 



-aLV- 



1 1 



No. 155 Blest Be the Tie 



John Fawcett 



H. G. Naegeli 



1. Blest be the tie that binds, Our hearts with Chris - tian love; The 

2. Be - fore our Fa - ther's throne, We pour our ar - dent pray 'rs; Our 

3, We share our mu • tual woes; Our mu - tual bur - dens bear; And 

4, When we a - son - der part, It gives us in - ward pain, But 

1- — S. 1 I — v 1 I | 

SUA. J^-*-r 



»--. -~-^> III . -•-••»- -<s>- 




fel - low - ship of kin - dred minds 1b like to that a - bove. 
fears, our hones, our aims are one,— Our com - forts and our cares, 
oft - en for each oth • er flows The sym - pa - thiz - ing tear, 
we shall still be joined in heart. And hope to meet a - gain. 



No. 156 



J. M. Henson 



Riding the Billows 

COPYRIGHT 1944 IN "SING ALOUD" 

J. M. Henson. owner 



J. O. Townsend 






1. Out on the o - cean fac-ing the gale, (fac-ing the gale) 

2. Waves are a-bound-iog, ves - eels all reel,(ves-sel all reel) 

3. Noth-ing now fear-ing, calm is the sea, (calm is the sea,) 

*===t==t:=i==t=t=: 

A, a. A A A, ■ LA A — A. fat- 

& & -.t» d ..-t> y v i; i 






■s- 



-' LA A bA bA~ I • 



3f3E3 






tr 0" &" D t7 U> I b b L» . 

Rocked by com-mo-tion, on-ward I saiI;(on-ward I sail;) 

Dan-geiB are sound-ing safe - ty I feel; (safe - ty I feel;) 

Har-bor is near-ing home I shall be; (home I shall be) 

J*., .ft. .ft. -m- -*■■ -r«- -f»- gfcr- -F»-#^- -fcc- -ftr- -f«- 



b*=fe=fe 







- m -—i — -j — s— ^m — m — ■— ■— ■ — •* 



■sus is guid-ing, o - ver the waves, (o-ver the waves) 

Je -ens is still -ing, tem-pests so wild, 'tempests so wild,) 

Trust-ing my Pi-lot, who will not fail (who will notfail,.> 



Je 



J*-~-i 



1 LA; A, LA bA)— (A) « M- & ^ 1~ J I 



V V } j \j \j 



K — *--m-r-*i 



£--*--,- 



FlNR 



•*-trr»-trX-t; 



A,— _— A, J)— Aj— »-U£*S- 



FINK 



* F?" 



Nanght is be-tid-ing, sweet-ly He saves (sweet-ly He saves) 

Cheer-ing and thrill-ing, fear not child. (fear not child.) 

Je - sus has sure - ly eonquered the gale (conquered the gale) 

D. 8. -Conquered the bil-lows, ' head -ed for home, (headedfor home) 

^i-^J^-, R — ft—f. — P — C= r — ft- ft » 1 . 

Kid -ing the bil - lows, safe from the gale, 



Riding the Billows 



L --S E£— 



L?i A — A ^ ^J ^ 



<£»* 



Prd- 



fe^e?eJ 



Je - sua my Pi - lot,(won-der-fnl Pi - lot) nev - er can fail;(ner-er canfail;) 

J>J>J PJ ' « J 6 UA 

^==^gE=E: 

:==z=--r!i»*=fc=^:E=i= = =z:=3J 






-ft-a-*. 



D.S. 



vcr the foam,(o -ver the foam,) 

I 



Soon I shall an • chor o 

r.u 1 7A^ > ~y > ~g~ ''g — aP 1 — a — as — a ' 

No. 157 Promised Land 

Samuel Stennett Arranged 

^lE^iiEiEfc?E?^E?EEiEiE^EiEEiEErzE^Ei^ 

l i 

1. On Jor-dan's storm-y banks I stand, And cast a wish - ful eye, 

2. All o'er those wide ex - tend-ed plains Shines one e - ter - tal day; 

3. No chill-ing winds or pois-onous breath Can reach that health-ful shore; 

4. When shall I reach that hap -py place, And be for - ev - er blest; 

I m 

¥.-&-*. ha — a — a *— r»— -» — I 1 hi* — i» Mk I—— l~l -I 



& 



t — f— t — r 



FlNK 



II! r r r ^ ( 

To Ca-naan's fair and hap- py land, Where my pos - see-sions lie. 
There God the Son for- ev-er reigns, And Beat - ters night a - way. 
Sick - ness and sor- row, pain and death, Are felt and feared no more. 
When shall I see my Fa-ther'sface, And in His bos - om rest, 

— -— — ■V'-^—i- 1 — rh 1 h 1 1 — rl 1 ♦— I — 



:==±r£= 



-a 1* — MIC'!* — a — a — P — E-iCP — E — i — \-^—i — F^--l 

c *_ t __c r _ t _^ £ __ t — r _t J 

D. S.-O who will come and go with me, I am bound for the promised land. 
Refrain _ < * _ D.S.. 



izzzzz^cztzztzzfrztt-ifzt^z: 



*-=-£ 



--^J-, 



B 



?^iEi^Eif?S?^S?ii^SEi£iE^il 

I am bonndforthe promiied land, I am bound for the promised land. 

• e- '^~~ m± '^' 1 t , 'T" ~ m ' ~ m ~ ' (m — m ty m LZ' m U! m ~ J& ~ ' 



^ trrr-i7 =^ 






No. 158. 

aoger M. Pace. 



HEAVEN'S JUBILEE. 




t^.-^ 



6. T. Speer, 
h 



£ 



n. 



3=*=it 



S=£ 



f=* 



1. Some glad morning we shall see Je-sus in the air, Com-ing af - ter 

2. Seems that now I al-most see all the saint-ed dead, Bis - ing for that 

3. When with all that heav"nly host we be -gin to sing, bing-ing in the 



1& 



§§ 



F 



=4= 



f= 



j j— ■- 



^=fs=fs=tt 



£=£: 



"p — p~f 



f 



Ctt* 



M 



b b b b b b 



=t 



£=£ 



p p p r> p -t>-rt 



w^—^ — t 



3=3: 



fF» 



3? 



iM-++cS 



3=13- 



you and me, joy is ours to share; What re-joic- ing there will be 

S* - bi - lee, that is just a - head; In the twinkling of an eye, 

o - ly Ghost, how the hea?'ns will ring; Mil - lions there will join the song, 

p _ r3 



* 



ft=± 



& 



= 



5=5= 



£=£=*=£ 



IWttft 







S 



-*— p= 



b b b b 
-ft-^-fyP- 



:fczq=3=st!!: 



tt& 



3=2* 



* 



when the saints shall rise, Headed for that ju-bi - lee, yon-der in the skies, 
changed with them to be, All the liv-ing saints to fly to tbat ja - bi - lee. 
with them we shall be Praising Christ thru a-ges long, heaven's ju-bi -lee. 



i^^ 



— 3T* — * — ™ — « — * — • — *ts — r* — * — * — «s — i — 



^3 



P=¥ 



b=^- L b-^-b=^=p : 



tf 



Chorus 



4- 



& 



J J 



g c s c ^ 



i a 



b i> v ' 

Oh, what sing -ing, Oh, what shout-ing, 

What a day of sing -ing, sing -ing, what a day of shout-ing, shout-ing, 



£ 



P P P 



i# 






P ^ 



£=£ 



f" 



; T 



±=fc 



ff j p p p — p p F — a — 



3 



,b. ,b b b 



5=2 



t-r 



f=F 



3 



M 



n that hap-py morn -ing when we all shall rise; 

when we all shall glad -ly rise; 



b — b b b b F 



r 



Copyright, law. G. T. Speer, mraoi. 



HEAVEN'S JUBILEE. Concluded. 



*H i J =fr 



j- 



j- 



4 a J 



i 



=5=? 



*T 



rc- 



b b 

Oh, what glo-ry, Hal • !e Ia-]ah! 

What a day of glo-ry, glo- ry, Glo -ry hal - le - la - jah! gfo-ry! 



# 



±=£=f 



frT j * E f -*-* 



£S 



6=fP 



it 



4 



1 



i 



b D P b 



*=¥ 



rr 



M 



When we meet our bless -ed Sav-iour in the skies. 

Sav - iour yon - der in the skies. 



it«f ? -t ^£-£- 



t'-t f ,1 



* 



^: 



» 



£ 



-y- 



No.159. I HEAR THY WELCOME VOICE. 

L. H. REV. U Hartsough.. 

Sl 






teliji 



£=£ 



M 



3 



=i=r 



b I 

1. I hear Thy welcome voice, That calls me, Lord, to Thee , For cleansing in Thy 

2. Tho' com-ing weak and vile , Thou dost my strength assure , Thou dost my vileness 
S. 'Tis Je - sns calls me en, To per-fect faith and love, To perfect hope, and 



g^ 



n£ 



S3E 



£££ 



fc=fcz:sz=i= 



I P b \> 



F jj b b M- l 'I b p b 



Chorus 



chorus, s , 



fflt 



Pi 



P 



it 



2=9 



* 



f— I 



$ 



fc£- fr-fr 



precious blood That flowed on Cal - va - ry. 

ful - ly cleanse, Till spot-less all and pure. 

peace, and trust, For earth andheav'n a-bove. 



§ 






I am com-ing, Lordl Coming 



b b b > F 



£=£ 



^^^ '^fffi 



i 



B 



f 



* 



4=» 



nJ 



now to Thee! Wash me, cleanse me in the blood That flowed on Cal -va - ry! 
ez^-^ — ^ — m — »_= — m — * — . . ^- — = — m. 






g =g-Ht: g l CT fl 



^=ig 



•p"y 



No. 16U. 



Never Alone 



Stanaa Marvin P. Dalton. Chorus Arr. M. P. D. 

Copyright, 1940, by The A. J. Showalter Co. in "Gates of Glory" 

Adger M. Pace The A. J. Showalter Co., owner Mabvtn P. Dalton 




3B aI aI 



m 



arl 



1. Since I bave found my re-deem-er and friend, Joy- bil -lows o - ver me 1 

2. When I am temp- ed to fol -low the wrong, He Twill be with me I 

3. Soft- ly He whis-pers"I'm with you al -way, "Keep look-ing up -ward and 




j^ ^^=^ £^=g£^ j 



roll; Since He has saved me I know He'll de- fend, Mak- ing me 
know; When I am lone - ly He gives me a song,Cheers me as 
smile; Tou shall have rest at the close of the day,Some sweet day 

— * 4- 



E 



:£=£: 



$=£=£=; 



m 



H 



Chorus 



& 




aj— ad— Y ai - 



3-~-*F~ -iT 



hap - py and whole. No 

on -ward I go. 

af - ter a -while. Nev - er, 



=^m 



FF? — ■^ z tP — - — W— -*-H 



W— f*- 



*ti-zt- 



nev - er a -lone, 
I am 



^ 



*=t 



£ 






Vlone, 



m 



f 



-p— p- 



I ii— y 



V- 



F-- 1 ?^ 



-L»> — b<— fr — ^ ! 



i 



^=^=5: 



~N — * -i 



f=^s : 



3 



37=£=« 



— N- 



gj M a t— ad- 



* — *■ 



* — N 



5 — J-U-3 =3=3 



f" 



«w 



No, nev- er a -lone, nev-er a -lone,Je-sus Prom-ised nev-er, 

Nev-er, I am Prom - ised nev-er to 



-7 — a — u — r 



g — g — d — fc 



T^F 



J ♦ 



F~ F 



e=ez: 



| ^^^^|^ZpE^^^^ 



leave me prom-ised nev - er to leave me a -lone;No, 

leave me, nev- er to leave me a -lone; Nev-er, 



Never Alone 




nev-er a - lone 
I am nev-er 



i* — f 

No, nev-er a -lone, 

a-lone, Nev-er, I am never a - lone, Je-sus 



3r-5=^ 






■ y — ■ *> \j ' - 



-.r— A- A A A- 






rJ: 



:=fc=h 



^^— ^ 



i^a 1 ?^ 



il— Sli-fcS : 



I 



prom - - ised Nev-er to leave me a-lone, a- lone, 

prom-ised nev -er to leave me; 

:. * - F 1 17 u I r F ~E=F a • A-- - 



H 



£=E^^^1 



No. 161 



Glory to His Name 



Rev. E. A. Hoffman 



fe^t 



Rev. J. H. Stockman 
SI f» S 



m 



4r 



^=3- 



m&m^ mm 



$5& 



1. Down at the cross where my Sav - ior died, Down where for cleansing from 

2. I am so won-drous-ly saved from sin, Je - sns so sweet-ly a- 

3. pre-cions foun-tain that saves from sin, I am so glad I have 

4. Come to this foun-tain so rich and sweet;Cast thy poor soul at the 



m 



S£*EEg=£ 



rrw 



t; 



it 



& 



3 



jPj2 



mm 



*--£ 



5je«3£~3e3 



1— 1 (— 

1 — *^^F 

sin I cried, There to my heart was the blood ap-plied:Glo - ry to His 

bides with -in, There at the cross where He took me in;Glo - ry to His 

en - tered in, There Je-sus saves me and keeps me clean;Glo - ry to His 

Sav-ior's feet;Plunge in to-day, and be made com-plete;Glo - ry to His 



§3£ 



w 



~-w 



m^. 



f^T^ 



"T» <A '-| I 



-*^z±i 



1r1r 



S^3==zfe 



D.S. — There to my heart was the blood ap - plied, Glo - ry to His 
Fine Refrain . ""T"^ D.S. 



F^^ 



**3?* 



name. Glo - ry to His name, 



r m* 



E^tEl 



^sm 



r 



S 



Glo - ry to His name; 



-&— 



-i — 



7*1— 



f" 



At * A A- 



& 



1 



No. 162 There's a Rainbow In the Cloud 



A. J. 



Copyright 1944, in "Sing Aloud". 

OWNED BY J. M. HENSON 



JL-j— £_J 



Rev. Andrew Jenkins 



a - i J r -^-C«,__^_" »__ - ,_C»|_"_"_^_ - jj : . : _j_C -( _«,jj^-.«_ 

1. Once a sin-ner from Christ 1 was wand'riDg away. And with sorrow mj heart 

2. When the tri - als of life seem so beav-y to bear, Ton will find sweet relief 

3. Like the prod-i -gal son you may wander from home, Yea may run with a world" 



r* — >■» — I* — ■* — 



■0=mdti=t=i=i=. 



— i (*- 



A-rak— I 1 



£=t=t3 



Efe 



I *—*-|-i*E— *V 



[> -fir. t> f M^^ 



tzt=t=fczt 



^3s=ts=^zES=!s=l»3Kz: 




i d b 1/ 1 r# ■ 



zz£fzj— — z^^=f> F J-^^z^=&^p-/s--r-f:^b^q 

-*- c ^-;pC— <• m—mJ-m—^-n-^—»—»—^-^- m — m -m-m-m-J 

was bowed; Then a sweet ten-der voice seems to whisper and say, 

in pray'r; Tno' the tem-pest may rage andthe thunders roll loud .There's a 

ly crowd; But wher - ev - er yon go bear His voice sweet and low, 



to 



msE 



WE*=& 



£ 



$==£ 



mz&=££=t==t==t==£=i 



:cgzp 
:Eeze 



^ Fink Refrain f* 1 | 

-J kr-j- r- f*» K-r S~ -&-. — ■ — 




-~T 




3zi=p=sE^iiZiEii^-^iE^Ejz:feE^z*E' i =zSE' s E' 5:: 
^ ■ t7 D" ^ l ~ ~^ -^-♦- * 17 l» t7 D""""^ D" tT~ 

rain-bow, in the clond. There's a rain-bcw 

beau-ti-ful rain-bow bean-ti - fnl rain-bow 

— nrz_z_3_zzz:zzz:_==zt:_zgz:t:fc ! .t_— _zb_=_=t=:t:zzt=:zzzz: 



=*=£=*= 



- — -D — K-i — rH- — i— —sr — i — - — fv -t— iztrzrr_^_i P— rw, 

\j ^ .. r ^. - j. ^ ^ (7 ^ ^ b 



b I b 

that is shin-ing each day, There's a rain-bow. 



at we 



beau - ti - ful rain-bow 






E£zS 

L 



— * — A — *-r* — Wfc — * — m — 4 



1 



t=tt= 



•A A ▲- 



t=t 



._|zz:tzzi=:*=:*=bssz:ts=:*— (s=pKz:i=:ix=:^E^=: : 

i b V b b b b b b b b * 




No. 163 

R. L. H. 



Down In My Heart 



Copyright 1944, in ''Sine Aloud' 
Owned by Eenson and Hamil 



R. L. Hamil 



4 U- 






5-= 



1. As I wa'ked a - long on life's road one day, I caught the Lord' 

2. As 1 walked a - long on this same glad dav, The Sav ior be - 

3. Since the Lord came in 1 have naught to fear, I feel Hia bleBS 

-,~-t- ♦f— ^— r ' ♦ — ♦ — *" — i*— r 1 *" — ♦f-«* — f-r* — ♦ 1 

~ 4~i* ^ i — — * — "* — * — A — A — A^-ft^k-i-sfc — * — i — 



h»4-:- 4- - ^ l — a— h ^ — * — * — * — a — i- ▲ — a — A--#^k-i-!fc — 



s re • 

gan 

-ed 

-•- 



£==*==P== 



^=Ex 



"V 

-m- ™ 

lig - ion down in my heart; Seems He said to me come and walk my way, 
liv - ing down in my heart; As He said to me work and watch and pray, 
pres-eoce down in my heart; With His ten-der care, and His love so dear, 

-» - ^ • »- -» - . . -•-_ ^__ _ -<*■_ 

i — ^ — 2 — *— PS — Ui ■ 1 — 2--Ai-Pak — 2 — £ — ▲ — *— P~— 



m 



Us 



g.-Li I b H 



1 



?EEffiE^EE3 



^: 



_§ 



r- 

Fine Refrme . 

— r ft — A A=s-1 — I 



t7~r- 



He gave me His re - lig - ion down in my heart 

And keep the Lord's re-lig-ion down in my heart, Down in my heart, 

I found the Lord's re-lig -ion down in my heart. 

IN -a- -A -A- K| 

^E£E£E^^E?EE^Ez^S^EEEfe^EE£^EE3 

D. S. I keep the Lord's re-lig • ion down in my_ heart. 

n £ j £—- r— * : 1 £--, 

down in my heart, 1 have the Lord's re - lig ■ ion down 

^=^==g=^==gz^z8g^: F ^==g=Eg=£E=z:L==g==C"q 



*=E 




in my heart; Down in my heart, down in 
^ .-. ■ L*> I 



' ^^ ft w 



No. 161 Wonderful Joy and Peace 



Copyright 1944. in "Sinsr Aloud" 
Owned by L. D. Morris 



Adger M. Pace 



L. D. Morris 






%$*& 



1. Just to be a - lone with my Be-deem-er, tell-ing Him all a-bout my woes» 

2. Just to hear Him say, "I will be with thee, e - venun-to thy journey's end'' 

3. Just to have him tell me some glad morning, aft-er this wea-ry life is o'er, 

ft * * & ,v ^_t jjs h n r r I s 

CS- — -j-A) — *— ak — *r-[ — H?*i — =~b= 1 — *• — * — *— Al-r*— *— tm — m— *~ ■ 




8 



U- 



— KX=L 



'-«|-==K^^=a!-F^ 



=M=fw 



-=»—■ x 



-h— W— be— rr-h— h— •- ••-M c *-~ 



-tmr\nnr~- — 5^- L r-r^ 



Brings won-der-fnl joy...... and won-der-fnl peace; 

Brings wonderful joy brings joy and peace; 



D. S.-From Bor-row and sin(from sorrow and sin)I'm finding release, (I find release) 

Just to be as-snred that He will keep me .giving me vie- 'try o'er my foes, 
Just to have Him waik a-long be-side me, tell-ing me that He is my Friend, 
I shall have a place with Him in glo-ry, and shall live there for-ev-er-more, 

Just to have a lit - tie talk with Je-sus when the old tempter tries my soul, 




Brings won-der-fnl joy 

Brings wonder-fnl joy 



and won-der-fnl peace. 



His won-der-fnl peace, 



:^m-m-m-l 



__ _ , afc ^-1— — r— — Bfc— 



Refraih 



* '- ^ 



m 
5 



:t-t; 



r.J 



Zfe 



3=*=s 



II 



— <*d 



a*. 



__,_* h, inmnrc . b^p-p^. 

Oh, won-der-fnl joy, Oh, won-der-fnl peace, 

Oh,, won-der-fnl joy His wonder-fnl peace. 

->e ^ - F - F -F— S*— S— I t ~ i "n -F-[~ (-'— I J* --] 



EQ£»E* : 



==±==±^=*=|£$=±^z* 



*=^F=9=9=s=*l 



No. i65 On the Road to Glory-land 



J. E. E, 



Copyright, 1944, in "Sing Aloud" 
Owned by fienson and Edwards 



Jos. E. Edwards 



if 

1. Come on ray broth - er we will shout and sing, 

2. Gome on my sis - ter we will be at rest, In gle • ry land, In 

3. Come on ye pil - grims we will be at home, 



dZzfeKUfcrts-ri*— I ^=r:=:S=^z=!*==p»n=EE"^=t=i=t==J 



V~\7 



try 




3=2 



-5J — ^ — ^-— r*J — ^--t* — *)-— 2 — 5 — » — #- = t2 2 — I 

We'll sing hap - py prais - es nn • to Christ oar King, 
glo • ry land; We will live for - ev - «r with the good and blest, In 
Where we'll be with Je - bus nev - er more to roam, 

•a 1 -*- 



si^ 



~g-gj 






-jjj— g ~ 



b 



IT 



S=t 






■l-»— K- 



Retrahs k 



fcte= 



£ 



=3= 



glo - ry land, in glo -ry land. I'm on the roy - al road to glo - ry 

Roy-al road glo-ry 

Sfe-L F- f . Lib ft ft f ^k -h -t g -^-p-xTr^"^ - 



r-t—r^ir 



:t==£: 



S^ii 



*=* 



:q£ 






land, 



glo - ry land, glo - ry land; I'm on the roy - al road 

to glo - ry land, yes glo-ry land; roy-al 

SPj -i »-*-t^ * — <m — » — P-i — f — i— | — | S F-— I — I E~" 

{ IfJ — c — t — f— (r— fc->- c — ^b^-fc^ L - — I — fc* 

4. 



dfc 



e? 



=t 



=t 



fc=&==fcfc*=4=*^ 



— -*-+ — ^ 



=±±ZZ| . 

\j \j -w -P- "■' 

* U D 



I 



to glo • ry land, I'm gon-na join that hap - py band, 

glo • ry land, that hap-py band 



i«-—^-i_«. 






A^- 



1 



No. MS- 



Heaven is my Home 



Copyright, 1937, by The Stamps-Baxter Music Co., 
J. R. BAXTER, JR. in "Starlit Crown" FRED L. SWILLING 



^^^M^^^^^m 



1. Here I have a place to rest and tar-ry till my la-bor on this earth is 

2. Man-y are the prob-lems here to wor - ry and to check my prog-ress on the 

3. Soon I'll fold my tent and quick-ly en - ter Zi - on's ship and sail a-cross the 



$. 



m&Mmmm§mm§m$ 



^ 



e3=1eS 



S-T 



fV^-TL-t-f,. 



£ 



±~= 



=^4- 



1 



@S 



■MS 



3^ 



-it— i— j 



: c~r i p t f 



o'er, I am go - ing to the promised land a-cross the foam; 

way, 

sea, mad - ly dash-ing foam; 



£ 



.J^ite^^^ ffB 



1 



4S2- 



1-^ 



u u 



fep^^lgi ^lg^to^ 



Soon the blessed Lord will come and car- ry me on wings of love to that glad shore, 
Let me la - bor on for I must hur-ry ere the shades of evening close the day, 
All my hope on Christ I now can cen - ter for His precious blood avails for me, 



& 



^ttp^^e 



ta ^ti-f 



ta 



£ 



V 



fi-^-H^ 






$=^ 



1 



Szzfz^- Tt al- ^ 



rrre=? 



I'm a hap-py pil-grim on my jour-ney, heaven's my home 

e - ter -nal home. 







Chorus 



£3ee£ 



-ft--**- 



1 



— *- 



H 



t£ 



f% 3 F 



My home e - ter - nal, I'm go - ing there, 

Heav-enis my home, I am go - ing there, 

... .,. ., ** JbJ J. 



m 



u_- — ~ — 



¥$ 



Heaven is my Home 



m 



£=£=£=^=3iv 



^ 



* 



s=fc 



¥Tt 



What joy su - per-nal with my friends I shall share; 
Perfect peace and joy 



1 



£=£ 



PS 



I shall share; 



!■— *— P* 



■^ 



^=*= 



-g> — b> — y 



M J X 



a^ 



■3— f» 



?TO 



*=LA= 



-1 



Of spring so ver-nal and beauty rare, 

'Tis a land of spring, clothed in beau-ty rare, 



m 



-t_i— — ^i — ^ — *- 



£=^ 



£ 



fc 



5^=^ 



feg^ 



45-45_ti. 



iSl 



1 



?* 



I'm a hap-py pil - grim on myjour-ney, heaven's my home 

e - ter - nal home 



■*£* 



si^ rr^m ^ 



I 



I 



B! 



ihhrV 



No. 167. 



J. R. B., JR. 



On Win*s of Love 

Copyright, 1937, by The Stamps-Baiter Music Co. 
in "Starlit Crown" 



Jt 




j. r. baxter, jr. 

, Fine 






-«-*- 



tSr- 4 - 



3— »- 



■rr 



1. I'll go home some day, 

2. I'll go sweeping thru, On wings of 

3. What a hap - py time, 

-* W * >. , * ^2_ 



Swift-ly fly a - way, 
love; With the good and true, Oa 
See that home sublime, 






.(2_ 



.«_«_ 



B9E 



^5fr* 



r* r* I* r* fr 



H — bb 



±£ 



-A- 



3Ei 



-r*^A- 



l=t=t 



1 



Fine Chobus 



D. S. — Swift-ly fly a - way On 
D.S. 



GrEHsi 



m 



W- 



■4—*- 



I£2S 



i I f I X " 



wings of love. On shinning wings of love 
shin - ing wings of 



-^ 



To that glad home a-bovd, 
lovfe glad home a-bore, 

P • # 



1 



s 



3£ 



l * i* I* 



f^F 



rzt 



wings of love. 



I I I 



$o. 168. 



JAMErf ROWE 
Duet. 



Oh, Home of Joy. 

J. M. Henson, owner, by per. 



J. M. E^NSON. 




1. There is a home be-yond the tide, Where with the Lord... I 

2. There dear ones wait to wel-come me, Be - side the bright. . e- 

3. There I shall see my Saviour's face, And praise Him for... His 



m 



-*— «-■ 



**t 



=f=^ 



=p 



qs 



a» 



-*— *- 



5-iTl-^-i— : 



<3—i 



te£3 



S3 






J*_^ 



fb g^-^^ 3 



=y— y- 



P — £- 



shall a - bide, And in His praise my voice em - ploy, For that will 
ter - nal sea, . . And they are free from earth - ly care, En - joy - ing 
sav - ing grace; There I shall love Him, and a - dore His ho •■ ly 



fe 



OT 



-* — *- 






H=q=t 



3=5 — *- 



-nrrtir 



t T 



IS 



Quartet. 



fv—fr 



Iter « jsJ aJ— ^* aj 



^Eg: 



?3££* 



-I*-)*- 



£^ 



-y- 



r: 



be . . . a home of joy. . . Oh, home of joy! my hap -py 

rest . . and glad-ness there. 

name for ev - er - more. Oh, home of joy! 



L^^3^ 



q= 



— V- — '-AAA- A 1 -* 4 — *- ' i i i i 



•-«-*-* — « — •*- 



«a^-|— L. 



* — Ps— N — fs- 



zt&ZXtZ* 



-afc- -&- -b*- -ilk- • 

U '/ U 17 



I 



te 



a 






-K^ — b 



ng a. 1 



-y — y — p — j? — y — ? — *- "- ^ : 

home! Some day my soul. 



will cease to 



sweet, hap - py home, 



Some day my soul 



1 



-s-n- 



:■*=*£ 




roam; Then I shall rest for - ev • er there 

to sigh or roam; Then I shali rest for-ev-er there, for-ev-er there 




: c N—N — N M — Ps — N— N^-N^£l 

— m—m—m—m- — >--■ — « T » ^ «w -^ i -i— ' 



, Home of Joy. Concluded. 





With Christ, my Friend, and an - gels fair 

With Christ, my Friend, 



and an- gels fair. 



1 



nns 



afcJ2et=sE 



-• €> •- 



\> \> u 



SA> 



No. 169. 

JAMES BO WE. 



All the Way. 

J. M. Henson, owner, by per. 



J. M. HENSON 




1. My Re -deem- er is be - side me, So from Him I shall not stray; 

2. For my spir -it He is car-ing, Is my com -fort and my song; 

3. Ev - er since the hour He found me, When He made me pure and whole, 

4. Some sweet day, in realms of glo - ry, To the an - gels by the sea, 



JW-4- 



: mm^^m^^^^^ 



By His love-light He will guide me To the land of per -feet day. 

Ev - 'ry tri - al He is shar-ing, As with Him I pres3 a - long. 

His dear arm ha3 been a - round me, And His love has filled my soul. 

I shall tell the pre - cious sto - ry Of my Sav- iour's love for me. 



:^=^ 



-Uk A" 



t=t: 



> — f^- 



1~T 



mm 



♦-^H— Ijfe— 2|k— 



PC 



£± 



Chorus. 




is. 



m 



f 



\r-\- 






re 



All the way, all the way To the land of per- feet day; 

All the way, all the way, 



-e9-' 



I A * I A IA 



IA ' IA A — I A ' ^ i t - HA-* 



* 




-•-.-•- -e9-. 

He will keep me and will guide me, And will cheer me all the way. 

And will cheer me all the way. 

-*■ £» ■ fr * r» * I * 



£* 



m 



S=p: 



±i 



*= 



£SE 



=fcG 






No. 170 Just the Right Savior Is Jesus 



Kittie Deason 



Mark, 15: 14 



D. Ward Milam 



1. A Sav -ior once came from the man-sions of light, He's just the right 

2. This Sav - ior was lor i,ing, so gen - tie and kind, He's just the right 

3. Tho' He was de - spisedand re • ject - ed of men, He's just the right 

4. Once nailed to the cross, where He snf-fered and died, He's just the right 
5 Tho' bnr - ied, He rose from the gloom of the grave, He's just the right 



ifiztz±tzr=t=t==t 



-Jfc — f-mi--—tti mi— mb— — m T im~? ~i& — "~iy~" 

-ijK— kfe-— kr™hc— Z»-— Z^ZtpiZP—IP 



) ^ — \ 1 — — l-F— !- 1 P+— i T — • ' 1 ' — ■*!— I-Bt— ♦ — m 1— I 

r « — <» — m y- x -m--m — m-~\-m-—m — mi — w — -«» — •- L1 — * — <S — «—• ■ 

>- * -♦- ^ -♦'- 

To save my poor soul from its dark-ness and night, 

No sin in His life could His en - e - mies find, 

He car-ried my sor - rows, my griefs and my sin, 

The blood flow-ingdown from Hiihandsand His side, 

He's reign-ing in Heav-en, my soul tie can save, 

I ~l \j \j I I F tT ^ " t 

Refbadj 



Sav - ior for me; 




He's just the right Savior for me. He's just the right Sav • ior for 

:^=&=Etizfc=t=t=t=tiE* i -ts=H=Et:=g:=:t:=d 



J=*t=4«=«^ 



I 




^c- fs r -^ — ^ — D —ft — D-.^ -1^=^-! — p, _p — ft— tL 

.-■mi- «i — m y-tm*--mi — <» — « — jr^-i-t^ — m ^ — « ,-X.^^—m < — S-- 

f ; -f f - I b ' 

me, (for me,) My King and Be-decm-er is He; (is He;)Ye9, just the right 

i. r j ^ - C ft a fee ~r> ft r 

zr^=^:z*zzi=:z±zz;zz:z:zzz: zzr£rbt=:£zrt— p±*zz*cz*!r: 
fzfcEzS^Er^^^J=F^-^-^~fc*zr^:piz=zi^ 

I U I- 

Sav - ior is Je - sus, He's just the right Sav -ior for me. (for me.) 

zl^=*zi?z=piEt=zz— t=^=bg:zg:^z=5:z^zr5z±A- 



u ~D — tr 

Copyright 1806. by D W. Milam. Charlie D. Tillman, owner. 



S 



INDEX 



Am I a Soldier. 
America 



-75 



All Through the Day 92 

At the Foot of the Cross_125 

Amazing Grace 139 

All the Way 169 

Blest Be the Tie 155 

Blessed Lamb of Calvary_15 

Beautiful Heaven 18 

Bless the Lord 98 

Blessed Be the Lord God 105 
Because of His Goodness... 35 

Christ Reigns Forever 1 

Could Ye Not Watch 4 

Christ Satisfies 85 

Cain Slew His Brother_106 

Come to Me 120 

Consecration 63 

Don't Forget He Loves 38 

Down to the Sacred Wave 99 
Down in My Heart 163 

Every Day, All the Way 17 

Find No Fault in Jesus_.133 



I Enow I Have a Home..ll9 

I'll Live Beyond 126 

I Remember That Day 129 

I Will Meet You 143 

If I Could Hear 152 

Is There a Home for Me- 20 

Jesus Rolled My Sins 7 

Jesus and I 39 

Jehovah Reigns _. 65 

Jesus Walks With Me 116 

Jesus Is Coming 154 

Just the Right Savior 

Keep Traveling On 80 

Let Us Tell of His Love.3 

Listen to His Voice 11 

Lead Thou My Way 21 

Let Us Sing 24 

Let It Ring. 30 

Love and Home 68 

Lord Stay Close to Me._112 

Look to Jesus 115 

Look Away to Christ 148 

Love of Our Savior 101 



My Mother's Prayer 25 

Give Dad a Few 142 My Redeemer Liveth 57 

Golden Gleam —31 M ? Faith Looks U P 83 

God's Love Can Never._.46 Melodies of Old 90 

Glad Praise—— 59 Mv Never Dying Soul— 122 

q On 71 My Savior's Highway 132 

Going Along, Singing. 82 More About Jesas 153 

God Will Keep You 140 XT XT . _ ,. 

_ , , „ No Not One 10 

Goodness and Mercy 150 XT _ . TT _,. ,„ 

_. ~ No Pain Up There 13 

Glory to His Name 161 >T _ _ . „„ 

No One Can Answer 33 

He's the Light 19 Nearer My God to Thee 95 

He's the Friend for Me— 45 Near the Cross 127 

He Watches Me 56 Nearing the Gates. 147 

He Remembers Me 61 Never Alone. 180 

Hail to the Lord 109 _ „, . „ _ 

_ , O Blessed Home 8 

Heavenly Joys Await 118 _,, ^ . , _ r _. . . „. 

_ _ , ,, _ ... Old Daniel Was Right — 34 

He Speaketh Peace 146 _. .„ ._ 

_ , , Ortonville *_47 

Heaven's Jubilee 158 _ _.. . _ .„ 

On Wings of Love 48 

Heaven Is My Home — _ 166 n „„ . __ .„ 

O What a Song 52 

I'll Soon Be Safe 23 Onward Forward 103 

I Want to Talk 43 0ur Traveling Days 110 

I'll Live On Somewhere.49 ° n Canaan 's L a nd 136 

I Need Thee Every Hour-53 On the Road to Glory — 165 

I Know the Lord Laid— 66 On Wings of Love 167 

V l JL C r! l A ^S 11 O Home of Joy- 168 

Im Glad I Found 86 

«"T Be *, Sat i sfi xT d -i^ 21 Promised Land 157 

It Is Almost Night 88 

It Will Be Glory.! 94 Rock of Ages 42 

I Want to Be a Friend-.lll Riding the Billows 156 

I Dreamed I Met Mother_113 Rose of Sharon , 60 



Since Jesus Whispered 12 

Since the Love of Jesus 16 

Sweet Heaven 26 

Shout Aloud 27 

Savior Breathe...-*. 37 

Sheep Hear My Voice 128 

Someone Will Call— 76 

Stay By the Cross 135 

Some Glorious Day 138 

Sailing Across the Sea...l44 
Some Day We'll Under-...145 

Spend Your Days 137 

Standing Up For Jesus...l23 

Stop and Pray 97 

Secret Prayer 58 

Somebody Follows You 69 

There's A Wonderful Day 5 

The Story That I Love 9 

That's What Makes It 22 

This Happy Way 28 

The Reaping Time 32 

The Singing Up There— 36 

The Best' of Friends 40 

Tarry With Me 41 

There Is a Fountain 77 

The Day of God 78 

The Sinner's Only Plea— 78 
The Lord Is My Light—84 

Tomorrow 93 

The Sun Will Shine 104 

The Christian Life 131 

Trails of Yester-Year 134 

Tread Softly 141 

There Is a Green Hill— 151 
There's a Rainbow 162 

Voices From Heaven 102 

When the Gates Swing 2 

When My Soul Wings., 6 

Waiting at the Gate 91 

What a Wonderful Day— 96 

Will You Meet Me 100 

When I Join the Circle..! 08 

We March to War 114 

When the Mists 121 

Won't It Be a Happy— 130 
Wonderful Joy & Peace 164 
What a Wonderful Song...44 

Will He Be Ashamed —50 

Where Will You Spend— 55 

Where Flowers Never 64 

Why Not Be a Christian...70 

What a Glad Singing. 72 

What Did He Do? 73 

When I Survey 74 

Where He Leads Me 81 

What Does Heaven Hold..29 
Walking With My Lord.107 



OUR PUBLICATIONS 

THE COMPLETE CHURCH HYMNAL 

Is exactly what its name suggests — a complete 
Church Hymnal. It contains more well-known de- 
votional songs of real spiritual power than any book 
we have ever seen. 396 songs, anthems and choruses 
and 8 pages of Scriptural Readings, first line and 
topical index, etc. 

A returnable sample copy will be sent free to any 
one authorized to select books for any Church or 
Sunday School. The wholesale price is only 40c per 
copy, $4.50 per dozen; $8.50 per 25; $16.00 per 50; 
$30.00 per 100 postpaid for best grade manila covers 
— Cloth covers 60c per copy extra. Made in shaped 
notes only. No reductions from these prices to 
anyone. 

There are many more expensive books but few, if 
any, better ones. 

You will do any Church or Community a real 
service by calling their attention to this great book. 



SPECIAL SONGS and ANTHEMS, our new book 
for choirs and concerts. Many of the old standard 
anthems, together with many choice new special 
songs. Price 40c per copy, $4.00 per doz. Special 
prices in larger lots. 



FAVORITE SONGS No. 2, one of our most popular 
all purpose song books of 224 pages of the most 
popular songs we could select when it was first made. 
We have just made a new edition of this great book. 
Many have used Favorite Songs No. 1 with good 
results. 

No. 2 is as good or even better than No. 1. None 
of the same songs are in either book. Price 40c per 
copy, $4.00 doz. 



FAVORITE SONGS No. 1 is still a favorite book, 
and grows in popularity, and many say they have not 
yet found a better book. It is especially popular in 
the North and East. 35c per copy, $3.60 per doz., 
$22.00 per 100. Just printing a new edition. 



HENSON'S MUSIC TABLET is the thing for 
singing school work and song writing, 8 staves on 
good paper. 20c per copy, $2.00 per doz. 32 pages. 



THE J. M. HENSON MUSIC CO. 

214 Capitol Ave., S. E. 
ATLANTA, GA.